1€¦ · web view1.4 basis of assessment 11. 1.4.1 environmental protection laws and regulations...

National Environmental Evaluation Certificate (B) No. 2834

Mianyang Science and Technology City Development and Investment (Group) Co., Ltd.

Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster

Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City

Environmental Impact Report

Guangzhou City Environmental Protection Engineering Co,. Ltd.

April 2010

1

E1245 V9

Contents1. GENERAL.......................................................................................................................................................8

1.1 ORIGIN OF ASSESSMENT MISSION..................................................................................................................81.2 NECESSITY FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT........................................................................................9

1.2.1 Requirement for construction of the Project for post-disaster reconstruction.....................................91.2.2 Requirement for construction of the Project for urban development.................................................101.2.3 Requirement for construction of the Project for improvement of the People's living standard.........10

1.3 PURPOSE OF ASSESSMENT...........................................................................................................................101.4 BASIS OF ASSESSMENT................................................................................................................................11

1.4.1 Environmental protection laws and regulations................................................................................111.4.2 Relevant environmental protection laws and regulations..................................................................111.4.3 Relevant technical codes for environmental impact assessment.......................................................121.4.4 Basis document for environmental impact assessment work.............................................................13

1.5 INDUSTRIAL POLICIES AND PLANNING COMPLIANCE...................................................................................131.5.1 Compliance of industrial policies......................................................................................................131.5.2 Planning compliance.........................................................................................................................13

1.6 ASSESSMENT STANDARD.............................................................................................................................161.6.1 Acoustical environment.....................................................................................................................161.6.2 Water environment.............................................................................................................................171.6.3 Ambient air........................................................................................................................................171.6.4 Ecological environment.....................................................................................................................181.6.5 Water and soil conservation..............................................................................................................18

1.7 ASSESSMENT GRADE, SCOPE AND KEY POINTS............................................................................................191.7.1 Assessment grade..............................................................................................................................191.7.2 Assessment grade..............................................................................................................................191.7.3 Assessment contents and key points..................................................................................................20

1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION OBJECT.......................................................................................................201.8.1 Ambient air and acoustical environmental protection object............................................................201.8.2 Water environmental protection object..............................................................................................231.8.3 Ecological environmental protection object......................................................................................231.8.4 Social environmental protection object.............................................................................................23

1.9 ASSESSED PREDICTED PERIOD.....................................................................................................................231.10 ASSESSMENT METHOD............................................................................................................................231.11 ASSESSMENT PROCEDURES.....................................................................................................................23

2. PROJECT OVERVIEW AND ANALYSIS.................................................................................................25

2.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW....................................................................................................................................252.1.1 Geographic location and route scheme.............................................................................................252.1.2 Predication of traffic volume.............................................................................................................252.1.3 Construction scale and main technical indexes.................................................................................25

2.1.3.1 Construction scale.........................................................................................................................252.1.3.2 Main technical and economic indexes..........................................................................................26

2.1.4 Overview of main works....................................................................................................................302.1.4.1 Subgrade works............................................................................................................................302.1.4.2 Pavement works............................................................................................................................332.1.4.3 Drainage works.............................................................................................................................332.1.4.4 Auxiliary road works....................................................................................................................372.1.4.5 Road intersection works................................................................................................................392.1.4.6 Auxiliary works............................................................................................................................392.1.4.7 Pipeworks.....................................................................................................................................402.1.4.8 Bridge and culvert works..............................................................................................................452.1.4.9 Temporary works..........................................................................................................................46

2.1.5 Materials for road construction........................................................................................................472.1.6 Construction processes......................................................................................................................472.1.7 Land occupation for the Project........................................................................................................532.1.8 Balance of earth-rock works.............................................................................................................542.1.9 House demolition and resettlement...................................................................................................54

2

2.1.10 Schedule of construction period and construction organization.......................................................582.1.10.1 Schedule of construction period...............................................................................................582.1.10.2 Construction organization........................................................................................................58

2.1.11 Investment estimate and funding.......................................................................................................592.2 PROJECT SEGMENTS AND MAIN ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES...........................................................................592.3 PROJECT ANALYSIS.....................................................................................................................................62

2.3.1 Consumption and sources of main raw materials and power for the Project....................................622.3.2 Analysis on project environmental impact source during construction period..................................62

2.3.2.1 Analysis on social environmental impact source..........................................................................632.3.2.2 Analysis on ecological/landscape impact source..........................................................................642.3.2.3 Analysis on acoustical environmental impact source...................................................................642.3.2.4 Analysis on water environmental impact source..........................................................................652.3.2.5 Analysis on ambient air impact source.........................................................................................662.3.2.6 Analysis on solid waste impact source.........................................................................................67

2.3.3 Analysis on environmental impact source during operation period..................................................672.3.3.1 Analysis on social and environmental impact source...................................................................672.3.3.2 Analysis on acoustical environmental impact source...................................................................682.3.3.3 Analysis on ambient air impact source.........................................................................................682.3.3.4 Analysis on water environmental impact source..........................................................................682.3.3.5 Impact by solid waste...................................................................................................................692.3.3.6 Impact by pollution accidents and risks........................................................................................69

3. OVERVIEW OF SURROUNDING ENVIRONMENT OF THE PROJECT..........................................70

3.1 OVERVIEW OF NATURAL ENVIRONMENT.....................................................................................................703.1.1 Geographic location..........................................................................................................................703.1.2 Topographic, geomorphological, geological and seismic conditions................................................703.1.3 Hydrological characteristics.............................................................................................................713.1.4 Meteorological characteristics..........................................................................................................713.1.5 Status of ecological environment.......................................................................................................723.1.6 Status quo of land utilization.............................................................................................................723.1.7 Status quo of water and soil loss.......................................................................................................72

3.2 OVERVIEW OF SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT.........................................................................................................733.2.1 Division of administrative areas and population..............................................................................733.2.2 Social-economic structure.................................................................................................................743.2.3 Education, culture, medical treatment and public health..................................................................753.2.4 Urban infrastructure construction.....................................................................................................763.2.5 Cultural landscape............................................................................................................................76

3.3 INTRODUCTION TO PLANNING OF MIANYANG INDUSTRIAL PARK...............................................................773.3.1 Profile of the Industrial Park............................................................................................................773.3.2 Profile of the Science & Education Pioneer Park.............................................................................773.3.3 Status quo of infrastructure of Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City..........................................................................................................................79

4. ASSESSMENT ON STATUS QUO OF REGIONAL ENVIRONMENT QUALITY..............................80

4.1 SURVEY OF AND ASSESSMENT ON ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT STATUS QUO.................80

4.1.1 Survey method...................................................................................................................................804.1.2 Animal and plant resources...............................................................................................................804.1.2.1 Plant resources.............................................................................................................................804.1.2.2 Animal resources..........................................................................................................................804.1.3 Ecological environment assessment..................................................................................................81

4.2 ASSESSMENT ON STATUS QUO OF ACOUSTICAL ENVIRONMENT...................................................................814.2.1 Monitoring on status quo of acoustical environment........................................................................814.2.2 Status quo assessment.......................................................................................................................83

4.2.2.1 Assessment standard.....................................................................................................................834.2.2.2 Status quo assessment...................................................................................................................83

4.3 SURFACE WATER..........................................................................................................................................834.3.1 Monitoring on status quo of surface water environment quality.......................................................834.3.2 Assessment on status quo of surface water environment quality.......................................................83

3

4.3.3 Assessment results of status quo of surface water environment........................................................854.4 MONITORING OF AND ASSESSMENT ON STATUS QUO OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY........................................85

4.4.1 Monitoring on status quo of ambient air...........................................................................................854.4.2 Assessment on status quo of ambient air...........................................................................................854.4.3 Assessment results of ambient air status quo.....................................................................................86

5. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT.........................................................................................87

5.1 ASSESSMENT ON SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT IMPACT........................................................................................875.1.1 Impacts on social economy................................................................................................................875.1.2 Impacts on quality of life of residents................................................................................................885.1.3 Impacts on post-disaster reconstruction............................................................................................885.1.4 Impacts on resource utilization.........................................................................................................89

5.1.4.1 Impacts on land resources.............................................................................................................895.1.4.2 Impacts on forest land resources...................................................................................................895.1.4.3 Impacts on mineral resources........................................................................................................89

5.1.5 Land acquisition and house demolition and resettlement compensation...........................................895.1.5.1 Land occupation............................................................................................................................895.1.5.2 Demolition scope and resettlement mode.....................................................................................905.1.5.3 Analysis of impacts by house demolition and resettlement..........................................................93

5.1.6 Summary............................................................................................................................................935.2 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT.................................................................................93

5.2.1 Analysis of impacts on vegetation and wild animals and plants.......................................................935.2.1.1 Impacts on vegetation...................................................................................................................935.2.1.2 Impacts on wild animals...............................................................................................................94

5.2.2 Analysis of impacts on agroecosystem..............................................................................................945.2.2.1 Status quo of land utilization........................................................................................................945.2.2.2 Analysis of impacts of land acquisition........................................................................................94

5.2.3 Analysis of impacts on environment of high-filling and deep-excavation sections with poor geological conditions......................................................................................................................................95

5.3 ACOUSTICAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT.................................................................................965.3.1 Predictions of acoustical environmental impacts during construction period..................................965.3.2 Predictions of acoustical environmental impacts during operation period.......................................99

5.3.2.1 Prediction mode............................................................................................................................995.3.2.2 Prediction parameters.................................................................................................................1035.3.2.3 Analysis of prediction point location..........................................................................................1065.3.2.4 Prediction results........................................................................................................................1065.3.2.5 Results of impact analysis...........................................................................................................1185.3.2.6 Traffic noise of project operation’s impacts on Primary School of Dabaoliang Village.............1185.3.2.7 Measures and advise to reduce traffic noise pollution................................................................119

5.4 WATER ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT........................................................................................1205.4.1 Assessment of water environmental impact in construction period.................................................120

5.4.1.1 Impacts of construction wastewater and machine maintenance wastewater...............................1205.4.1.2 Impacts of construction on domestic wastewater........................................................................1205.4.1.3 Impacts on water environment caused by non-point loss due to raining....................................121

5.4.2 Assessment of water environmental impact in operation period.....................................................1215.5 ASSESSMENT OF AMBIENT AIR IMPACTS...................................................................................................121

5.5.1 Assessment of ambient air impacts in construction period..............................................................1215.5.2 Assessment of environmental air impact in operation period..........................................................123

5.6 IMPACT ANALYSIS OF SOLID WASTE..........................................................................................................1255.6.1 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste during construction period.....................................1255.6.2 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste during operation period.........................................125

5.7 LANDSCAPE IMPACT ASSESSMENT.............................................................................................................1255.7.1 Identification of landscape environmental impact...........................................................................1255.7.2 Analysis of landscape impact during construction period...............................................................125

5.7.2.1 Impact on the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line by land occupation by the Project.............1265.7.2.2 Impact on the landscapes by filling and excavation operations of the works.............................126

5.7.3 Landscape environmental impact during operation period.............................................................1265.8 COMPARISON, SELECTION AND EVALUATION OF THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION.........................................127

4

6. WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION....................................................................................................128

6.1 SURVEY ON WATER AND SOIL LOSS...........................................................................................................1286.1.1 Existing conditions of water and soil loss.......................................................................................1286.1.2 Factors for water and soil loss........................................................................................................1296.1.3 Damage from water and soil loss....................................................................................................129

6.2 PREDICTION OF WATER AND SOIL LOSS.....................................................................................................1296.2.1 Analysis of new water and soil loss in the project construction......................................................129

6.2.1.1 Main works.................................................................................................................................1306.2.1.2 Temporary works........................................................................................................................1316.2.1.3 Demolition and relocation and house building...........................................................................131

6.2.2 Prediction range and period of water and soil loss.........................................................................1316.2.2.1 Division of prediction range and unit.........................................................................................1316.2.2.2 Prediction period.........................................................................................................................132

6.2.3 Contents and methods of water and soil loss prediction.................................................................1326.2.3.1 Contents of prediction.................................................................................................................1326.2.3.2 Prediction method.......................................................................................................................133

6.2.4 Prediction of water and soil loss.....................................................................................................1336.2.4.1 Area of disturbed original landscapes and damaged land...........................................................1336.2.4.2 Predictive analysis of the amount of spoils.................................................................................1346.2.4.3 Prediction of water and soil loss amount....................................................................................1346.2.4.4 Possible hazards of water and soil loss caused by construction..................................................139

6.2.5 Comprehensive analysis of water and soil loss prediction results...................................................1396.2.5.1 Prediction results........................................................................................................................1396.2.5.2 Comprehensive analysis prediction results.................................................................................140

6.3 WATER AND SOIL LOSS CONTROL OBJECTIVES AND PRINCIPLES...............................................................1406.3.1 Selection of water and soil loss control standards and determination of control objectives...........1406.3.2 Arrangement principles of prevention and control measures for water and soil loss......................1416.3.3 The prevention and control measure system for water and soil loss and its overall layout.............142

6.4 PREVENTION AND CONTROL MEASURES FOR WATER AND SOIL LOSS........................................................1426.4.1 Arrangement principles for prevention and control measures........................................................1426.4.2 The prevention and control measure system and the overall layout................................................143

6.4.2.1 The prevention and control measure system for water and soil conservation.............................1436.4.2.2 Overall layout of water and soil conservation measures.............................................................144

6.4.3 Typical design of water and soil loss control works........................................................................1446.4.3.1 Typical design of water and soil conservation in the control zone of the main works................144

6.4.3.2 Typical design of water and soil conservation of construction sites...........................................1486.4.3.3 Typical design of water and soil conservation for temporary topsoil stack yard........................149

6.4.4 Volume of works of prevention and treatment measures..................................................................1506.5 CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT MEASURES AND SCHEDULING OF THE WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION WORKS...............................................................................................................................................................151

6.5.1 Construction management measures...............................................................................................1516.5.2 Construction scheduling..................................................................................................................152

6.6 INVESTMENT ESTIMATE AND BENEFIT ANALYSIS OF THE WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION WORKS..........1526.6.1 Investment estimate of the water and soil conservation works........................................................1526.6.2 Benefit analysis of the water and soil conservation scheme............................................................153

6.6.2.1 Soil and water loss of the Project................................................................................................1536.6.2.2 Benefits of water and soil conservation of the Project................................................................154

6.7 SUMMARY OF THE WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION WORKS....................................................................155

7. ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ANALYSIS...................................................................................................155

7.1 RECOGNITION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK FACTORS...................................................................................1557.2 ANALYSIS OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK IMPACT............................................................................................156

7.2.1 Risk analysis during the construction period..................................................................................1567.2.2 Risk analysis during the operation period.......................................................................................156

7.3 ENVIRONMENTAL RISK PREVENTION MEASURES.......................................................................................1577.3.1 Management measures....................................................................................................................1577.3.2 Emergency measures.......................................................................................................................157

7.4 CONCLUSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL RISK ANALYSIS...................................................................................160

5

8. PUBLIC PARTICIPATION.......................................................................................................................161

8.1 PURPOSE OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION..........................................................................................................1618.2 SURVEY IMPLEMENTATION OF PUBLIC PARTICIPATION...............................................................................161

8.2.1 Scope and object of survey..............................................................................................................1618.2.2 Survey content.................................................................................................................................1618.2.3 Survey method.................................................................................................................................1628.2.4 Performance of survey implementation...........................................................................................162

8.3 STATISTICAL ANALYSIS ON SURVEY RESULTS............................................................................................1638.3.1 Composition of respondents............................................................................................................1658.3.2 Survey results and analysis of public participation.........................................................................1658.3.3 Survey opinion feedback for public participation...........................................................................168

9. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND TECHNICAL & ECONOMIC EVALUATION.....................................................................................................................................................169

9.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AT DESIGN STAGE...................................................................1699.1.1 Deign of main works and auxiliary works.......................................................................................1699.1.2 Landscaping design.........................................................................................................................1699.1.3 Reduction of land occupation by the Project...................................................................................1709.1.4 Soil and water conservation design.................................................................................................170

9.2 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AT CONSTRUCTION STAGE......................................................1719.2.1 Mitigation measures for social environmental impacts...................................................................1719.2.2 Preventive measures for atmospheric pollution..............................................................................1729.2.3 Preventive measures for water pollution.........................................................................................1739.2.4 Preventive measures for noise pollution..........................................................................................1739.2.5 Ecological restoration and protection measures.............................................................................1749.2.6 Water and soil conservation measures............................................................................................1759.2.7 Preventive measures for solid waste pollution................................................................................175

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES AND TECHNICAL & ECONOMIC EVALUATION DURING OPERATION PERIOD...............................................................................................................................................................176

9.3.1 Preventative measures and technical & economic evaluation for atmospheric pollution...............1769.3.2 Preventative measures and technical & economic evaluation for water pollution..........................1769.3.3 Preventive measures for noise pollution..........................................................................................1769.3.4 Treatment measures for solid wastes...............................................................................................1789.3.5 Preventative measures for environmental risk.................................................................................178

9.4 INVESTMENT ESTIMATE OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES.....................................................1789.4.1 One-time investment for environmental protection measures..........................................................1789.4.2 Annual maintenance cost for environmental protection facilities...................................................180

10. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN.......................181

10.1 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................18110.1.1 Objective of environmental protection management.......................................................................18110.1.2 Environment protection management system and organization......................................................18110.1.3 Environmental management plan....................................................................................................181

10.2 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME.......................................................................................18510.2.1 Monitoring objective.......................................................................................................................18510.2.2 Monitoring organization.................................................................................................................18510.2.3 Monitoring programme...................................................................................................................18510.2.4 Monitoring equipment, costs and monitoring reports.....................................................................18710.2.5 Personnel training...........................................................................................................................187

10.3 ENVIRONMENTAL SUPERVISION............................................................................................................18710.3.1 Objectives of environmental supervision.........................................................................................18710.3.2 Principles to be complied with when implementing environmental supervision.............................18810.3.3 Scope and stages of environmental supervision..............................................................................18810.3.4 General procedures of environmental supervision..........................................................................18910.3.5 Work system of environmental supervision......................................................................................18910.3.6 Environmental supervision organization.........................................................................................18910.3.7 Work contents and methods of environmental supervision..............................................................189

10.3.7.1 Work contents of environmental supervision.........................................................................189

6

10.3.7.2 Work methods of supervision.................................................................................................191

11. ANALYSIS ON ECONOMIC BENEFIT AND LOSS OF THE PROJECT..........................................192

11.1 ENVIRONMENTAL LOSS CAUSED BY THE PROJECT................................................................................19211.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT.......................................................................................193

11.2.1 Analysis on social benefits..............................................................................................................19311.2.2 Analysis on environmental economic benefits.................................................................................194

12. CONCLUSION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT.....................................................195

12.1 PROJECT OVERVIEW..............................................................................................................................19512.2 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT.........................................................................................................................19512.3 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT................................................................................................................19512.4 ACOUSTICAL ENVIRONMENT................................................................................................................19612.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT.........................................................................................................................19612.6 AMBIENT AIR........................................................................................................................................19712.7 SOLID WASTE........................................................................................................................................19712.8 WATER AND SOIL CONSERVATION.........................................................................................................19712.9 ENVIRONMENT RISK.............................................................................................................................19812.10 PUBLIC PARTICIPATION..........................................................................................................................19812.11 ANALYSIS ON ECONOMIC BENEFIT AND LOSS.......................................................................................19812.12 COMPREHENSIVE ASSESSMENT CONCLUSION.......................................................................................19812.13 Suggestions..........................................................................................................................................199

7

Environmental Impact Report of Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of

Mianyang Science and Technology City

1. General1.1 Origin of assessment mission

In 2008, Environmental Impact Report of Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park was prepared by Science & Technology Research Institute of Chengdu University of Science and Technology (CUST) and passed the review conducted by Sichuan Provincial Environmental Protection Bureau. Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park is a provincial-level industrial park approved by the People's Government of Sichuan Province and ratified by the National Development and Reform Commission, with a planned area of 8.1km2 and a scope to Jiuzhou Avenue Valley in the north, the boundary of Jiuzhou International Software Park in the west, the boundary of Mianyang New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone - Science & Education Pioneer Park in the south and the boundary of west section of Jiannan Road in Mianyang urban area in the east. Its development orientation is to build a main scientific and technical innovation and occupational education base as determined in the Master Planning of Mianyang City, where development of electronic information industry and high-level occupational education industry will be highlighted. Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City is part of Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park.

Located in the northwestern urban area of Mianyang City, Sichuan Province, Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City was established on Aug. 15, 2001 with a planned area of 4.98km2. It is an innovation pioneer base established according to the decisions of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council Concerning the Establishment of Mianyang Science and Technology City, also an important carrier for the establishment of Mianyang Science and Technology City. In Sept. 2002, the Park was approved by the State Commission of Science and Technology for National Defence Industry and the Ministry of Science and Technology as the only "National Science and Technology Park for Transfer of Military Technology for Civilian Use" in China; in Oct. 2003, the Park passed the acceptance conducted by the Ministry of Science and Technology and the Ministry of Education of the People's Republic of China and became one of 36 national university science and technology parks in China; and in Jan. 2006, the Park was approved by the National Development and Reform Commission to be Mianyang Industrial Park and became one of 30 development zones reserved in Sichuan Province.

Due to Wenchuan Earthquake in 2008, the economic society and the people's lives and properties of the Park suffered greatly, particularly suffered from the damage of the earthquake to the road traffic system of Mianyang City, so the Park also bears a heavy-duty post-disaster reconstruction task. Xinglong Community of Mianyang City was orientated as a cluster zone of relocated industries through post-disaster reconstruction in Post-Earthquake Reconstruction Planning of Sichuan Province and currently, it requires urgent construction of roads and supporting infrastructure to support the post-disaster reconstruction work.

So Mianyang Science and Technology City Development and Investment (Group) Co., Ltd. sized up the situation to raise the Project – construction of "Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City", mainly including road works, drainage, traffic safety and management facilities, lighting works, landscaping works, and other auxiliary works etc.

8



The Project has been listed into “World Bank Financed Sichuan Urban Development Project (SUDP) Mianyang Sub-project” of Mianyang City as a construction project; and the Management Committee of Mianyang Science and Technology City issued a letter on approval for implementation of environmental impact assessment work concerning “Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City”.

Implementation of the Project will cause certain impact on the environment, in order to investigate the environmental impact degree of the Project during construction and operation periods as the basis for examination and decision of the competent authorities and for the environmental management for the Project and demonstrate feasibility of the Project in respect of environmental protection, the Project shall be subject to environmental impact assessment in accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Promotion of Cleaner Production and State Council Decree No. 253. The environmental impact assessment form of the Project shall be preparation of an environmental impact report according to Classified Directory for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects.

Entrusted by Mianyang Science and Technology City Development and Investment (Group) Co., Ltd., our company undertook the environmental impact assessment work of the Project. Upon entrustment, we immediately organized relevant technicians to carry out detailed site survey and collect data and based on monographic study on engineering analysis, environmental quality status quo, prediction of environmental impact, environmental risk impact etc., we completed preparation of the environmental impact assessment report for the Project to be submitted for approval.

1.2 Necessity for construction of the ProjectMianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park is located in the west of Mianyang City and the eastern boundary of the area is adjacent to the planned 2nd Ring Road of Mianyang City, belonging to an important integral part of the urban trunk road system. The planned 2nd Ring Road of Mianyang City has been constructed to Dabaoliang Village, Chengjiao Township, Mianyang City, and the road in Xinglong Area of Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park, upon completion, will form a complete road network system with it, when the location advantage of the Project area will be more prominent. Due to Wenchuan Earthquake in May 12, 2008 and Mianyang City located at the earthquake damage zone, the Park suffered great losses, so the Park also bears a heavy-duty post-disaster reconstruction task. Xinglong Community of Mianyang City was orientated as a cluster zone of relocated industries through post-disaster reconstruction in Post-Earthquake Reconstruction Planning of Sichuan Province and currently, it requires urgent construction of roads and supporting infrastructure to support the post-disaster reconstruction work.

The Project will be served as the trunk road of Xinglong Area of Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park and also as the supporting infrastructure project for promotion of development and utilization of peripheral plots, so its construction is urgent. Its construction necessity mainly exhibits in the following aspects:

1.2.1 Requirement for construction of the Project for post-disaster reconstruction

Xinglong Community of Mianyang City was orientated as a cluster zone of relocated industries through post-disaster reconstruction in Post-Earthquake Reconstruction Planning of Sichuan Province. Construction of roads and supporting infrastructure in Xinglong Community caters for recovery and boosting of social and economic

9



development of Mianyang, and for promotion of rapid development of Mianyang.

Urban construction and development shall be taken as key points of national economy and social development; the Xinglong Area shall be developed and constructed, the road and infrastructure shall be completed, and the service functions of the area shall be enhanced; the entering enterprises during post-disaster reconstruction shall be provided with service functions, and construction of the Project can promote post-disaster recovery and development of local national economy as well as integrated social development.

1.2.2 Requirement for construction of the Project for urban development

Traffic is the fundamental for urban development. Currently, development of Xinglong Area of Mianyang City is still at the starting stage and the main existing issue is relative disperse land utilization at present and severely unbalanced industrial structure. Acceleration of development of the area and expansion of urban development scale were raised in the master development planning of Mianyang City. Undoubtedly, acceleration of construction of urban infrastructure is significant to urban development.

Construction of the Project is favorable for adjustment of the functional arrangement of the area, completion of supporting urban infrastructure, improvement of the urban environmental quality and beautifying the urban image.

1.2.3 Requirement for construction of the Project for improvement of the People's living standard

Seizing the favorable opportunity, the Project will complete the urban infrastructure, enhance the urban service functions, improve the people's life quality and promote integrated development of national economy and social undertakings and it is favorable for promotion of development of the area, improvement of the life quality and economy of Mianyang people as well as increase of the employment rate in Mianyang and incomes of the people.

Economic development in the area will necessarily increase the income level of the urban and rural people greatly and improve the people's life quality.

1.3 Purpose of assessmentThe Project covers new roads, including six urban secondary trunk roads arranged to be constructed in the shape of Chinese character "Yong" ( 用 ), with a total length of 4607.192m, and subgrade widths of 16m, 20m & 30m; no bridge construction; 4 inlet unsubmerged culverts (slab culverts) to be constructed at the west side of the 5# Road; rainwater and sewage pipe networks, water supply pipeline works, power pipeline works, gas pipeline works etc. to be constructed at the same time. Execution of the Project will cause certain impact on the natural ecology and social environment in the area. In this report, through survey, monitoring and analysis of the status quo in the vicinity of the Line, status quo of local environmental quality is ascertained, based on which possible adverse impacts of the Project on the environment in the vicinity of the Line during the construction and operation periods are assessed and effective pollution treatment and control measures are raised. Environmental impact assessment of the Project is carried out for the following purposes:

1) To verify feasibility and rationality of construction of the Project in the opinion of environmental protection;

2) To analyze environmental impact during the construction and operation periods according to the characteristics of the Project and raise applicable and feasible environmental protection countermeasures and measures accordingly so as to

10



minimize the adverse impact of execution of the Project on the environment for sustainable and coordinated development of the Project construction and the environment;

3) To provide scientific basis for environmental impact assessment of the Project, environmental management during the construction and operation periods of the Project as well as economic development, urban and rural construction and environmental protection planning at the Project location.

1.4 Basis of assessment1.4.1 Environmental protection laws and regulations

1) Environmental Protection Law of the People's Republic of China (implemented on Dec. 26, 1989);

2) Law of the People’s Republic of China on Promotion of Cleaner Production (implemented on Sept. 1, 2003);

3) Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental Noise (implemented on Mar. 1, 1997);

4) Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric Pollution (implemented on Sept. 1, 2000);

5) Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution (implemented on June 1, 2008);

6) Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid Wastes (implemented on Apr. 1, 2005);

7) Law of the People’s Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation (implemented on June 29, 1991);

8) Land Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China (implemented on Aug. 28, 2004);

9) Forest Law of the People’s Republic of China (implemented on Apr. 29, 1998);

10) City Planning Law of the People's Republic of China (implemented on Apr. 1, 1990);

11) Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Protection of Cultural Relics (implemented on Oct. 28, 2002);

12) Law of the People’s Republic of China on the Protection of Wild Life (implemented on Mar. 1, 1989);

13) Water Law of the People’s Republic of China (implemented on Oct. 1, 2002);

14) Flood Control of the People’s Republic of China (implemented on Jan. 1, 1998);

15) Highway Law of the People’s Republic of China (implemented on Aug. 28, 2004).

1.4.2 Relevant environmental protection laws and regulations

1) Environmental Protection Law of the People's Republic of China (1989.12.26);

2) Law of the People’s Republic of China on Promotion of Cleaner Production (2003.9.1);

3) Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Environmental Pollution by Solid Wastes (2005.4.1);

4) Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Atmospheric

11



Pollution (2000.4.29);

5) Law of the People's Republic of China on the Prevention and Control of Water Pollution (2008.6.1);

6) Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental Noise (1996.10.29);

7) Cleaner Production Promotion Law of the People's Republic of China (2002.6.29);

8) Production Safety Law of the People's Republic of China (2002.6.29);

9) Regulations on the Administration of Construction Project Environmental Protection (State Council Decree No. 253, 1998.11.29);

10) Classified Directory for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects (Decree No. 2 of the Environmental Protection Department of the People's Republic of China; 2008.10.1);

11) Decision of the State Council on Several Issues Concerning Environmental Protection (GWYGF (1996) No. 31 Document);

12) National Programme for Eco-Environmental Conservation (issued by the State Council on Nov. 26, 2000);

13) Interim Measures of the Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment (HF [2006] No. 28) issued by the State Environmental Protection Administration;

14) Notice of State Environmental Protection Administration and Ministry of Construction on Effective Control of Urban Dust Pollution (HF [2001] No. 56)

15) Proposals on Strengthening Management of Environmental Protection of Construction Projects in the Large-scale Development of the Western Region (GHF [2001] No. 4);

16) Decision of People's Government of Sichuan Province on Strengthening Environmental Protection Work (SCSZFCFF [1996] No. 142);

17) Notice of the Ministry of Commerce, the Ministry of Public Security and the Ministry of Construction on Prohibition of Concrete Mixing in Urban Area during Limited Period (implemented from July 1, 2007).

1.4.3 Relevant technical codes for environmental impact assessment

1) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment - General Principle (HJ/T2.1-93);

2) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment - Atmospheric Environment (HJ/2.2-2008);

3) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment – Surface Water Environment (HJ/T2.3-93);

4) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment – Acoustical Environment (HJ2.4-2009);

5) Technical Guideline for Environmental Impact Assessment - Ecological Environment of Nature Resource Development (HJ/T19-97);

6) Technical Guidelines for Environmental Risk Assessment on Projects (HJ/T 169-2004);

7) Technical Criterion for Eco-Environmental Status Evaluation (HJ/T 192-2006);

12



8) Regulation of Techniques for Comprehensive Control of Soil Erosion (GB/T16543.1 - 16453.6-1996);

9) Technical Code on Soil and Water Conservation of Development and Construction Projects (GB/T 50433-2008);

10) Technical Specifications for Urban Fugitive Dust Pollution Prevention and Control (HJ/T393-2007).

1.4.4 Basis document for environmental impact assessment work

1) Letter on Environmental Impact Assessment Work of Relocation and Reconstruction Project in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City of STCDI Group (KJCJFJH [2010] No. 2) issued by the Economic Development Bureau of Management Committee of China (Mianyang) Science and Technology City;

2) Letter concerning Issuance of Selection Comments for Infrastructure Construction Project of Xinglong Area (MKCQGH [2009] No. 117) issued by Management Committee of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City;

3) Notice on Applicable Standard for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Project;

4) Power of Attorney for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Project;

5) Review Comments of Sichuan Provincial Environmental Protection Bureau on Environmental Impact Report of Mianyang Industrial Park;

6) Monitoring data of status quo of environmental quality;

7) Public participation questionnaire and publicity contents;

8) The Project and relevant data provided by the Employer.

1.5 Industrial policies and planning compliance1.5.1 Compliance of industrial policies

The Project is a road and infrastructure construction project in accordance with Decree No. 40 of the National Development and Reform Commission of the People's Republic of China, Guiding Catalogue of Industrial Structure Adjustment (2005 Edition). The Project belongs to Article 2 "Urban Public Transport Construction" and Article 6 "Town Drainage Pipeworks, Water Supply Sources and Water Purification Plant Projects" of Item 19 "Urban Infrastructure and Real Estate" of Encouraged Class. Implementation of environmental impact assessment work of the Project has been approved in Letter on Environmental Impact Assessment Work of Relocation and Reconstruction Project in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City of STCDI Group (KJCJFJH [2010] No. 2) issued by the Economic Development Bureau of Management Committee of China (Mianyang) Science and Technology City. So construction of the Project complies with the national industrial policy.

1.5.2 Planning compliance

Construction and site selection of the Project shall comply with the social economy, master planning and planning of the Science & Education Pioneer Park in Mianyang City. Mianyang Urban Planning Administration Bureau agreed the selected Project site in principle in MCGS [2009] No. 716.

13



1) Compliance with socioeconomic development planning

Mianyang City shall be constructed into a new national industrial science and technology city and a powerful western industrial city with high comprehensive core competitiveness in accordance with "the eleventh five years" planning of Sichuan Province and Mianyang City, guided by scientific concept of development, through implementation of the development path of "Relying on industry to develop the Province, vigorously promoting new industrialization, new urbanization and agricultural modernization, strengthening open and cooperation, technological education and infrastructure construction" of the Committee of Mianyang City, with a powerful industrial city as the leading, core and fundamental strategy, seizing such opportunities as global economic revolution, construction of Mianyang Science and Technology City and post-disaster reconstruction, adhering to the industrial development principle of "civil-military integration, optimization of structure, independent innovation, clustering and gathering, undertaking and transferring", strengthening "1+5" advantageous industries, developing and starting potential science and technology industries. The construction of the Park shall be promoted by "increasing the bearing capacity of the industrial park and base and supporting level, well performing such public service platforms as planning, land utilization approval, infrastructure and construction work of standard plant buildings etc."

So the Project complies with the socio-economical development planning of Mianyang City.

2) Compliance with master planning of Mianyang City

Mianyang City was orientated as "China Science and Technology City, Important Regional Central City of Sichuan Province, Famous Historical, Cultural and Livable City" in accordance with Master Planning of Mianyang City 2007-2020. The industrial arrangement of "one core and four industrial zones" has been formed in Mianyang City in accordance with the integrated industrial economic development requirements for the cities and counties and by means of extension of the industrial chain, service chain and infrastructure chain and joint development of cities and counties. "One core" refers to the core of Mianyang Science and Technology City for development of such functional zones as new & high-tech zone, economic development zone, science & education pioneer park, agricultural science zone and Youxian Economic Trial Zone; the Project is located in Xinglong Area of the Science & Education Pioneer Park. It was expressly raised in the master planning to accelerate development of Mianyang Science and Technology City and expand the development scale of counties of Mianyang City.

The Project is one of urban secondary trunk roads of Mianyang City. Construction of the Project will be favorable for development of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, completion of the road network in the Park, promotion of construction of supporting infrastructure for development and utilization of peripheral plots, improvement of the people's living standard and increase of incomes of local peasants. So the Project complies with Master Planning of Mianyang City.

See Fig. 2 for details of the position relation of the Project in the Master Planning of Mianyang City.

3) Compliance with traffic planning of Mianyang City

A fast and smooth traffic road network with rational arrangement, complete

14



functions and complete facilities shall be formed through accelerating construction of traffic hubs with comprehensive trunk roads and traffic trunk roads as the nodes in accordance with the road planning in Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007－2020). Energy elements guarantee planning shall be developed scientifically and implemented. Construction of such energy infrastructures as gas pipe network and grid shall be accelerated. The Project is an important road for Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area in the planning of Mianyang road network and will form the urban trunk road network system of Mianyang City with such planned roads as the 2nd Ring Road under construction. Construction of the Project will promote development and construction of Mianyang City and complete the road network system of Mianyang City.

So the Project complies with the road planning of counties of Mianyang City.

4) Compliance with planning of "Mianyang Industrial Park"

Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park was a provincial-level industrial park approved by the People's Government of Sichuan Province and ratified by the National Development and Reform Commission, with a planned area of 8.1km2 and a scope to Jiuzhou Avenue Valley at the north, the boundary of Jiuzhou International Software Park at the west, the boundary of Mianyang New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone - Science & Education Pioneer Park at the south and the boundary of west section of Jiannan Road in Mianyang urban area at the east. Its development orientation is a main scientific and technical innovation and occupational education base determined in Master Planning of Mianyang City and development of electronic information industry and high-level occupational education industry is highlighted.

The Project land is located within Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City at the west of Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park which includes Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City. Construction of the Project complies with planning of Mianyang Industrial Park and Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City.

In general, construction of the Project complies with Master Planning of Mianyang City, Planning of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and planning of "Mianyang Industrial Park".

5) Analysis on compliance with post-disaster reconstruction planning

Wenchuan Earthquake in 2008 is a great earthquake with the greatest damage, the most losses, the widest covering range and the greatest rescue difficulties since establishment of the People's Republic of China. Due to Wenchuan Earthquake in 2008 and Mianyang City located at the earthquake damage zone, the Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and the people's lives and properties of the Park suffered greatly, particularly suffered from the damage of the earthquake to the road traffic system of Mianyang City, so the Park also bears a heavy-duty post-disaster reconstruction task. The national government also provided a great number of policies and funds supports for post-disaster reconstruction in the earthquake zone.

Post-Earthquake Reconstruction Planning of Sichuan Province includes master planning for post-disaster recovery and reconstruction and 9 special plans including town system, rural construction, construction of infrastructures, construction of utilities, arrangement of productivity and industrial adjustment, market service

15



system, recovery of ecological environment and disaster prevention and mitigation, land utilization for post-disaster reconstruction. The studied policies mainly include relevant policies concerning finance, tax, banking, land, industry, counterpart support, social collection etc. It was determined that such utilities as residential houses, schools, medical and health institutions, broadcasting and TV and such public infrastructures as road, water supply and power supply at the urban and rural residential points subject to recovery and reconstruction on the original land shall be started in the early stage and promoted strongly.

In July 2008, the People's Government of Mianyang City developed, discussed and formulated Post-disaster Reconstruction Traffic Planning of Mianyang City and Implementation Scheme for Recovery and Reconstruction of Infrastructures of Mianyang City to raise items to be started at the early stage in Mianyang City and promote construction of such infrastructures as road, water supply and power supply. Xinglong Area of the Project location is the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City.

The Project complies with post-earthquake reconstruction planning of Sichuan Province and recovery and reconstruction planning of infrastructures of Mianyang City, Sichuan Province.

1.6 Assessment standardAccording to the document of Letter on Applicable Standard for Environmental Impact Assessment of Projects issued by Mianyang Environmental Protection Bureau, the applicable environmental impact assessment standard of the Project is as follows.

1.6.1 Acoustical environment

1) Acoustical environmental quality: Acoustical environment during operation period of the Project shall comply with Class 2 and 4a standards in the Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008). Special sensitive buildings (schools,① residence, villages' committee etc.) beyond 35m from boundary lines at both sides of the road (50m from the centerline) and within the assessment scope shall comply with Class 2 standard in the Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008) and its outdoor noise standard shall be 60 dB(A) during day-time and 50 dB(A) during night-time. The area within 35m from boundary lines at both sides② of the road (50m from the centerline) shall comply with Class 4a standard in the Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008) and its outdoor noise standard shall be 70 dB(A) during day-time and 55 dB(A) during night-time.

2) The standard of Noise Limits for Construction Site (GB12523-90) shall be applied during construction period. See Table 1-1.

16



Table 1-1 Noise Limits for Construction Site (GB12523-90)

Unit: dB(A)

Construction stage Main noise sourceNoise limits

Day-time Night-timeEarth-rock works Bulldozer, excavator and loader 75 55

Piling Various pile drivers etc. 85 Construction is prohibited.

Structure Concrete mixer, vibrator, electric saw etc. 70 55Decoration Crane, lift etc. 65 55

1.6.2 Water environment

1) The surface water environmental quality shall comply with Category III water quality standard in the Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002). See Table 1-2 for standard values. Table 1-2 Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002)

Unit: mg/L (pH non dimensional)Index Category III water quality standard

pH 6-9BOD5≤ 4CODCr≤ 20NH3-N≤ 1.0

Petroleum≤ 0.05

2) Wastewater discharge shall comply with Grade I standard of Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996). See Table 1-3 for standard values.

Table 1-3 Integrated Wastewater Discharge Standard (GB8978-1996)

Unit: mg/LS/N Pollutants Applicable scope Grade I standard

1 Suspended substance (SS) Other discharge units 70

2 Chemical oxygen demand (COD) Other discharge units 100

3 Biological oxygen demand (BOD5)

Other discharge units 20

4 Ammonia nitrogen (NH3-N) Other discharge units 15

5 Petroleum All discharge units 5

1.6.3 Ambient air

1) Ambient air quality shall comply with Grade II standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996). See Table 1-4 for standard values.

Table 1-4 Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996)

Unit: mg/m3

Item CO NO2 TSP

Grade II standard Daily average 4.00 0.12 0.30Hourly average 10.00 0.24 /

2) Emission of atmospheric pollutants shall comply with Grade II standard of Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants (GB16297-1996). See Table 1-5 for standard values.

17


Mianyang Science and Technology CityTable 1-5 Grade II standard of Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants (GB16297-1996)

Pollutants Monitoring concentration threshold of fugitive emission

Emission concentration Emission rate

Particles 1.0mg/m3 120mg/m3 3.5kg/h(15m)Nitrogen

oxide 0.12mg/m3 240mg/m3 0.77kg/h(15m)

1.6.4 Ecological environment

The standard shall be not to reduce the species and quantity of rare animals and plants in the road area and not to damage the integrity of the ecological system.

1.6.5 Water and soil conservation

The control standard for water and soil loss in the water and soil conservation scheme for the Project is determined as Grade II according to Control Standards for Water and soil loss on Development and Construction Projects (GB50434-2008) in combination with topography, geomorphy, soils, hydrometeorology and water and soil loss characteristics along the road. See Table 1-6 for details.

Table 1-6 Control object for water and soil conservation of the Project

Standards and CodesCorrected

according to precipitation

Corrected according

to soil erosion

intensity

Corrected according

to topography

Applicable standard

Construction period

Trial operation

period

Construction period

Trial operation period

Treatment percentage (%) of

disturbed land

* 95 * 95

Controlled

percentage (%) of erosion

area

* 85 +3 * 88

Controlled ratio of

soil erosion

0.5 0.7 0.5 0.7

Percentage (%) of dammed slag or ashes

90 95 90 95

Recovery percentage (%) of

the forestry

and grass

* 95 +3 * 98

Percentag * 20 +3 * 23

18



e (%) of the

forestry and grass coverage

Note: "*" in above table indicates the index value which shall be obtained from the implementation progress of the approved water and soil conservation scheme measures and through dynamic monitoring, as the basis for final acceptance.

1.7 Assessment grade, scope and key points1.7.1 Assessment grade

The total length of the proposed road is 4607.192m, and six urban secondary trunk roads will be constructed in the shape of Chinese character "Yong" (用 ). There is mainly shallow hill geomorphy in the vicinity of the Line. According to Master Planning of Mianyang City, the Project is located in Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the west of Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park, belonging to the master planning scope of Mianyang City. The area in the vicinity of the Line has been planned as an industrial land. According to characteristics of the Project, regional environmental characteristics and Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment, the assessment grades are shown in Table 1-7.

Table 1-7 Assessment grade classification

Assessment content Working grade Basis

Acoustical environment Grade II

According to HJ/2.4-2009, the noise level of the Project upon completion will be increased prominently and it will cause great impact on the residents along the line, so its acoustical assessment grade is Grade II.

Ambient air Grade III According to HJ2.2-2008, it is a non-polluting ecological project with emission Pmax<10%.

Ecological environment Grade III

Vegetation on the planned land for the Project is mainly agricultural plants and artificial vegetation. Road works of the Project occupies a land of 14.17hm2.According to HJ/T19-1997, the project impact scope is 14.17hm2 (0.142km2) which is much less than 20km2. There is no rare and endangered animal or plant species, so construction of the Project will not reduce biological diversity and will merely cause change of the land nature.

Water environment Grade III

The pollutant possibly impacting the water during construction period is the sewage on the construction site; the water pollutant produced during operation period is mainly runoff storm sewage on the pavement with little pollutant and simple water components. According to HJ/T2.3-93, the sewage emission is less than 1000m3/d and large, medium and small rivers comply with Category III surface water quality standard, so the water environment shall be assessed as Grade III.

1.7.2 Assessment grade

According to division principles of the assessment scope and actual conditions of the Project obtained through site survey in the Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment, the assessment scope is determined as follows:

1) Social environment: the determined direct impact area of the Project is Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City;

2) Ecological environment: 500m areas at both sides of the road centerline;

19



3) Acoustical environment: 200m areas at both sides of the road centerline;

4) Water environment: discharge outlet of Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant, i.e. the reaches of upstream 1500m and downstream 4000m of Fujiang River.

The rainwater pipe network will be discharged into the discharge outlets of Anchang River, i.e. the reaches of upstream 500m and downstream 1000m.

5) Ambient air: 200m scopes at both sides of the road centerline;

6) Water and soil loss: the Project construction area and the direct impact area.

1.7.3 Assessment contents and key points

1) Assessment content

The environmental impact report of the Project mainly includes engineering analysis, environment status quo survey and analysis, environmental element impact assessment, the Project environmental protection measures, public participation, economical profit and loss analysis on environmental impact etc.

2) Key points to be assessed

According to characteristics of the Project, the key points in this environmental impact assessment are mainly atmospheric and construction noise impact assessment during construction period and mainly analysis of impact of traffic noises on acoustical environmental quality at both sides along the road line during operation period.

1.8 Environmental protection object1.8.1 Ambient air and acoustical environmental protection object

Site survey indicates that residents in the Project area are mainly distributed along the existing village road line in a relative intensive manner. The line starts from K1+101 of 3# Road in SW-NE direction and crosses with 3#, 6#, 5#, 4#, 1# & 2# Roads of the Project respectively. There are 10 impacted sensitive points within 200m scopes at both sides. See Table 1-8 and attached drawings for ambient air and distribution of acoustical sensitive objects along the line.

20

Environmental Impact Report of Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City

Table 1-8 Ambient air and acoustical environmental protection objects within 200m along the road

Type S/N

Road

No.

Stake No. Sensitive point name Township

Orientation relative to

boundary line of road m

Longitudinal length m

Height differenc

e (m)Overview of environment

Ambient air and

acoustical environmen

t

1

1#

K1+045

Administrative area of Mianyang

People's Armed Police Detachment

/ 150 m east 100 2 Under construction

2 K0+520

Residents in Liujiagou

Chengjiao

Township

60 m at eastern side of road, opposite to

boundary line

150 0 15 households and 50 residents, brick houses of 1-3 floors, intensively distributed

3 2# K0+40Settlements in

Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village

Chengjiao

Township

55 m at northern side of road, 40 at southern side of road, opposite to boundary line

100 0 25 households and 85 residents, brick houses of 2-3 floors, dispersedly distributed

4

3#

K1+101

Settlements in Group 3 of

Dabaoliang Village

Chengjiao

Township

40 m at western side of road; opposite to

boundary line


5 K0+860

Primary School of Dabaoliang Village

Chengjiao

Township

100 m at western side of road, opposite to

boundary line

200 0

12 classes, 400 students and teachers, no boarder, and no night classes (note: the

boundary line of road is 100m from the school building.)

6 K0+840

Dabaoliang Village committee

Chengjiao

Township

60 m at western side of road, opposite to

boundary line

20 0 4 persons working in an office

7 4# K0+80Settlements in

Group 5 of Dabaoliang Village

Chengjiao

Township

70 m at northern side of road, 90 at southern side of road, opposite to boundary line


8 5# K1+80 Settlements in Group 3 of

Chengjiao

50 m at western side of road, 60

50 0 6 households and 20 residents, brick houses of 2-3 floors, dispersedly distributed

21


Dabaoliang Village Townshipm at eastern side of road, opposite to boundary line

9 K0+300

Residents in Group 6 of Dabaoliang

Village

Chengjiao

Township

50 m at two sides of road, opposite to

boundary line


10 6# K0+200


Village

Chengjiao

Township

50 m at southern side of road, opposite to

boundary line


22



1.8.2 Water environmental protection object

Domestic sewage in Xinglong Area shall be piped to the sewage treatment plant to meet the standard and then discharged into Fujiang River; rainwater in the area shall be collected and discharged into Anchang River through pipeline; surface water bodies within the impact range of the Project are Fujiang River and Anchang River; there is no bridge works for the Project. The water environmental protection object of the Project is determined as follows:

Table 1-9 Water environmental protection object

S/N Description Water function Relation with the line

1 Fujiang River

Category III water, irrigation, flood discharge 2000m east of the Project

2 Anchang River

Category III water, irrigation, flood discharge 1500m south of the Project

1.8.3 Ecological environmental protection object

See Table 1-10 for main ecological protection objects in the vicinity of the Line.Table 1-10 Ecological environmental protection objects

S/N Sensitive object Location Main protection contents

1 Water and soil conservation Along the line Water and soil loss due to excavation and spoil of the Project

2 Vegetation Along the line Artificial vegetation

1.8.4 Social environmental protection object

It mainly refers to the residents impacted by land acquisition and house demolition in the vicinity of the Line.

1.9 Assessed predicted periodAccording to construction period of the Project and prediction of traffic volume, the assessment period is as follows:

1) Construction period: 24 months, i.e. May 2010 – Apr. 2012;

2) Operation period: three characteristic years, i.e. 2013, 2018 and 2024.

1.10 Assessment methodBased on the principle of “giving priority to points, combining points and lines and feeding back the whole line”, site monitoring and statistical analysis methods etc. shall be used for assessment of status quo; mode calculation and simulation analysis methods etc. shall be used for prediction and assessment. Acoustical environment shall be assessed mainly by mode calculation method, water environment shall be assessed by analogy analysis method, ambient air shall be assessed by analogy analysis method and ecological and social environment shall be assessed by investigation analysis method.

1.11 Assessment proceduresSee the following Fig. 1-1 for assessment procedures of the Project.

23



Fig. 1-1 Assessment procedures

24

Determination of type of the Project environmental impact assessment document according to the national Classified Directory

for Environmental Impact Assessment of Construction Projects

1. Relevant national and local laws, regulations and standard documents concerning environmental protection shall be studied.

2. Technical documents and other documents related to the Project shall be studied.

3. Preliminary environmental survey and preliminary project analysis shall be carried out.

Identifying environmental impact factors and selecting assessment factors to determine the key points of assessment

Determining working grade of single-factor environmental impact assessment factor

Prediction of environmental impact

Environmental impact assessment

1. Feasibility conclusion of environmental impact assessment shall be given.

2. Environmental protection measures and suggestions shall be raised.

3. Environmental impact report shall be developed.

Public participation (the second time)

Relevant national and local laws, regulations and standards

Project analysis

Survey of environm

ent status quo

Public participation (the first time)



2. Project Overview and Analysis2.1 Project overview2.1.1 Geographic location and route scheme

Mianyang is located at middle and upper reaches of Fujiang River in northwest of Sichuan Basin. Its geographic coordinates are latitude 30°42′-33°03′ and longitude 103°45′-105°43′. Mianyang neighbors Nangchong City on the east, Suining City on the south, Deyang City on the southwest, Aba Tibetan and Qiang Autonomous Prefecture on the west, Gansu Province on the north and Guangyuan City on the northeast. Baoji-Chengdu Railway and National Highway 108 run through the north to the south of Mianyang, with several provincial roads connected to neighboring regions and cities. Mianyang, a science and technology city under construction, is a famous culture and science & technology city which has a long history and abundant culture and where modern science and technology and industries are very developed. For the geographic location of the Project, please refer to Fig. 1.

The Project route scheme is controlled by urban development planning and the route trend is clear, so there is no alternative route scheme for comparison and selection. According to the feasibility report of the Project, the Project route is arranged as follows: starting from the 2nd Ring Road at the east, constructing 6 urban secondary trunk roads arranged in the shape of Chinese character "Yong" (用), crossing with the planned 2nd Ring Road at the east, with the starting point located at Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village, Chengjiao Township, running through Groups 3, 5, 6 & 8 of Dabaoliang Village and Liujiagou. See the attached drawings for details of the Project route scheme.

2.1.2 Predication of traffic volume

The Project is proposed to be commenced in May 2010, completed and accepted in April 2012, with a construction period of 24 months. The characteristics prediction years are proposed as 2013 in short term, 2018 in middle term and 2024 in long term according to Compilation Methodology of Study Report on the Feasibility of Water Transport and Highway Construction Project and Urban Road Design Code (CJJ37-90). According to the feasibility report, for prediction of traffic volume of the Project, the day-time is regarded as 16 hours while night-time 8 hours, the traffic flow in rush hours is regarded as 8% of the whole day (24h); see Table 2-1 for the prediction results.

Table 2-1 Predictions of traffic volumes of the project in target years

Characteristics prediction year

2013 2018 2024

Daily traffic volume pcu/d

Peak per hour pcu/h


Peak per hour pcu/h


Peak per hour pcu/hSection

1# Road 4847 388 6642 531 7539 6032# Road 3880 310 5317 425 6035 4833# Road 7487 599 10260 821 11646 9324# Road 3629 290 4973 398 5645 4525# Road 3862 309 5293 423 6008 4816# Road 4691 375 6429 514 7298 584

2.1.3 Construction scale and main technical indexes

2.1.3.1 Construction scale

The Grade II urban secondary trunk road to be constructed in the Project has a total length of 4607.192m, a designed speed of 30km/h, a designed road width of 16-26m, bituminous

25



concrete pavement, 12 level crossings and no bridge works in the whole line; the west of 5# Road will be constructed with 4 inlet unsubmerged culverts (at K0-K0+40, K0+380-K0+420, K0+700-K0+740 & K1+060-K1+151 of 5# Road, 211m for the four sections, slab culverts). The main contents of the Project include road works, drainage works, traffic works, urban pipe networks, auxiliary road works etc., with a total area of 109494m2. The land to be occupied by the Project includes cultivated land, forest land, house site, wasteland, road right-of-way etc., with a land occupation area of 14.17hm2, including a permanent land occupation area of 10.95hm2 and a temporary land occupation area of 3.22hm2. The Project requires 218,000m3 excavation (including 98,000m3 stripped topsoil), 376,000m3 filling and 256,000m3 transported earthwork and will not produce any spoil. Land acquisition for the Project covers 262 households (750 persons), including 85 households (178 persons) also involving in house demolition; it also covers demolition of 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 car wash (20 persons for stores and enterprises); the whole project covers totally 770 impacted residents and 24145.585m2 buildings and structures. The Project has a total investment of 113,523,300 yuan. It is planned to be commenced in May 2010 and completed in Apr. 2012, with a construction period of 2 years.

See Table 2-2 and 2-3 for details of quantities and technical parameters of the Project.

2.1.3.2 Main technical and economic indexes

According to construction characteristics of the Project, the main technical indexes of the Project are shown in Table 2-4.

Table 2-2 Bill of quantities of the Project

S/N Description Unit Bill of quantities Remarks

A Road works(A) Subgrade works

1 Excavation m3 218528 Mechanical excavation of 2:8 earthworks and stone works

2 Filling m3 3764173 Permanent land occupation hm2 10.954 Temporary land occupation hm2 3.22

(B) Pavement works

1 12cm thick bituminous concrete pavement m2 102494.6

5cmAC-13C medium grain type concrete; 7cm AC-20C medium grain type concrete

2 30cm cement stabilized macadam base m2 124824

3 30cm graded sand gravel base m2 131394(C) Support and auxiliary works1 Machine-made C30 concrete curbs m 92152 Machine-made C20 concrete curbs m 92153 Flower belt stone m 184304 Sidewalk square tile 25×25×4cm m2 41660.94

5 2cm thick 1:3 cement mortar leveling course m2 42000

6 10cm thick 4% cement stabilized graded macadam base m2 42000

7 Temporary shotcrete-bolt support m2

2 12730

8 Tree ring Set 1835 Including trees9 Green belt m2 11055B Culvert works Nr./m 4/211 Reinforced concrete covered

26


Mianyang Science and Technology Citychannel, 7×3m inlet unsubmerged slab culvert.

C Integrated pipeworks

1 Rainwater pipe m 4607.192 Rainwater will be discharged into Anchang River.

2 Drainage channel (at west of 5# Road) m 1166.98

For the section of open channel, its bottom width is 4m and it is in inverse trapezium. Its under-passing road shall be provided with 4 reinforced concrete covered channels. The four sections at K0-K0+40, K0+380-K0+420, K0+700-K0+740 & K1+060-K1+151 are 211m and rainwater will be discharged into Anchang River.

3 Sewage pipe m 4607.192The sewage shall be treated to meet the standard and then discharged into Fujiang River.

4 Lighting works Group 150 Excluded from the Project investment.Constructed with the Project simultaneously.

5 Gas pipeline m 4607.192

6 Water supply pipeline m 4607.192

D Level crossing Nr. 12The Project has 9 internal crossings and 3 crossings with the planned 2nd Ring Road.

27


Table 2-3 Bill of quantities of the proposed project by sections

S/N Item Unit Construction quantity Total1# Road 2# Road 3# Road 4# Road 5# Road 6# Road1 Length m 1045.26 313.973 1101.052 625.964 1102.741 418.202 4607.1922 Road width m 26 26 26 20 16 20 134

3 Pavement worksm2 27176.76 8163.298 28627.352 12519.28 17643.856 8364.04

102494.612cm thick bituminous concrete pavement (5cmAC-13C fine grain type concrete; 7cm AC-20C coarse grain type concrete)

4 Subgrade works m2 32612 12196 34353 19823 21173 11237 13139430cm5% cement stabilized macadam base; 30cm graded sand gravel. E030Mpa.5 Earthworks m3 150632 49610 97568 77362 103589 116184 594945

Excavation works m3 61505 36636 48954 12895 23008 35530 218528Filling works m3 89127 12974 48614 64467 80581 80654 376417

6 Sidewalk m2 10452.6 3139.73 11010.52 6259.64 6616.446 4182 41660.947 Green belt m2 2508 754 2642 1502 2646 1003 110558 Street trees Nr. 420 120 440 250 440 165 1835

9 Intersection Nr. 4 3 4 4 4 3 22/12, not cumulative.

10

Water supply pipeline m 1045.26 313.973 1101.052 625.964 1102.741 418.202 4607.192

Rainwater pipeline m 2091 628 2202 1252 2205 836 9215Sewer pipeline m 2091 628 2202 1252 2205 836 9215Gas pipeline m 1045.26 313.973 1101.052 625.964 1102.741 418.202 4607.192

11 Auxiliary works

Traffic signs and

markings

m / / / / /

Lighting works

Group 35 10 36 20 36 13 150

28


Table 2-4 Main technical indexes of the Project

S/N Description Unit Xinglong Area1# Road 2# Road 3# Road 4# Road 5# Road 6# Road

1 Road grade Grade II urban secondary trunk roadAutomobile load Grade I highway:

2 Driving speed km/h 30 30 30 30 30 303 Road width m 26 26 26 20 16 20

Motorway (Nr. × road width) m 2×8 2×8 2×8 2×5 2×5 2×5Sidewalk (Nr. × road width) m 2×5 2×5 2×5 2×5 2×3 2×5

4 Green belt (Nr. × road width) m 2×1.2 2×1.2 2×1.2 2×1.2 2×1.2 2×1.2

5Design life

Pavement structure Year 15 15 15 15 15 15

Subgrade structure Year 15 15 15 15 15 15

6 Minimum radius of horizontal curve m 150 150 150 150 150 150

Minimum length of transition curve m 40 40 40 40 40 40

Minimum radius of

vertical curve

Concave m 400 400 400 400 400 400

Convex m 400 400 400 400 400 400

8 Maximum longitudinal slope % 4.978 7.966 2.093 8.961 4.191 7.366%9 Minimum slope length m 150 40 160 50 83 162

10 Permanent land occupation hm2 10.9511 Temporary land occupation hm2 3.22

12 Demolition quantity

Resident Household 15 26 23 10 3 8

Building m2 2070 2604 3624 856 269 824

29



2.1.4 Overview of main works

2.1.4.1 Subgrade works

1) Subgrade width

According to the Urban Road Design Code (CJJ37-90), the Project shall employ the standard subgrade width of 16-26m, the subgrade width of 1#, 2# & 3# Roads is 26m consisting of 5m sidewalk + 8m lane + 8m lane + 5m sidewalk; the subgrade width of 4# & 6# Roads is 20m consisting of 5m sidewalk + 5m lane + 5m lane + 5m sidewalk; the subgrade width of 5# Road is 16m consisting of 3m sidewalk + 5m lane + 5m lane + 3m sidewalk. See Fig. 2-1 for the road section. See attached drawings for standard section of the subgrade of the Project.

Fig. 2-1 Cross section of road

2) Designed elevation of subgrade

See Table 2-5 for details of designed elevation of subgrade.

3) Design of longitudinal section of subgrade

See Table 2-6 and attached drawings for details of the longitudinal section of the Line.

30

Standard cross section of 26m wide road

Sidewalk SidewalkLane Lane Curb

Designed pavement elevation

Roa

d ce

nter

line




Roa

d ce

nter

line




Roa

d ce

nter

line



Table 2-5 Road subgrade elevation and longitudinal section parameters

Item 1# Road 2# Road 3# Road 4# Road 5# Road 6# RoadElevation (m) of starting point 525.4 527.1 527.1 524.5 517.7 520.8Elevation (m) of highest point 531.1 527.1 529 544.6 517.7 520.8

Lowest elevation (m) 513.8 517.7 518.3 511.3 490 506.1

Point of gradient change (stake point)K0+260;K0+510;K0+660.

K0+040;K0+130;K0+190;K0+270.

K0+159;K0+519.

K0+050;K0+200;K0+270;K0+436.

K0+560;K0+740;K1+020.

K0+256.

Minimum slope length (m) 150 40 159 50 83 161Minimum longitudinal slope 1.129% 1.803% 0.55% 2.64% 1.494% 6.079%Maximum longitudinal slope 4.978% 7.9% 2.093% 8.961% 4.191% 7.366%

Minimum radius of concave curve 400 400 400 400 400 400Minimum radius of convex curve 400 400 400 400 400 400Minimum length of vertical curve 25 25 25 25 25 25

4) Side slope and transverse slope of subgrade

According to geotechnical engineering characteristics in the vicinity of the Line, with reference to the Urban Road Design Code (CJJ37-90), Technical Standard of Highway Engineering (JTG B01-2003) and Specifications for Design of Highway Subgrades (JTG D30-2004), the proposed subgrade slope values are as follows:

Filling slope: according to hydrogeological conditions in the vicinity of the Line, the filling height shall be less than 8m and the grade of the side slope shall be 1:1.5. For filling greater than 8m and less than 18m, a 2m wide plain stage shall be provided at 8m, with a grade of 1:1.75 under it. For filling height greater than 18m, the subgrade shall be taken as special subgrade in the design and shall be subject to check calculation of stability. Cutting slope: 1:0.5 - 1:1.0 may be employed for soil or weathered shale, 1:0.3 - 1:0.5 for rocky slope sandstone, and 1:0.5 - 1:1.0 for shale intercalated with sandstone. When the slope height is greater than 6m, a 2.0m wide plain stage shall be provided and then the slope shall be gentled.

All the transverse slopes on the tops of the subgrade shall be 1.5% and corresponding crown slope shall be employed for the superelevation section according to different radiuses of curves.

5) Protection of subgrade

Grass-seeding slope protection shall be considered for the filling embankment slope. The cutting slope grade shall be 1:1 – l:15 for soil slope and 1:075 – l:1.25 for rocky slope. 3D vegetation net shall be used for grass-seeding protection of soil slope, while mortar facing wall shall be used for protection of rocky slope and an interception ditch shall be provided to intercept surface water from the slope crest.

The whole line shall be provided with totally 15370m2 subgrade protection area for 2723m long protected section. See Table 2-6 for details.

31



Table 2-6 Statistics of subgrade protection works

Road No. and starting & ending stake No.

Length (m)

Slope protection area (m2)Total (m2)3D net for grass

seedingMortar stone

Grass-seeding slope protection

1# K0 - K1+160 160 960 5720K0+480 - K1+045 970 2820 710 12302# K0 - K0+080 80 540 540

K0+200 - K0+313 113 440 4403# K0+320 - K0+380 60 180 1804# K0 - K0+360 360 1840 1560 34005# K0+160 - K0+820 660 1320 2300 36206# K0 - K0+320 320 1230 240 1470

Total 2723 7210 1670 6490 15370

6) Subgrade drainage

Both sides of the filling section of road will be developed and constructed gradually, with the property of urban neighborhood, but they may be lagged after the road construction. So the filling section shall take subgrade drainage into account, with the property of temporary drainage. When the subgrade height is less than 1.5m, both sides of the embankment shall be provided with earth drainage ditches for maintenance and curing. When the subgrade height is greater than 1.5m, no roadside drainage ditch is required.

Partial hills at both sides of the excavation section of road shall be reserved to maintain the ecological environment, so slope drainage at the cutting section is permanent. It shall be considered to build rectangular paved side ditches at both sides outside the boundary line of the road and a rectangular paved interception ditch at the slope crest. A plain stage of slope shall be constructed every 5-10m on the slope surface and it shall be built with a rectangular paved drainage ditch. The water flow from the side ditch, the interception ditch and the drainage ditch shall be introduced to the bridge & culvert or river & ditch.

The whole line shall be provided with various interception and drainage ditches with a total length of 2748m, including 683m long interception ditches, 1505m long brick drainage ditches and 560m long earth drainage ditches. See Table 2-7 for details.

Table 2-7 Schedule of subgrade drainage works

Road No. and starting & ending stake No. Length (m)

Drainage ditch (m)Interception ditch (m) Total (m)Earth

drainage ditch

Brick drainage ditch

1# K0 - K0+200 200 400 325 725K0+200 - K0+480 280 560 560

2# K0+120 - K0+200 80 160 160

3# K0 - K0+200 200 425 358 783K0+760 - K1+020 260 520 520

Total 1020 560 1505 683 2748

7) Subgrade earth-rock works

The excavation works along the whole line of the Project totals 218,000m3 (including 98,000m3 stripped topsoil) while the filling works totals 376,000m3. After the stripped topsoil is used for road landscaping and as the overburden of land for temporary works, 256,000m3 earths and rocks from the outside shall be transported

32



to sites for filling. In addition to spoils and waste slags from construction sites nearby (such as spoils produced at construction sites along the west side of 2nd Ring Road), such earths and rocks shall be of river sands and stones purchased from local building material markets.

2.1.4.2 Pavement works

1) Pavement structure

The pavement consists of lanes and sidewalks. The bituminous concrete pavement scheme is used for the lane pavement with a total thickness of 72cm. The Project road has bituminous concrete pavement with a design life of 15 years and the following structural combination:

5cm thick fine grain type bituminous concrete AC-13C upper topping

7cm thick coarse grain type bituminous concrete AC-20C middle topping

1cm thick mortar cushion

30cm thick 5% cement stabilized graded macadam base

30cm thick graded sand gravel subbase

Fig. 2-2 Pavement structure diagram of the Project

The sidewalk shall be built with 25cm×25cm×4cm prefabricated C25 concrete colored pavement tiles, 2cm thick 1:3 cement mortar leveling coarse and 15cm thick C10 concrete base.

2) Pavement drainage

Water inlet mode through rainwater inlets shall be used for pavement drainage of the Project and the rainwater will be discharged into the rainwater pipe through the catch basin. The rainwater inlets shall be provided inside the motorway at an interval of 30-40m and the motorway shall have a transverse slope of 1.5%. Partial sections of the bicycle lane and the sidewalk may be added with rainwater inlets based on demands. Details of the quantities of pavement drainage works will be determined during preliminary design.

2.1.4.3 Drainage works

1) Design principle of drainage

The urban drainage pipe and channel system is an important urban infrastructure as an integral part of the urban construction and also as important engineering measures

33

C30 prefabricated curb

1cm mortar cushion

Connected to green belt or sidewalk

Fine grain type bituminous concrete AC-13CCoarse grain type bituminous concrete AC-20C5% cement stabilized macadamGraded sand gravel

C30 flat stone



to control water pollution and to improve and protect the water environment. The following principles shall be observed during planning and arrangement of the road drainage pipe and channel system:

(1) The planning and design of the drainage pipe system shall comply with the master planning of Mianyang City and shall closely coordinate with construction of other unit works.

(2) The drainage pipe and channel shall be arranged in parallel with the road to maximum extent and the drainage pipe network corridor shall be determined properly.

(3) The drainage pipe and channel system shall be adapted to the topography and relief and shall discharge water downhill. Sewage shall be discharged by gravity to maximum extent and intermediate lift pump stations shall not be provided or minimized.

(4) Design of the rainwater pipe and channel may be combined with the urban planning and drainage through a channel may be considered.

(5) Special technology shall be used for treatment of sections with complicated and special topographic conditions.

(6) The main intercepting sewer shall be arranged at a low place at either side of the road to maximum extent, so as to facilitate access of any branch.

(7) Inflow of urban industrial wastewater shall be considered for the sewage pipe. The industrial wastewater complying with the urban sewer water quality standard may be directly discharged into the sewer and the wastewater not complying with the standard shall be pre-treated in the plant before discharged into the sewer.

(8) Control points and their elevations of the whole drainage system shall be compared and selected to rationalize the embedding depth and investment of the whole pipe network system.

2) Drainage works scheme

The drainage scheme of the Project shall be designed based on overall analysis and then specific analysis on the road to be executed. Short-tem and long-term designs shall be combined to make the development of the area sustainable and operable. In consideration of the characteristics of the drainage pipe such as one-time investment, long service life, difficult expansion or reconstruction, the drainage pipe shall be designed in accordance with the long-term highest daily peak flow per second and a proper allowance shall be reserved for advanced development.

The drainage system of the Project shall be of separate drainage system of rainwater and sewage and a rainwater drainage system and a sewage drainage system are provided individually. Inflow of urban industrial wastewater shall be considered for the sewage pipe. The industrial wastewater complying with the urban sewer water quality standard may be directly discharged into the sewer and the wastewater not complying with the standard shall be pre-treated in the plant before discharged into the sewer.

(1) Rainwater drainage system: rainwater shall be dispersedly discharged into the nearby pipe network and then intensively discharged into Fujiang River.

(2) Sewage discharge system: since there are great longitudinal slopes at several

34



routes, starting point - K0+260 section of 1# Road has a 260 long 2.203% longitudinal slope, 2#, 4# & 6# Roads are all V-shaped longitudinal slopes, and discharged water can only be collected towards the middle, so sewage cannot be discharged if the flow direction of the drainage system is from the starting point to the destination. Therefore, based on actual conditions, the road drainage scheme shall be arranged in the following direction: 2#, 4# & 6# Roads shall be provided with sewage pipes to collect sewage towards the middle into the trunk sewage pipe provided at 5# Road, wastewater within 260m at the starting point section of 1# & 3# Roads shall enter into the sewage pipe of 2# Road and sewage of other sections will flow into the main urban sewage intercepting sewer at the 2nd Ring Road in N-S direction and then collected in the urban sewage treatment plant, where sewage will be treated to comply with the standard before discharged.

3) Design of drainage works

(1) Calculation of water discharge quantity

① Calculation of storm runoff: this hydraulic calculation shall comply with Code for Design of Outdoor Wastewater Engineering (GB50014-2006) (hereinafter referred to as "the Code").

② Calculation of sewage quantity: the sewage quantity shall be taken as 70%-80% of the comprehensive urban water consumption quantity in accordance with Article 3.1.6 of Code of Urban Wastewater Engineering Planning (GB 50318-2000). 80% of water supply quantity is taken as the sewage quantity for the Project. In addition, 10% external water seepage shall be counted into the sewage quantity.

(2) Connection mode of drainage pipes

Manholes are required for all points of the drainage pipe where the pipe diameter, slope, elevation or direction changes or any branch is connected with the drainage pipe. The following three principles shall be observed during design:

① The elevation of the downstream pipe section shall be increased as high as possible to reduce the embedding depth of the pipe and reduce its cost and pipe connection with flush water level shall be employed as far as possible;

② It shall be avoided to form return water in the upstream pipe section which will cause siltation and pipe connection with flush-fit top shall be employed as far as possible;

③ Drop connection shall be employed as far as possible in case of great ground slope, so as to avoid erosion of the pipe wall and overlarge embedding depth of the upstream pipe section.

Whichever connection method is employed, the water surface at the initial end of the downstream pipe section and the pipe bottom elevation shall be lower than the water surface at the terminal end of the upstream pipe section and the pipe bottom elevation respectively. At the crossing between the bypass and the main, in case of great difference of the elevations, drop shall be carried out before connection to ensure good hydraulic conditions.

Connection mode of drainage pipes:

a) When the pipe diameters are different, pipe connection with flush-fit top

35



shall be employed;

b) When the pipe diameters are the same, pipe connection with flush water level shall be employed;

c) Drop wells shall be provided at proper locations for drop connection;

d) When the drop height is within 1.0m, the manhole slope will be directly made downstream.

(3) Drainage system

① Rainwater system

Pipe arrangement: both sides of the rainwater pipe shall be arranged under the sidewalk of the road and the centerline of the pipe shall be 1.5m from the curb. Its slope direction shall be fundamentally the same with the road and its grade shall also be fundamentally the same with the road.

The rainwater outlet shall be determined in accordance with the design of longitudinal section of the road and in combination with the drainage planning of the whole area. Rainwater shall be dispersedly discharged through the water outlet to flow into the natural water body and then be discharged into Fujiang River.

② Sewage system

Pipe arrangement: single side of the sewage pipe shall be arranged under the sidewalk of the road and the centerline of the pipe shall be about 3.0m from the curb. Its slope direction shall be fundamentally the same with the road and its grade shall also be fundamentally the same with the road.

(4) Pipe materials

The drainage pipe shall have adequate strength to bear external load and internal water pressure and shall be seepage-proof to prevent sewage from seeping outside to pollute the environment or the groundwater from seeping inside to increase unpredictable water quantity. The inner wall of the drainage pipe shall be smooth to reduce hydraulic resistance.

The rainwater pipe shall be of Grade II reinforced concrete pipe DN500-DN700 and the starting point of the pipe shall have an embedding depth about 2.0m. The branch shall be of plain-end reinforced concrete pipe DN300. When the drop height is greater than 2.0m, a drop well shall be provided. The reinforced concrete pipe shall be provided with 120° concrete foundation, backfilled with soils and compacted in accordance with relevant codes.

(5) Foundation and joint of drainage pipe

Rigid polyvinyl chloride drainage pipe: the pipe foundation shall be of sand gravel cushion foundation.

Reinforced concrete pipe: when the pipe covering is greater than 0.7m and less than or equal to 5.0m, 120° concrete foundation shall be employed; when the pipe covering is greater than 5.0m and less than or equal to 7.5m, 180° concrete foundation shall be employed. For filled pipe foundation, the joint shall be of rubber ring joint; for excavated pipe foundation, the pipe joint shall be of steel wire mesh strip joint.

(6) Manhole and rainwater inlet

36



Manholes shall be provided at the pipe crossing, turning, change of pipe diameter or grade, drop and certain interval of straight pipe section. On straight section, the interval of catch basins shall be generally 30m and the interval of sewage wells shall be generally 25m. The interval of rainwater inlets shall be 20-50m and generally 30m, which correspond to the catch basins. Low-lying and water-accumulative sections shall be provided with a proper amount of extra rainwater inlets. Rain grates shall be made of steel fibers. The manhole shall have covers and bases made of fiber reinforced plastics composite materials by burglarproof technology.

(7) Drainage channel works of 5# Road

The drainage channel of the 5# Road is close to the west side of the 5# Road and connected with the existing channel at upstream, starting from the middle of 2# Road, running through 2# Road, 4# Road & 6# Road in turn along 5# Road in N-S direction, finally crossing the 2nd Ring Road to access to the existing channel at downstream, to collect and downstream discharge partial rainwater and flood inside and outside the area.

The drainage channel has a total length of 1166.98m, is generally of open channel section with a bottom width of 4m, and shall be arranged as an inverted trapezoid. Totally 4 culverts (reinforced concrete covered channels) shall be arranged on the under-pass road. The culvert section shall be of a B×H=7×3m or B×H=7×3m rectangular free surface flow slab culvert and a transition section of 20-30m shall be arranged at the junction of the culvert and the channel.

The four culverts of the Project shall be inlet unsubmerged culverts in the structural form of slab culverts. The 5# Road will respectively cross 2# Road, 4# Road, 6# Road and the 2nd Ring Road at K0-K0+40, K0+380-K0+420, K0+700-K0+740 & K1+060-K1+151 for totally 211m; the slab culvert shall have roof made of C30 concrete, culvert body sidewall, baseplate and road retaining wall made of C20 concrete, foundation cushion made of C15 concrete; if the reinforcement diameter is ≥12mm, HRB335 reinforcement shall be employed; if the diameter is <12mm, R235 reinforcement shall be employed.

The culvert length shall be arranged in combination with the road elevation and the elevation difference between the road and the culvert top, and the tops of the inlet and the outlet shall be provided with small retaining walls to reduce the culvert length.

The transition section between the culvert and the standard channel section shall be realized through gradual adjustment of the channel retaining wall facing slope and back slope.

2.1.4.4 Auxiliary road works

1) Design of pedestrian system

The sidewalk width shall be 5m and 3m.

(1) Structural combination of sidewalk:

Prefabricated C25 concrete colored pavement tiles 25cm×25cm×4cm;

2cm thick 1:3 cement mortar leveling course;

15cm thick C10 concrete base.

(2) The pedestrian system shall be considered in combination with the road

37



landscape for consistent style. Generally, zebra crossing shall be used for crossing the street and traffic light shall be used to control the passing of pedestrians and vehicles. The zebra crossing is generally delimited at the intersection and the parking port.

2) Design of bus system

The Science & Education Pioneer Park is an important functional zone of Mianyang City and it shall be provided with bus lines and bus stops in accordance with the requirements for urban functional zones. During the design process, plane positions of the bus stops were designed according to the road location in the road network, the width of the road and peripheral planning and land utilization conditions. The general principles for arrangement of bus stops are as follows: bus traffic shall not be considered for roads with a width below 20m in near term, as the population in the park will increase gradually in far term and the main bus lines will be opened to the park continuously, bus stops will be added according to actual requirements for both sides of the road. Bus stops shall be generally arranged at an interval about 500m and as close to the crossing as possible, but they should be greater than 50m from the crossing curb tangent point, so as to prevent stop of any bus from impacting traffic capacity at the crossing and to facilitate any bus incapable of changing lanes in time to park at the road side through interweaving; if the bus stop can be arranged before and after the crossing, priority shall be given to arrangement after the crossing. During actual arrangement, they may be subject to proper adjustment according to conditions of crossing roads, interval of intersections, land usage at both sides of the road etc.

3) Barrier-free design

In order to facilitate the disabled to use urban road facilities, a sidewalk for the blind, curb-style single-slope or three-slope ramp shall be provided at the side closer to the sidewalk green belt and at the road crossing in accordance with the Codes for Design on Accessibility of Urban Road and Buildings (JGJ50-2001), for use by the disabled. The sidewalk for the blind shall be 0.5m wide and the curb-style three-slope ramp shall be 1.5m wide.

4) Urban facilities

As a road of the economic development zone, the Project shall be provided with environmental sanitation facilities, of which planning has been taken as part of planning of urban public facilities and is closely related to the new road construction zone. Public toilets, refuse collection points, waste bins etc. shall be provided in combination with the planning and peripheral land use conditions.

(1) Public toilet

The standard for arrangement of public toilet using urban land shall satisfy the requirements in the current national standard of Code for Planning of Urban Environmental Sanitation Facilities (GB 50337) and totally 3 toilets are arranged in this design, of which 2 will be constructed recently. The toilets shall be located at a conspicuous location near the road and provided with uniform public toilet sign, and they shall coordinate with nearby building groups in combination with the landscape requirement. They may be constructed in combination with other environmental sanitation facilities.

(2) Refuse collection point

4 refuse collection points are arranged in this design in accordance with the

38



Code for Planning of Urban Environmental Sanitation Facilities (GB-50337) and 2 will be constructed recently.

(3) Waste bin

Waste bins shall be provided at both sides of the road or crossing complying with the Code for Planning of Urban Environmental Sanitation Facilities (GB-50337) and classification waste bins shall be provided with conspicuous signs. They shall be of good appearance, sanitary, durable, rainproof, anti-aging, anticorrosive and flame-retardant. They shall be provided at an interval of 100-200m according to the planning and development of peripheral plots.

2.1.4.5 Road intersection works

In order to make full use of the function and benefit of the proposed road and promote regional economic development, during arrangement of level crossing, not only general arrangement requirements and principles but also urban road network planning and town development planning shall be complied with so as not to damage the existing traffic system, and production and domestic convenience of the people along the line shall be taken into full consideration.

The Project covers construction of a road network in the shape of Chinese character "Yong" (用), 6 urban secondary trunk roads and 12 level crossings, including 9 inter-line crossings of the Project and 3 T-crossings of 1#, 3# & 5# Roads with the planned 2nd Ring Road. The Project doesn't cover any grade separation. See Table 2-8 for details.

Table 2-8 Level crossing conditions of the Project

Road Stake No. Crossed road Crossing type Grade of crossed road Remarks

1# K0; 2# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+450 4# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+760 6# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK1+045 Planned 2nd Ring Road T-crossing Urban trunk road Being planned

3# K0; 2# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+400 4# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+646 6# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK1+101 Planned 2nd Ring Road T-crossing Urban trunk road Being planned

5# K0; 2# road T-crossing Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+381 4# road Crisscross Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK0+704 6# road Crisscross Urban secondary trunk road The ProjectK1+102 Planned 2nd Ring Road T-crossing Urban trunk road Being planned

2.1.4.6 Auxiliary works

1) Traffic signs

Sign boards shall be made of aluminum alloy, circular sign boards must be trimmed around it, and large sign boards must be reinforced with frames.

Supporting forms of sign boards must be selected according to actual conditions as well as positions and structures of sign boards.

(1) Traffic signs shall be provided at the conspicuous positions easy to be seen and read accurately by drivers and pedestrians. Lights or reflecting or illuminant signs may be provided based on demands.

(2) Various signs are generally provided at the right side of the advancing road or the median. Any sign board shall not intrude the road construction gauge and

39



the height from the lower edge of the board surface to the ground shall be 1.8-2.5m.

(3) Glare produced by the surfaces of roadside signs to drivers shall be reduced. The board surface shall be perpendicular to or make a certain angle with the road centerline. Guide or warning signs shall make an angle of 0°-10° and prohibition or indication signs shall make an angle of 0°-45°.

(4) If more than two signs are required at the same location, they may be installed on one sign post together, but there shall not be more than four signs on one sign post. The sign contents shall not conflict with or repeat each other. Give-way signs, speed limit release signs, no-passing release signs etc. shall not be provided individually.

2) Traffic marking

Traffic markings, including traffic channeling markings at road intersections, direction indicating arrows, zebra crossing, stabling siding, lane lines, sidelines at the outmost lanes, stabling siding, direction guide arrows etc. are traffic safety management facilities marked on roads to define driving lines, and shall be provided according to the following conditions:

(1) Road markings shall be delimited based on road section form, road width and demands of traffic management. The road markings are in various forms such as lane centerlines, land edge lines, land demarcation line, stop-line, zebra crossing, deceleration and give-way line, diversion marking, plane intersection central circle, marking for lane width transition section, parking marking, stop marking, entrance and exit marking, direction guide arrow and pavement characters or graphic markers etc. The painting method of the road markings shall satisfy the requirements in the current Road Traffic Signs and Markings.

(2) Raised pavement markers are raised markers fixed on the pavement and they shall be made into directional reflection type. Reflecting glass beads for general road sections are in white and those for dangerous road sections are in red or yellow. The height above the pavement, the interval and the layout form of the raised markers shall satisfy the requirements in the current Road Traffic Signs and Markings.

(3) Object marking may be provided on the piers of overpass bridges, aqueducts etc. or on the side wall end faces or walls of tunnel portals and pedestrian islands etc. The layout principle and specific methods shall satisfy the requirements in the current Road Traffic Signs and Markings.

2.1.4.7 Pipeworks

The pipe networks include power, street lamp and traffic monitoring, communication, fuel, water supply pipelines etc. Investment, construction and management of the water supply pipeline works, the power conduit line works, the fuel pipeline works and the communication works are respectively in the charge of the tap water company, the power company, the natural gas company and the communication company and they are excluded from total investment of the Project, but they shall be constructed in the same period with the Project. The layout principles of the pipe network shall be as follows:

1) Plane layout principles

All pipelines shall satisfy the requirements in the codes for various pipelines and they shall not collide with each other on the plane and shall not conflict with any

40



road structure. The pipelines shall be arranged in such a manner to facilitate access, maintenance and management of the branches in the plot. The pipelines shall be laid under the sidewalks to maximum extent and gravity-flow pipelines shall be arranged prior.

In combination with urban road design, the line shall be as simple as possible provided that it will not impede normal operation and maintenance of the pipeline of the Project and rational occupation of lands.

2) Vertical layout principles

Fundamental hierarchical layout of various pipelines: gravity-flow pipelines such as sewer pipelines and rainwater pipelines shall be arranged at the lowest layer and the power conduit lines laid in ditches shall be arranged at the uppermost layer. During arrangement of various pipelines and pipe networks, network and branch forms shall be combined to minimize crossing of pipelines at the road intersection. When vertical positions of the engineering pipelines conflict, it shall be treated according to the following requirements:

(1) Pressure pipes shall give way to non-pressure pipes and flexible pipes shall give way to inflexible pipes;

(2) Branch pipelines shall give way to main pipelines;

(3) Small diameter pipelines shall give way to large diameter pipelines.

1) Power conduit line

(1) Scope of design

Urban 10kv cable ditch system shall be constructed within the road scope in this design.

(2) Power source

The area is uniformly fed by Mianyang electric distribution network. It is temporarily considered to supply power by the new substation in the Science & Education Pioneer Park.

(3) Plane layout

Power lines within the design scope shall be laid in the power ditch under sidewalks or laid in cable conduit under lanes. The power cable conduit shall be of CPVC167X6.5 power casing and enveloped with concrete. The cable pit shall be provided with Ф75PVC plastic pipes to drain into nearby urban catch basin.

A power conduit to cross the street shall be provided at each crossing and it shall have 12 holes. The street-crossing power conduit shall be provided at each crossing based on the demand for plot development and it shall have 8 holes.

(4) 10kv power cable ditch shall be provided under the sidewalk of the designed road for 12 loops of cables. The cable ditch shall have a section of 0.8X1.2m.

2) Street lamp works

(1) Design overview

① Design luminance standard for street lamp:

The luminance in this design is required to be greater than 30lx.

41



② Layout form of street lamp:

Road lamps shall be arranged not only to meet functional lighting of roads, but also to meet the requirement for landscaping. Lamp models should be novel and artistic.

Two-burner street lamps shall be used and symmetrically arranged along both sides of the road. The lamp posts shall have a height of 13m and an interval about 35m. The lamps shall be of cutoff lamps using the light source of 400W+250W high pressure sodium lamp.

(2) Power supply for lighting of street lamps

① Power supply form:

The power supply device for street lamps shall be provided with a special transformer, fed by 10KV power supply and T-connected with the urban 10KV cable or overhead line. This design designates 8 box transformers and wiring group of D,yn11. The special transformer for street lamps has a power supply radius about 550m.

The transformer capacity shall be 200KVA in consideration of lighting of street lamps as well as reserved capacity for loads of landscape lighting and advertisement lighting and power consumption load of partial branches.

② Laying of street lamp lighting cable:

All street lamp lines within the Project scope shall be embedded along the road in full length and their corridor shall be arranged 0.5m from the curbs. Four embedded conduit holes shall be provided, including 2 holes for street lamps, 1 hole reserved for advertisement and decorative lighting and 1 reserved hole; PVC100 plastic double-wall corrugated conduits shall be used and laid in embedded form. CPVC100×3.4 chlorinated polyvinylchloride conduits shall be used for protection at street crossing.

(3) Control and management of street lamps

The box-type substation shall be provided with control circuits for evening lamps and all night lamps and their on/off control shall be carried out by means of clock and light control. An interface shall be reserved and three remote controls shall be employed at the access to the street lamp at the urban street lamp office.

3) Traffic monitoring

(1) The roads in this design are urban roads and traffic control shall be carried out by means of traffic light according to planning of the area and distribution of traffic flow.

(2) Optical fiber cables shall be used for both the monitoring system signal line and the monitoring power line. The monitoring power line and the street lamp conduit shall share a corridor, while the monitoring system signal line and the communication conduit shall share a corridor in the same ditch and in different wells and shall be laid under the sidewalk with one hole respectively.

(3) All traffic control lines shall be embedded underground.

4) Communication line

42



(1) Overview of status quo

There are several overhead telecommunication lines, several telecommunication conduit lines and 2-24 conduit holes along the road. Currently, the users are mostly rural residents, the business volume is small and cable television has been covered all over the planned area.

(2) Planning comments

① Various advanced communication services shall be developed rapidly and broadband information network etc. shall be established and applied to realize digital, network and intelligent urban construction and management, economic development and social activities, i.e. informatization of economic activities, social activities, urban management and daily life.

② In addition to fixed telephone exchange, it shall also be taken as the node for other types of communication and provide other services such as data exchange.

③ Modular communication exchange. Communication through fixed telephone or in other forms is mainly in the charge of the communication exchange and ABB modular communication exchange.

④ Weak current lines such as China Telecom, China Unicom, the cable television station, China Mobile, China Netcom and traffic monitoring are all included in the uniform planning and they share a common corridor.

(3) Scope of design

Communication conduit hole corridor within the designed road scope.

The location of the modular communication exchange is selected preliminarily and may be adjusted properly according to the development conditions of each plot. The construction users may access to the network node exchange based on their demands.

All communication lines within the Project scope shall be laid underground and corrugated conduits and honeycomb conduits shall be used.

Communication conduit holes shall be arranged under the carriageway and the others shall be arranged under the sidewalk of the road. The numbers of holes may be 24 and 18. Optical fiber lines are required for all lines.

(4) Distribution of conduit holes

24 holes: 7 holes for China Telecom, 3 holes for each of the cable television station, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Unicom and China Railcom, 1 hole for traffic monitoring and 1 hole reserved.

18 holes: 6 for China Telecom, 2 for each of the cable television station, China Mobile, China Netcom, China Unicom and China Railcom, 1 for traffic monitoring and 1 reserved.

(5) Laying of conduit holes

Generally, conduits shall be embedded for 0.8-1.2m unless special technical measures are taken. Generally, covering shall not be thinner than 0.50m for sidewalks and green belts and not thinner than 0.70m for carriageways. In order to enable water accumulated in the conduit to flow into the manhole for

43



removal, the conduit slope shall be generally of 0.3%-0.4% and should not be less than 0.25% as a minimum. Relative elevations of holes of conduits at both sides of the manhole shall be as consistent as possible and generally the elevation difference of conduit holes at opposite positions shall not be greater than 0.5m. The intersection shall be executed according to vertical design requirement.

5) Gas pipeline

(1) Prediction of gas consumption

Residence: 1.5m3/household·day;

Public building: predicted as 20% of civilian domestic gas consumption;

Industry: 100m3/hectare·day.

(2) The fuel pipeline shall have a scale determined according to the planning and shall be arranged under the sidewalk of the road, at the side different from that of the power conduit line.

(3) All pipes shall be embedded and their embedding depths shall be as follows in accordance with the Code for Design of City Gas Engineering (GB50028-93):

If embedded under carriageway: not less than 0.8m for direct burying or not less than 0.6m for addition of casing.

Embedded under all places other than carriageways: not less than 0.6m.

The embedding of pipes at an intersection shall comply with the vertical design requirements.

(4) Pipe material and accessories:

Merely special PE gas pipes shall be used.

Important branches of the main pipe shall be provided with cutoff valve pits for emergency cutoff in case that any accident occurs at partial pipe and the valves shall be of ball valves (1.6MPa) with convenient startup and good tightness. The pipe estimated to have any gas user must also be provided with a valve which must be arranged in the valve pit.

6) Water supply pipeline

(1) Prediction of water consumption

Residential land: 150-200l/person·day;

Public building land: 50-100m3/hectare·day;

Industrial land: 100-150m3/hectare·day.

Above water quantity indexes include water loss of the pipe network and other water quantity shall be taken as 10-15% of total of above three water consumption quantities.

(2) Plane layout:

The pipe network shall be arranged based on the principles of economy and rationality. Water supply spheroidal graphite cast iron pipe with N1 interfaces shall be used, with a bearing capacity of 1.0MPa, and it shall comply with the national standard GB13295-91. DN400-DN600 spheroidal graphite cast iron pipe shall be used for water supply and laid on the sidewalk, with covering

44



controlled at about 1.2m.

7) Control of vertical elevation of pipe network

(1) For integrated pipe network, during vertical design and arrangement of the pipe, the power cable ditch, street lamp conduit, power cable conduit, communication conduit, main fuel pipe and branch, main water supply pipe and branch, rainwater pipe and sewer pipeline are generally arranged first and their vertical positions are generally controlled as follows:

Table 2-9 Control of vertical positions

Name of pipeline Covering Name of pipeline CoveringPower cable ditch 0 Natural gas pipeline 0.6-0.8

Power cable conduit 0.5-0.7 Water supply pipe 0.7-1.4Street lamp conduit 0.5-0.7 Rainwater 1.4-1.6

Communication 0.5-0.7 Sewage 1.8-2.0

(2) In case of vertical crossing, the construction priority of pipes is as follows: sewer pipeline, rainwater pipe, main water supply pipe, main fuel pipe, main communication conduit, power cable conduit and various branches.

For various terminal branches with a diameter less than DN100, DN100-DN150 steel casing shall be employed in principle. The vertical position of the branches shall be within the space from the road surface down to 0.7m under it.

See Fig. 2-3 for layout of integrated pipe network of the Project.

Fig. 2-3 Layout of integrated pipe network of the Project

(3) Conduits with a small net thickness shall be used for various conduit lines crossing streets and technical measures shall be taken to reduce the total structural thickness. Where,

Street-crossing power conduit: net thickness ≤350mm

Street-crossing communication conduit (including telecommunication etc.): net thickness ≤350mm

Street lamp and monitor: net thickness ≤150mm

2.1.4.8 Bridge and culvert works

There are no bridge works along the roads of the Project.

45

Curb

Natural gas

SewageRainwater

Communication

Sewage

Power supply PowerWater supply

Rainwater

Curb

Road centerlineC30 sidewalk curb

Power supply



The drainage channel of the 5# Road is close to the west side of the 5# Road, has a total length of 1166.98m, is generally of open channel section with a bottom width of 4m, and shall be arranged as an inverted trapezoid. Totally 4 culverts (reinforced concrete covered channels) shall be arranged on the under-pass road. The culvert section shall be of a B×H=7×3m or B×H=7×3m rectangle free surface flow slab culvert and a transition section of 20-30m shall be arranged at the junction of the culvert and the channel. Please see Table 2-10 for detailed quantities of the culvert works.

Table 2-10 List of culvert works

Section Number of culverts (Nr.) Total length (m) Dimensions (m) RemarksK0; 1 30 7×3

K0+381 1 30 7×3K0+704 1 30 7×3K1+102 1 91 7×3

Total 4 211

2.1.4.9 Temporary works

The temporary works of the Project mainly include construction and production area, construction access roads, construction camp and temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil, of which the construction camp is leased from local residents to reduce land occupation. The Project is located in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and the existing roads (village roads, 5m wide, concrete paved) shall be utilized during construction; therefore, no construction access road shall be separately constructed. Temporary land area of the Project is 3.22hm2, of which 2.1hm2 is for construction and production area and 1.12hm2 for temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil. No disposal area shall be established.

1) Construction and production area

Construction and production area of the Project mainly include construction and fabrication yard, warehouse and land for other auxiliary facilities to be laid in a centralized way. No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project and all necessary asphalts shall be commercial asphalts locally purchased. However, only one mortar batching plant shall be established at a place far away from residential points and convenient for transportation. Totally 2 temporary construction and production sites shall be set along the roads, requiring an overall temporary land area of 2.1hm2. Please refer to Table 2-11 for details.

Table 2-11 Layout of construction and production site

S/N No. of center stake Location Area of land occupation (hm2) Remarks

1 K0+250 On the right side of 3# Road 0.7 Construction and

production site

2 K0+650 On the right side of 5# Road 0.6 Mortar batching plant

3 K0+750 On the left side of 5# Road 0.8 Construction and

production siteTotal 2.1

2) Construction access road

According to field survey, the Project is located in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and the existing roads (village roads, 5m wide, concrete paved) may be utilized during construction. Therefore, no construction access road shall be separately constructed.

46



3) Construction camp

Centralized construction camp of the Project will not be set but settled mainly by means of leasing the houses of local peasants. In such a way, impacts by temporary land occupation can be relieved and domestic sewage and wastes will be treated relying on the existing treatment facilities to relieve environmental impacts. Meanwhile, the incomes of local peasants can be increased. Therefore, such a way is deemed to be reasonable via Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA).

4) Temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil

According to construction characteristics of the Project, totally 34,700m3 topsoil shall be stripped. Only one temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil shall be established for road landscaping and secondary ploughing of the land for temporary works. Such stack yard is located at K0+450 of 4# Road. Please refer to Table 2-12 for details.

Table 2-12 Statistics of land for temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil

Location Stripping amount (m3) Stack area (m2) Area of land

occupation (hm2)4# Road, K0+450 34700 11100 1.12

5) Disposal area

For main works, the amount of filling works is larger than that of excavation works. Therefore, no disposal area shall be established.

The excavation works along the whole line of the Project totals 218,000m3 (including 98,000m3 stripped topsoil) while the filling works totals 376,000m3. After the stripped topsoil is used for road landscaping and as the overburden of land for temporary works, 256,000m3 earths and rocks from the outside shall be transported to sites for filling. In addition to spoils and waste slags from construction sites nearby (such as spoils produced at construction sites along the west side of 2nd Ring Road), such earths and rocks shall be of river sands and stones purchased from local building material markets.

2.1.5 Materials for road construction

According to characteristics and geographic location of the Project, gravels and pebbles required for the vicinity of the Line shall be purchased from local building material markets or counties/cities nearby and no stocking yard for sands and stones shall be established.

Cement and lime from building material markets in the project area shall be of reliable quality and can be purchased locally. Materials such as steels, timbers and geo-textiles required for the vicinity of the Line also may be purchased locally.

No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project and all necessary asphalts shall be commercial asphalts purchased in Mianyang City.

Urban water resources which are clean and free of pollution and erosion to the Project are available around the project area and may be directly used for the Project. Grid with adequate electricity is closely established in the vicinity of the Line, based on which the electricity of the Project can be available trough negotiation with local electric power departments.

47



2.1.6 Construction processes

The project is mainly composed of the works concerning subgrade excavation and backfilling, subgrade protection and drainage, pavement, culvert and auxiliary works, etc. For individual works, the construction methods are different. But in general, construction of main works mainly employs mechanized means and at the same time supplemented by manpower.

During construction of the Project, such works as culvert, subgrade, slope, pavement and facilities in the vicinity of the Line shall be constructed orderly, of which the culvert, pavement, bridge and culvert works shall be mainly constructed by mechanized means and the slope protection works mainly constructed by manpower.

1) Subgrade works

Construction of subgrade works mainly employs mechanized means and at the same time appropriately supplemented by manpower. During subgrade compaction, it is necessary to pay attention to control of optimum moisture content, to ensure the conformity of the subgrade compactness with the requirements of relevant specifications.

Construction of protection works and that of subgrade works shall be carried out simultaneously. However, protection works which will impact the stability of the subgrade shall be constructed in advance of subgrade construction, and slope protection works and surface protection works of cuttings shall be carried out upon the completion of subgrade construction.

According to construction characteristics of the subgrade, the subgrade works shall be divided into three parts, i.e. subgrade earth-rock works, subgrade drainage works and subgrade protection works.

(1) Subgrade earth-rock works

Construction of subgrade earth-rock works shall be generally subject to the construction processes of “construction survey → surface cleaning → mechanical excavation (soil borrowing from borrow area) → transportation by vehicles → mechanical spreading → watering → mechanical compaction”.

The construction survey is mainly to determine the benchmark of design elevation of the subgrade, to partition excavation areas and filling areas, and to determine the position of side line of upper/lower slope for subgrade design. The surface cleaning is mainly to remove ground surface vegetations and buildings within the boundary of land occupation. For cultivated land within the boundary of land occupation, topsoil stripping shall be carried out. The stripped topsoil shall be collected by bulldozers, loaded by loaders and transported to the stack yard of stripped topsoil by vehicles. While the soil borrowing from the borrow area is completed, such stacked topsoil shall be used for backfilling the borrow area.

During mechanical excavation, special attention shall be paid to the construction method of cutting excavation and the boundary of excavation must be strictly controlled to reduce the area of ground surface disturbed by the excavation. Meanwhile, the excavated earths and rocks shall undergo overall considerations and may be directly transported to sections required filling based on overall arrangement to reduce temporary land occupation.

During transportation of fillers for earth-rock works and subgrade, models of

48



transportation vehicles shall be reasonably allocated according to the capacity of single bucket of excavation equipment, so as to ensure that no subgrade filler scattering will occur during transportation.

The earths and rocks used for the Project shall be transported by loaders or vehicles as far as possible. In the section with steep transversal surface slope, bulldozing by bulldozers are prohibited to prevent expansion of occupied/disturbed surface area caused by soil scattered on the under slope of subgrade.

(2) Drainage and slope protection of subgrade

Construction of subgrade slope protection and disaster prevention and control shall be carried out mainly by manpower and of mortared rubble structure.

Construction processes are: Setting out → artificial foundation excavation → artificial masonry → pointing and plastering.

(3) Construction sequence of subgrade works

During subgrade construction, the spoils or wastes from topsoil stripping and surface cleaning shall be transported to the borrow area for centralized stacking. Therefore, in each construction section, the utilization sequence of excavated soils/rocks from subgrade works and soils on the stack yard shall be reasonably determined according to the quantities of topsoil stripped and spoils cleaned from the section, to avoid repeatedly transportation of soils. Such sequence is detailed as follows:

The filling of subgrade close to the borrow area shall be carried out in the early construction stage, mainly borrowing soils from the borrow area. The location for borrowing shall be in the area for centralized stacking of stripped topsoil. While the borrowing area reaches the centralized stacking area, topsoil stripping of the whole section shall be carried out. Upon completion of topsoil stripping, the whole line shall carry out subgrade earth-rock works as per the corresponding construction processes.

For road construction processes, please refer to Fig. 2-4 and Fig. 2-5 respectively.

49



Fig. 2-4 Construction processes of subgrade filling

50

Construction preparation

Base treatment before filling

Base inspection

Filler selection and inspection

Filling by layers

Measuring the central line and side line of

the under-layered soil filling

Spreading by bulldozer

Leveling by land scraper

Checking the spreading thickness

Watering or drying

Compaction

Inspection

Forming of subgrade

Making records, checking and signing certificate



Fig. 2-5 Construction processes of cutting excavation

2) Pavement works

The pavement shall be of bituminous concrete. The structure layer of the pavement shall include graded macadam (gravel) subbase, cement graded macadam (sand gravel) base and bituminous concrete topping.

Construction of the pavement works mainly employs mechanized means of large-scale equipment and at the same time supplemented by small manual machines. The subbase, base and topping of the bituminous concrete pavement shall be constructed by means of centralized batching and mechanical spreading.

(1) Graded macadam (gravel) subbase

The pavement subbase shall be designed as a 30cm thick graded macadam layer which is proposed to be constructed by road mixing method, i.e. material transportation by 12t dumpers, spreading by combination of bulldozers and land scrapers and mixing by land scrapers shall be firstly carried out, and then

51

Preparing the implementable plan for deployment of earth-rock works

Construction of retaining wall, slope protection and drainage works

Site cleaning

Widening and reinforcing the existing construction access roads and building temporary roads

Survey and setting out

Measuring the section of subgrade

Building temporary intercepting and drainage facilities

Mechanical excavation of earthworks

Transporting the excavated earths and stones to the filling area

Confirming the boundaries of cutting earth-rock works

Confirming the boundaries of cutting earth-rock works

Replacing and filling of subgrade bed

Slope finishing

Subgrade surface finishing before slag spreading



leveling and finishing by land scrapers and compaction and forming by rollers shall be carried out.

(2) Cement graded macadam (sand gravel) base

The base shall be designed as a 5% cement stabilized macadam layer with a thickness of 30cm. The construction plan of centralized batching by stabilized soil batching plant, transportation by dumpers, spreading by spreaders and compaction by rollers is proposed to be taken.

(3) Bituminous concrete topping

The bituminous concrete topping is proposed to be mixed by LB500 forced intermittent bituminous mixture batching plant (40t/h) and spread by LTL4500 mixture spreader (4.5m).

3) Culvert works

The foundation of culvert side wall shall be excavated by excavators and bored by percussion type drill. Steel protection plates shall be used for wall support and the concrete shall be pumped for grouting.

Construction of culvert slab shall employ centralized fabrication and decentralized lifting method of high standardization and industrialization.

Processes of culvert construction are: Leveling of construction site → artificial cofferdam → excavation of foundation pit → foundation treatment → artificial masonry or concrete placing → construction of the superstructure of culvert → removal of artificial cofferdam and site cleaning.

(1) Construction processes of culvert side wall

Protection measures for excavation of culvert wall foundation pit shall be taken timely to avoid long time exposure. In case of rainwater or torrential flood, intercepting and diversion shall be well carried out. According to characteristics of seasonal rivers, culvert wall foundation shall be avoided to be constructed in flood seasons as far as possible. During concrete placing of the culvert wall, a centralized concrete batching plant shall be established and the waste materials shall be treated in time. Removal of temporary protection works such as artificial cofferdam shall be carried out immediately upon the completion of construction, as well as site cleaning, backfilling, leveling and compaction of the excavated ground surface.

(2) Construction processes of artificial cofferdam

Filling and removal of the cofferdam shall be carried out mainly by manpower and at the same time supplemented by mechanized means.

① Filling of cofferdam

The cofferdam shall be of soil bags and filled by phases. In phase 1, the external slope toe of the cofferdam shall be 1.5m from the axis of the bored pile, the internal slope ratio shall be 1:0.5 and the external slope ratio shall be 1:1. Woven bags filled with soil shall be used for the cofferdam and be stacked closely and neatly to the greatest extent with upper, lower, inner and outer layers staggered. The cofferdam core shall be filled with clay and the portion above water shall be tamped. The closure of such filling shall be carried out from top to bottom.

52



② Removal of cofferdam

During removal of cofferdam, the cofferdam body shall be removed from the downstream to the upstream and the body fillers shall be used for further filling of culvert wall foundation or wall back of diversion dike. With regard to fillers scattered into river during such removal, they shall be cleaned by excavators.

4) Traffic works and facilities in the vicinity of the Line

(1) The traffic works and facilities in the vicinity of the Line are mainly manual constructed.

(2) The traffic works shall be commenced upon the completion of pavement works. Finished signboards and safety protection facilities shall be purchased and installed on site.

2.1.7 Land occupation for the Project

Land occupation for the Project is divided into permanent land occupation and temporary land occupation, has an overall area of 14.17hm2, is located in Chengjiao Township (Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park) west of Mianyang City and only involves Dabaoliang Village of the Chengjiao Township; of which the permanent land occupation with a total area of 10.95hm2 includes land occupation for buildings (subgrade, culverts, road intersections and traffic facilities, etc.) at all levels of the road works as well as the jurisdiction of such land, and the temporary land occupation with a total area of 3.22hm2 mainly refers to land occupation for construction site (including construction and production site and temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil, etc.).

For types of land occupation for the project and corresponding area distributions, please refer to Table 2-13.

Table 2-13 Status of land occupation for the Project

S/N Item Forest land(hm2)

Cultivated land

(hm2)

Wasteland(hm2)

House site (hm2)

Road (hm2)

Total (hm2)

Permanent land

occupation Main works 1.26 6.57 0.67 1.72 0.73 10.95

Temporary land

occupation

Construction and

production site

1.22 0.83 0.05 2.1

Temporary stack yard of

stripped topsoil

0.63 0.41 0.08 1.12

Subtotal 1.85 1.24 0.13 3.22Total 1.26 8.42 1.91 1.72 0.86 14.17

According to Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007-2020) and Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the project area has been planned as industrial land. For occupied cultivated lands (most of which are dry lands), compensation shall be carried out according to Compensation Plan for Land Acquisition and Resettlement of Mianyang City.

53



2.1.8 Balance of earth-rock works

According to the feasibility report of the Project, the earth-rock works of main works are mainly include subgrade excavation and backfilling, subgrade protection and drainage, and other works (removal of buildings in the vicinity of the Line), etc. The quantities of excavation in the Project totals 218,000m3 (including 98,000m3 of stripped topsoil), of which 120,000m3 may be utilized for subgrade filling with a utilization rate of 55%. The stripped topsoil shall be temporarily stacked in the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil and used for road landscaping and vegetation recovery in the latter stages of temporary works with an excavation utilization rate of 100%. Meanwhile, the quantities of filling totals 376,000m3, of which 256,000m3 shall be earths and rocks transported from other places for the main works. In addition to spoils from construction sites nearby (such as spoils produced at construction sites along the west side of 2nd Ring Road), such earths and rocks shall be of river sands and stones purchased from local building material markets. Because no spoils will be produced in the Project, no disposal area shall be established. For balance of earth-rock works of the Project, please refer to Table 2-14.

Table 2-14 Quantities of excavation and filling of the Project

Unit: m3

Section Quantities of excavation Quantities of filling1# Road 61505 891272# Road 36636 129743# Road 48954 486144# Road 12895 644675# Road 23008 805816# Road 35530 80654

Total 218528 376417

Balance sheet of earth-rock works

Item

Excavation(10,000m3)

Filling(10,000m3)

Utilization (10,000m3)Material

transported from other places for

filling(10,000m3)

Spoils(10,000m3)

Soils and rocks from excavation of

subgrade and culvert to be

utilized as fillers

To be utilized for landscaping or as

cultivated soil Total

Earth-rock works

Earth-rock works Earth-rock works Earthworks Earth-rock works Earth-rock

worksSubgradeCulvert 21.8 37.6 12 9.8 21.8 25.6 0

2.1.9 House demolition and resettlement

262 households (750 persons) are involved in the land acquisition of the Project, of which 85 households (178 persons) are simultaneously involved in building demolition. Furthermore, 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 Car Wash are also involved in the demolition. In total, 770 residents are involved in and affected by the Project. The area of buildings and structures demolished totals 24145.585m2, including 4 commercial shops (grocery stores with 10 persons in total) and 3 small enterprises (1 Car Wash and 2 non-staple food processing stores with 10 persons in total). In addition, 500 tombs (private) within the design site of the Project will be relocated. No cemetery will be involved in such relocation.

54



Table 2-15 Population affected by land acquisition and house demolition of the Project

Community

Affected population

Total number of affected persons

Number of persons affected by land

acquisition

Number of persons affected by house

demolition

Number of persons simultaneously

affected by the twoHousehol

d Person Household Person Househol

d Person Household Person

Xinglong 262 750 262 750 85 178 85 178Stores 4 10 / / 4 10 4 10

Enterprises 3 10 / / 3 10 3 10Total 262/4/3 770 262 750 85/4/3 198 85/4/3 198

Table 2-16 Statistics of area of buildings and structures demolished for the Project

Description Unit

Population

(Person)

Area of house demolition (m2)Brick-

concrete structure

Brick-wood

structure

Earth-wood

structure

Simple structure Total

Residents 85 households 178 20420.03 2032.995 670.28 332.28

24145.585Stores 4 10 320 Remarks: All of them are grocery stores.

Enterprises 3 10 370 Remarks: 1 Car Wash and 2 non-staple food processing stores

Issues concerning land acquisition and house demolition shall be properly handled in accordance with the relevant local and national provisions. Quality of life of local residents shall not be seriously affected by land acquisition and house demolition.

The house demolition and resettlement of the Project shall comply with the Notice of People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Conducting Resettlement of Unemployed Land-lost Peasants (CFF [2004] No.1) and Notice of the General Office of the People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Forwarding the Opinions of the Provincial Land and Resource Department on Relevant Issues in Adjusting Land Requisition Compensation and Resettlement Standards (CH [2008] No.73). Detailed compensation and resettlement plan is shown below:

1) Resettling scheme

According to the provisions of CWF [2005] Document No.12, farmhouses to be demolished shall be self-constructed by the relocated households and the resettlement measures for house demolition shall be implemented based on uniform site selection and coordination led by the Villagers' Committee, in combination with construction of rural socialist countryside. For various compensations ready to be paid to the village, the related taxes shall be paid firstly to the relevant departments at provincial, municipal, county/district levels according to the relevant regulations. Incentive system for development of related service industries shall be taken to promote the harmonious development of economy and society, while the improvement of living standards and quality of the relocated residents are ensured. Centralized resettlement by means of resettling the relocated residents in Yanling Town shall be taken and the resettlement housing area per capita shall be calculated as 30m2.

With respect to social securities for peasants affected by land acquisition, the affected peasants shall be placed into the social security system strictly in accordance with the Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Forwarding the

55



Opinions of the Ministry of Labor and Social Security on Conducting Employment Training and Social Security Work for Land-requisitioned Farmers (GBF [2006] No.29) and the requirements of Sichuan Province Committee of CCP and People’s Government of Sichuan Province for social securities for peasants affected by land acquisition. Moreover, the social security system of endowment insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, and minimum living standards for the affected peasants shall be established and improved as soon as possible. It is necessary to sum up relevant experience, improve relevant policies and measures and raise the management level, so as to ensure that the original living standards of the affected peasants will not be lowered and their long-term livelihoods shall be guaranteed. Furthermore, corresponding adjustment mechanism shall be established.

2) Resettlement compensation

Means of housing resettlement: Both self-built housing with compensation and uniformly-built housing shall be employed for rural resettlement.

The demolished subject to partial land acquisition and relocation and self-built housing with compensation shall, according to law, re-apply for undergoing through land use procedures of house site, with the land area complying with the standards for housing building of rural residents, and the demolished shall build their houses outside the project area under the organization of the collective economic organization.

As for the demolished subject to full acquisition and relocation and uniformly-built housing, compensation for their demolished houses shall comply with the Document (NFF (2008) No. 46). In case that covered area of the resettlement house is identical to the area of house the demolished deserve, settlement and payment of make-up shall be conducted between the demolisher and the demolished; in case that covered area of the resettlement house exceeds area of house the demolished deserve, the demolished shall pay for the exceeding area as per price of commercial house. In case that covered area of the resettlement house is smaller than area of house the demolished deserve, the demolisher shall compensate the demolished by means of monetary resettlement.

Implementation of peasants’ house sites shall depend on the actual situation.

3) Resettlement population and resettlement means

In accordance with Notice of the People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Adjustment of Transfer from Agricultural Residence to Non-agricultural Residence due to Acquisition of Cultivated Land and Proportion of Cultivated Land (CFH (2001) No. 148).

(1) Rural-to-urban resettlement and monetary resettlement for corresponding agricultural households;

(2) The eligible agricultural households to be resettled shall be incorporated into endowment insurance system according to relevant policies;

(3) Persons qualified for minimum living guarantee and unemployment insurance shall be incorporated into the minimum living guarantee system and enjoy the unemployment insurance as per relevant requirements;

(4) Rural-to-urban people with land acquisitioned shall be completely incorporated into the social security system in urban areas. The government shall carry out training of labor skills for rural-to-urban labor force, and the rural-to-urban

56



resident shall enjoy preferential policies for laid-off workers and the persons waiting for job assignment.

4) Employment arrangement

In combination with the resettlement plan, problems related to livelihoods and development of the peasants shall be well settled by reference to the successful experience of Shuangliu County of Chengdu City in promoting new rural construction incorporated “three concentrations”. Thus, the following measures shall be taken: Firstly, adhering to the idea of “people-oriented”, the construction of resettlement area shall be closely connected with the new rural construction, and the resettlement housing area per capita shall be 30m2, and only cost price shall be paid for such housing. Secondly, re-employment training for the peasants shall be implemented under uniform arrangement of the government to improve their skill levels and encourage them in finding employment opportunities out of the city (county) and becoming urban residents. Enterprises occupied the original lands of the relocated peasants shall give priorities to the peasants in employment opportunities. Meanwhile, the peasants shall be given guidance and helps to start private businesses and engage in the tertiary industries. Thirdly, the government shall establish a social insurance and unemployment insurance system for the land-lost peasants to achieve easy living of the resettled peasants.

According Notice of People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Conducting Resettlement of Unemployed Land-lost Peasants, Mianyang Municipal People’s Government shall carefully carry out the compensation and resettlement of land acquisition and effectively protect the legitimate rights and interests of local residents affected by land acquisition to keep stable production and improve living standards of residents to be given non-agricultural status after land acquisition, so as to ensure social stability and promote local economic development.

5) Relocation and resettlement costs

262 households (750 persons) are involved in the land acquisition of the Project, of which 85 households (178 persons) are simultaneously involved in land acquisition and building demolition. Furthermore, 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 Car Wash are also involved in the demolition. In total, 770 residents are involved in and affected by the Project. Area of buildings and structures demolished totals 24145.585m2 and the compensations totals 9.50 million yuan. Relocation and resettlement costs shall be borne by the Employer.

6) Environmental protection requirements for house demolition

(1) The local government shall be responsible for house demolition and resettlement, relocation of special facilities and prevention and control of water and soil loss thereof. According to relevant compensation policies of the People’s Republic of China, the monetary compensation shall be on the Employer’s expenses.

(2) During house demolition, watering shall be carried out to control dust produced by abandoned buildings and running vehicles. The abandoned building materials from the demolition shall be properly placed and recycled as far as possible. Useless materials shall be transported to the disposal area arranged for the Project. Meanwhile, the noise produced in the demolition shall be well controlled to avoid disturbing residents.

(3) No environmental problem shall be left after house demolition.

57



(4) The centralized resettlement area shall have a complete sewage pipe network and shall be equipped with environmental protection supporting facilities such as garbage collection points. During construction of the resettlement area, where otherwise required, the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) shall be carried out according to relevant environmental protection requirements of the People’s Republic of China.

2.1.10 Schedule of construction period and construction organization

2.1.10.1 Schedule of construction period

According to the feasibility report of the Project, the construction period of the Project is proposed to be 24 months starting from May, 2010 and completing in April, 2012.

2.1.10.2 Construction organization

1) Principles of implementation of construction organization

Construction organization of the Line shall consider regional meteorological and hydrologic conditions and characteristics of distinct wet and dry seasons. Rainy seasons of Mianyang City are concentrated in summers and winters. Therefore, construction of subgrade works and drainage works should be arranged dry seasons to avoid rainy seasons. Due to over moisture and disturbance of subgrade caused by rising of ground water level and agricultural irrigation, special treatment for subgrade in the over moisture section shall be reduced, so as to ensure the project quality and speed up construction progress. With respect to works important for control of construction period, multi working interfaces for simultaneous mechanical constructions shall be created or mechanical constructions shall be carried out ahead of schedule, to ensure synchronous completion of the Line and to make full use of benefit timely. All sub-divisional works shall be carried out as per a principle of “construction preparation - approval of construction report - implementation - test qualified - entering the next construction process”. Furthermore, close connection and coordination of construction processes shall be realized in a in an orderly way.

2) Construction mechanism

The Project Management Department and the Professional Supervision Department shall be established to facilitate centralized management of the works concerning overall construction plan, financing, outsourcing materials, construction equipment and tools, technical and quality requirements for construction, final acceptance and settlement, environmental protection, soil and water conservation, etc. The county government shall participate in leading and managing such works to fully play its advantages and initiative, so as to ensure the quality and construction period of the Project.

3) Arrangement of construction organization

Construction teams with good qualifications will be selected by open bidding to ensure the project quality and lower construction cost. Furthermore, strict contract management is beneficial for execution of the Project. The Contractor shall prepare a careful construction schedule, organize excellent construction teams, provide advanced equipment and purchase adequate materials for road construction. Close connection and combination between constructions of sub-divisional works shall be strengthened and effective measures shall be taken to ensure smooth construction.

4) Construction sequence

During construction of the Project, such works as culvert, subgrade, slope, pavement

58



and facilities in the vicinity of the Line shall be constructed orderly.

Construction sequence of subgrade is: The filling of subgrade close to the borrow area shall be carried out in the early construction stage, mainly borrowing soils from the borrow area. The location for borrowing shall be in the area for centralized stacking of stripped topsoil. While the borrowing area reaches the centralized stacking area, topsoil stripping of the whole section shall be carried out. Upon completion of topsoil stripping, the whole line shall carry out subgrade earth-rock works as per the corresponding construction processes. The construction of the high-filling and deep-excavation sections of the proposed road shall be given priority

Road network construction and subgrade construction shall be carried out simultaneously to avoid secondary excavation. For integrated pipe network, during vertical design and arrangement of the pipe, the power cable ditch, street lamp conduit, power cable conduit, communication conduit, main fuel pipe and branch, main water supply pipe and branch, rainwater pipe and sewer pipeline are generally arranged firstly.

In case of vertical crossing, the construction priority of pipes is as follows: the sewer pipeline; the rainwater pipe; the main water supply pipe; the main fuel pipe; the main communication conduit; the power cable conduit; and various branches.

Such works shall be commenced upon the completion of pavement works. Finished signboards and safety protection facilities shall be purchased and installed on site.

2.1.11 Investment estimate and funding

The project is Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, of which the total length of urban secondary trunk roads is 4607.192m. As one of the Phase II World Bank Loaned Projects of Sichuan Province, the investment estimate of the Project includes expenses for road works, drainage works, traffic works, urban pipe networks and auxiliary road works, other construction costs (such as survey and design fees and expenses for project supervision), reserve fund, loan interest during the construction period, and so on. Total investment of the Project is 113,523,300 yuan, which is composed of self-funding and bank loan.

For total investment estimate of the Project, please refer to Table 2-17.Table 2-17 Total investment estimate of the Project

Description Unit Index

Road grade Grade II urban secondary trunk road

Length of roads m 4607.192

Main estimate results

Part 1, expenses on building and installation works 10,000 yuan 9853.08Part 2, other expenses 10,000 yuan 934.68

Reserve fund 10,000 yuan 265.32Loan interest during construction period 10,000 yuan 289.25

Estimated total investment 10,000 yuan 11352.33

2.2 Project segments and main environmental issuesFor project segments and main environmental issues, please refer to Table 2-18.

59



Table 2-18 Project segments and main environmental issues

Project segments Work contents and scale

Main environmental impactsConstruction

periodOperation

Period

Route preparation

works

① 6 Grade II urban secondary trunk roads with a total length of 4607.192m are proposed to be constructed in the shape of Chinese character “Yong” (用), of which the design speed is 30km/h, the design width includes 16m, 20m and 26m, the pavement is of bituminous concrete, 12 grade crossings and no bridge works along the whole line are included.

② The total area of road construction is 109,494m2. The total land occupation area for such roads is 14.17hm2, of which 10.95 hm2 is permanent land occupation area and 3.22hm2 is temporary land occupation area.

③ Demolition of buildings totals 24145.585m2 and 178 persons from 85 households are involved in the demolition. Totally 770 residents are affected by the land acquisition and house demolition for the Project.

Occupation of land

Vegetation deteriorationRelocation

and resettlementDust from

construction

Traffic noiseVehicle exhaust

Subgrade, pavement and

bridge and culvert works

① The subgrades of 1# Road, 2# Road and 3# Road are 26m wide, consisting of 5m sidewalk + 8m carriage way + 8m carriage way + 5m sidewalk;

② The subgrades of 4# Road and 6# Road are 20m wide, consisting of 5m sidewalk +5m carriage way + 5m carriage way + 5m sidewalk;

③ The subgrade of 5# Road is 16m wide, consisting of 3m sidewalk +5m carriage way + 5m carriage way + 3m sidewalk;

④ The quantities of excavation in the Project totals 218,000m3. The stripped topsoil from the excavation with a total amount of 98,000m3 is to be used for road landscaping and landscaping overburden for temporary works. The quantities of filling totals 376,000m3, of which 256,000m3 earth shall be transported from other places.

⑤ The bituminous concrete pavement with a total thickness of 72cm is employed for the Project.

⑥ No bridge is to be set for the Project. Totally 4 culverts with a total length of 211m are to be arranged along the whole line. The design flood frequency is 1/50 and the design dimensions are 7×3m.

Occupation of land

Water and soil loss

Dust from construction

Slightly impacted

60



Drainage works

① According to the actual conditions of the Project, sewage pipes which are collected into the trunk sewer arranged at the middle of 5# Road shall be arranged for 2# Road, 4# Road and 6# Road. Wastewater from the starting section of both 1# Road and 3# Road within 260m shall be collected into the sewage pipe of 2# Road. Wastewater from other sections shall be collected into the urban intercepting sewer at the 2nd Ring Road from the north to the south, and then be collected into the urban sewerage treatment plant.

② Diversion of rainwater and sewage shall be employed for the drainage works, and rainwater pipe, sewage pipe, rainwater inlet and manhole shall be arranged.

③ Drainage channel of the 5# Road with a total length of 1166.98m, shall be built at the west side of the 5# Road, is generally of open channel section with a bottom width of 4m, and shall be arranged as an inverted trapezoid. Totally 4 culverts (reinforced concrete covered channels) shall be arranged on the under-pass road.

Water and soil loss

Damages to facilities


Slightly impacted

Auxiliary road works

Pipelines for municipal utilities in pipe network design of the Project include power, street lamp and traffic monitoring, communication, fuel, water supply pipelines etc.Sewer pipeline: 9215m; pipeline for electrical lighting works: 9215m; fuel pipeline: 4607.192m, communication pipeline: 9215m; and water supply pipeline: 9215m.Auxiliary road works such as sidewalk and barrier-free facilities, planned bus stops, landscaping and lighting, etc. are arranged for the Project.

Occupation of land

Water and soil loss


/

Road intersection

works

Totally 12 grade crossings are to be constructed between roads and roads under construction or planned roads.

Crossings between roads

for the Project,

between such roads and 2nd

Ring Road, without traffic

obstacles.

Safe operation

Traffic works Including traffic sign, traffic markings, signal facilities and isolation facilities, etc. / /

Temporary works

① Temporary works mainly include the construction and production area and the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil.

② Construction and production area with an occupied area of 1.5hm2 mainly includes construction and fabrication yard, warehouse and land for other auxiliary facilities to be laid in a centralized way. No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project. For item ①, only one temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil with an occupied area of 0.6hm2 shall be arranged..

The existing roads may be utilized during construction; therefore, no construction access road shall be separately constructed. Centralized construction camp of the Project will not be set but settled mainly by means of leasing the houses of local peasants.

Occupation of land

Water and soil loss

Dust from constructionWastewater

from construction

/

61



Environmental protections

Green belts for roads and sidewalks in the vicinity of the Line shall be established. For sensitive sections, targeted noise reduction measures shall be taken. Moreover, environmental protection and traffic management shall be strengthened.

Water and soil loss

Compensation shall be paid to vegetation deterioration

and the environment

shall be improved.

2.3 Project analysis2.3.1 Consumption and sources of main raw materials and power for the Project

During construction period, main raw materials and power for the Project are mainly consumed in infrastructure construction. During operation period, water for living and landscaping is mainly consumed.

Building materials such as cements, steels, sands and stones for the project are mainly consumed during construction of the main works (road works). Water, power and other energies are mainly consumed for fire-fighting, safety and lighting during operation period. For consumption of main materials for the project, please refer to Table 2-19.

Table 2-19 Consumption of main materials for the Project

No. Item Unit Qty.1 Converted timber m3 6912 Rebar t 8953 Steel t 424 Cement t 213855 Petroleum asphalt t 326 Lime t 107 Sand and gravel 10,000m3 15.46

2.3.2 Analysis on project environmental impact source during construction period

During subgrade construction, the construction processes are generally as follows: Setting out, land acquisition and house demolition → Mechanical operation and material transportation → subgrade construction (excavation of earth-rock works, filling and compaction, etc.) → construction of bridge and culvert and subgrade protection works → landscaping in the vicinity of the Line → construction of pavement construction. Serious impact on social environment, ecological environment, ambient air, ambient noise and water environment in the vicinity of the Line will be produced during construction. For analysis on pollutions caused by construction, please refer to Fig. 2-6.

62



2.3.2.1 Analysis on social environmental impact source

1) The land (mainly including forest land, cultivated land, wasteland, house site, road right-of-way etc.) to be occupied by the Project has a land occupation area of 14.17hm2, including a permanent land occupation area of 10.95hm2 and a temporary land occupation area of 3.22hm2. Land acquisition for the Project will change the status quo of land utilization and cultivated land acquisition will partially decrease the amount of cultivated lands owned by villagers in the vicinity of the Line; meanwhile, a certain loss of local agricultural production will be caused. 262 households (750 persons) are involved in the land acquisition for construction of the Project, of which 85 households (178 persons) are simultaneously involved in building demolition. Furthermore, 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 Car Wash are also involved in the demolition. In total, 770 residents are involved in and affected by the Project. The demolition area of buildings and structures totals 24145.585m2. Houses to be demolished are mainly brick-concrete, brick-wall and earth-wall buildings. Living of local residents will be impacted to a certain extent by house demolition and resettlement. Because the monetary compensation is to be implemented to properly settle employment and living problems of the affected residents, the living conditions and living standards of the relocated residents will be improved accordingly.

2) Due to busy traffic of vehicles for construction, the existing roads will be occupied and the travel of residents in the vicinity of the Line will be impacted.

3) A large number of workers will be employed and a lot of construction materials will be purchased during construction of the Project, which promotes the development of society and economy in the vicinity of the Line and may settle employment problems of local residents to a certain extent and increase their incomes.

63

Project construction

Land acquisition

House demolition

Construction site

Construction vehicles

Construction of bridge and

culvert, subgrade and pavement

works

Social environmental

impact

Eco-environmental

impact

Acoustical environmental

impact

Water environmental

impact

Ambient air impact

Fig. 2-6 Flow chart of analysis on environmental impact caused by road construction



2.3.2.2 Analysis on ecological/landscape impact source

1) In the vicinity of the Line, vegetation deterioration will be caused, farmland and forest land will be occupied and the ground surface will be exposed by construction processes such as excavation of earth-rock works and filling of subgrade; thus, partial ecological structure in the vicinity of the Line will be changed to some degrees. After excavation, the exposed ground surface will result in a great deal of water and soil loss under the action of rainwater and surface runoff, which will bury and cover the farmland and reduce soil fertility.

2) Construction noise produced by construction processes such as running vehicles, blasting, reinforcement of subgrade and slope and piling will bring negative impact on wild animals in the vicinity of the Line with frequent human activities. According to field reconnaissance results and confirmation of relevant personnel from local forestry authorities, it is determined that no rare animals and plants are distributed in the vicinity of the Line.

3) Roads of the Project totals 4607.192m. During project construction, there are a great many construction activities such as excavations and fillings. Although such activities will destroy rural sceneries/landscapes in the area to a certain extent, green belts will be arranged on both sides of the roads and trees will be planted on sidewalks after completion of the Project to play a certain role of ecological compensation. Therefore, serious adverse impacts on landscapes in the vicinity of the Line will not be caused by the Project.

2.3.2.3 Analysis on acoustical environmental impact source

During construction period, the impact range of road traffic noise is centralized within 150m from both sides of the road, and that of noise from construction equipment is within 200m from the abovementioned construction site.

During construction period, the noise pollution source is mainly produced by construction equipment. Base on the tested data of common equipment, source intensities are respectively shown in Table 2-20 and Table 2-21.

64



Table 2-20 Noise values of construction equipment for road works

Unit: dB(A)

S/N Type of equipment Model

Distance from test point

to construction

equipment (m)

Max. sound level

Lmax[dB(A)]

1 Wheel loader ZL40 5 90

2 Wheel loader ZL50 5 90

3 Land scraper PY16A 5 90

4 Vibratory roller YZJ10B 5 86

5Duel-drum double-vibration

rollerCC21 5 81

6 Three-drum roller 5 81

7 Pneumatic tyre roller ZL16 5 76

8 Bulldozer T140 5 86

9 Wheeled hydraulic excavator W4-60C 5 84

10 Generator set (2 sets) FKV-75 1 98

11Percussion type drilling

machine22 1 87

12Conical drum reversing concrete

mixerJZC350 1 79

Table 2-21 Tested noise values of concrete mixers

Unit: dB(A)

S/N Type of mixerDistance from test point to

construction site (m)Max. sound level Lmax[dB(A)]

1parker LB1000 type

(England)2 88

2 MARINI (Italy) 2 90

65



3 LB30 type (XRMC) 2 90

4 LB2.5 type (XRMC) 2 84

Field reconnaissance results indicate that residential communities are respectively distributed within 200m at both sides of the Line. Therefore, during construction period, the noise shall be controlled to avoid disturbing residents.

2.3.2.4 Analysis on water environmental impact source

1) Receiving water body and soil may be polluted by dirty oil ran, spilt, dropped and leaked out of construction equipment and oil-polluted surface runoff by rainwater flushing in rainy days.

2) The stacked building materials under improper management and protection may also pollute water qualities of surrounding water bodies in case of flushing by rainwater.

3) For the Project, centralized construction camp will not be set but settled mainly by means of leasing the houses of local peasants. Existing septic tanks or latrines will be used for treatment of domestic wastewater. The treated wastewater will be used by local villagers for agricultural purposes and will not pollute the surrounding surface water bodies.

4) Wastewater from project construction will be fully recycled and reused. Rainwater shall be dispersedly discharged into the nearby natural water bodies and then intensively discharged into Fujiang River.

5) There are no bridge works along the roads of the Project. Within the area affected by the Project, no centralized drinking water intake will be established. The Fujiang River is located at 2.5km east of the project area, mainly for irrigation and flood discharge.

In summary, local surface water will be slightly impacted by project construction.

2.3.2.5 Analysis on ambient air impact source

Bituminous concrete pavement is used for the proposed roads. TSP produced in project construction is the main pollutant to ambient air. The main pollutant-producing links are mortar batching and concrete batching operations. No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project and all necessary asphalts shall be commercial asphalts locally purchased in Mianyang City. During construction processes such as material transportation, earth-rock excavation and backfilling, TSP on construction site and in surrounding environment will be produced by each links of such processes under wind action. In addition, the running transportation vehicles will result in secondary dust pollution to roads.

1) Dust from construction

According to investigation data of similar projects, mortar batching for the Project employs batching plant with dust elimination facilities. According to investigation data of similar built projects, when the wind speed is 1.1m/s, the dust concentration at 50m downwind the mortar construction site is 8.90mg/m3, at 100m downwind 1.65mg/m3, and at 150m downwind 0.3mg/m3, which meets the average daily value of Level II ambient air quality standard. TSP pollution by other operation links may be controlled 50-200m within the construction site. Dust out of such scope shall meet the Level II standard.

66



2) Road dust

Secondary dust pollution to roads will be produced by mortar transportation vehicles. According to field monitoring results of dust produced by similar site transportation vehicles, the dust concentration at 50m downwind the transportation vehicle is 11.625mg/m3, at 100m downwind 9.694mg/m3, and at 150m downwind 5.093mg/m3, which exceeds the limits of Level II ambient air quality standard. Dust pollution produced by the construction vehicles is serious.

3) Exhausts of construction equipment

During project construction, utilization of construction equipment and vehicle is unavoidable.

Diesel is the main fuel for construction vehicles and equipment. Exhaust produced by the fuel contains SO2, NOX and CO, etc. According to field survey, the construction site is an open area with certain diffusion conditions which are favorable to emission without concentration. Slight environmental impact will be made by exhaust of construction equipment.

4) No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project and all necessary asphalts shall be commercial asphalts purchased in Mianyang City. During construction, no asphalt smoke will be produced.

Field reconnaissance results indicate that residential communities are respectively distributed within 200m at both sides of the Line. Therefore, ambient air quality will be impacted to a certain extent by dust from road construction and some impacts on local residents will be resulted thereof.

2.3.2.6 Analysis on solid waste impact source

Since construction camp of the Project will not be set but settled mainly by means of leasing the residential house houses in the vicinity of the Line and no spoils will be produced because the quantity of filling is greater than that of excavation; therefore, solid wastes produced during construction period are mainly wastes (including abandoned building materials and packing materials) within the construction area. Such wastes are generally stacked near the temporary occupied land such as construction site, etc. In case of improper stacking and handling, direct damages to crops, vegetation deterioration and blockages of agricultural irrigation ditches/channels will be caused by such wastes, harmful to agricultural production.

2.3.3 Analysis on environmental impact source during operation period

Environmental impacts during project operation period mainly include social environmental impact, acoustical environmental impact, water environmental impact, ambient air impact and solid environmental impact. Please refer to Fig. 2-7.

67



2.3.3.1 Analysis on social and environmental impact source

The competition of the Project will promote the development and construction of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and even the whole city, promote the development and utilization of land resources, and drive regional industrial development and the development of the secondary and tertiary industries; may provide more employment opportunities to the society and produce greater social and economic benefits; and is able to improve living qualities and standards of surrounding residents.

2.3.3.2 Analysis on acoustical environmental impact source

Noise pollution during operation period mainly sources from traffic noise produced by running vehicles. The average radiated noise level of various vehicles at different speeds shall be determined in accordance with the Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment - Acoustical Environment (HJ2.4-2009). Please refer to Table 2-22 for details:

Table 2-22 Average radiated noise level of various vehicles

Vehicle type Average radiated noise level (dB) Remarks

Large vehicle 24.6log(SL

)+38.5 SL

- average running speed of large vehicles

Medium 33.9log(SM

)+16.4 SM

- average running speed of medium vehicles

68

Operation period

RoadsRunning vehicles

Accidents and risks

Social environmental

impact

Acoustical environmental

impact

Water environmental

impact

Ambientair impact

Fig. 2-7 Flow chart of analysis on environmental impact caused by road construction

Solid environmental

impact



vehicle

Small vehicle 38.1log(SS

)-2.4 SS

- average running speed of small vehicles

During operation period, residential communities are respectively distributed within 200m at both sides of the Line. According to Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007-2020) and Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the quadrate area surrounded by 3# Road, 4# Road, 5# Road and 6# Road belongs to the planned residential land with cultural and educational functions and the rest lands are planned as industrial lands. Relocation of residents in the vicinity of the Line shall be completed before 2020; therefore, such sensitive objects will not be affected after the long operation term (2024). However, residential areas which are temporarily not required to be relocated may be affected by the short operation term and the medium operation term.

2.3.3.3 Analysis on ambient air impact source

Exhaust of transportation vehicles is the main pollutant to ambient air produced during operation period, mainly containing TSP, NO2 and CO, etc. For the Project, impact on ambient air by such pollutant shall be analyzed by analogy analysis method.

2.3.3.4 Analysis on water environmental impact source

During operation period, water pollution to adjacent waters is mainly made by road runoff. In case of poor maintenance, failures and accidents of vehicles, the leaked gasoline and engine oil may pollute the road surface. After raining, road runoff will flow into rainwater pipe network and finally into Fujiang River, which will raise the content of petroleum and COD in Fujiang River. According to relevant survey results, literatures and data, in combination with meteorological conditions of Mianyang City which has an annual mean rainfall of 960.4mm, concentrations of pollutants on road surface are shown as Table 2-23.

Table 2-23 Concentration of sewage on road surface

Unit: mg/L (pH non dimensional)

Description pH CODcr BOD5 SS PetroleumAverage value of runoff in

2h 7.4 107 20 221 7.0

Rollover accidents of vehicles carrying petroleum or hazardous article are possible. Once the accident happens, the surrounding ground surface waters, eco-environment of aquatics or water bodies for farmland irrigation will be polluted.

2.3.3.5 Impact by solid waste

The solid waste during operation period, mainly from the waste produced by the associated persons and solid waste scattered by vehicles will affect the landscape, pollute the air, spread disease and endanger human health if it is not well disposed. Therefore, in order to prevent causing environmental impact, the waste shall be subject to centralized collection and then transported to local refuse landfills for centralized disposal, which will not affect the local environment.

2.3.3.6 Impact by pollution accidents and risks

Road pollution incident mainly sources from traffic accidents. In the event of a vehicle traffic accident, the pollutants leaked from vehicles may pollute the water body due to improper handling or rainwater flushing. Water pollution accidents mainly include the

69



following types:

1) In the event of a vehicle traffic accident, gasoline (or diesel) and engine oil carried by vehicles will leak out and flow into the surrounding water bodies through surface runoff.

2) Since the Project is located in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the development of the Park focuses on electronic information industry and technology development according to the planning of the Park, running vehicles in this area after the Project is established and put into operation are mainly wagons which rarely carry hazardous articles such as petroleum, chemical fertilizers, pesticides and flammable and explosive chemicals, etc; therefore, there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals and few environmental risks thereof will be caused.

70



3. Overview of Surrounding Environment of the Project3.1 Overview of natural environment3.1.1 Geographic location

The project is located in the Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City. For geographic location of the Project, please refer to attached drawing 1.

Mianyang is located at middle and upper reaches of Fujiang River in northwest of Sichuan Basin. Its geographic coordinates are latitude 30°42′N-33°03′N and longitude 103°45′E-105°43′E. Mianyang neighbors Nangchong City on the east, Suining City on the south, Deyang City on the southwest, Aba Tibetan and Qiang Autonomous Prefecture on the west, Gansu Province on the north and Guangyuan City on the northeast. Baoji-Chengdu Railway and National Highway 108 run through the north to the south of Mianyang, with several provincial roads connected to neighboring regions and cities. Mianyang is a famous culture and science & technology city which has a long history and abundant culture and where modern science and technology and industries are very developed.

3.1.2 Topographic, geomorphological, geological and seismic conditions

The topography of the Science & Education Pioneer Park characterized by hills with distinct rising and falling is higher in the west and lower in the east and has a land elevation of 530-575m and a relative height difference over 40m. The formation exposed out of ground surface is Quaternary river terrace and the underlying bedrock is Jurassic red stratum. The Quaternary river terrace mainly consisting of gravels and pebbles is hard and lightly-weathered, has a thickness within 1-10m (partial sections are over 10m) and is medium dense. Such pebbles are generally about 100mm in diameter (including boulders with diameters over 200mm) and have main compositions such as igneous rock, magmatic rock and quartzite. The Jurassic red stratum, composed of aubergine/purple-brown mudstones or pelitic siltstones, is easily softened or pelitizationed when contacting with water. In that case, its strength will be sharply reduced and its slope surface will be quite easily weathered and stripped.

The geologic structure within Mianyang City mainly includes Motianling east-west fold belt, Longmen Mountain north-east tectonic zone and rotational shear tectonic system. On the Motianling east-west fold belt, there are Qingxi Fracture, Yingping Fracture and Huya Fracture. Songpan-Pingwu Earthquake was happened on the Huya Fracture in 1976. The Longmen Mountain north-east tectonic zone, totally 450km long, is located at the northwest side of Sichuan Basin. Regional faults on the Longmen Mountain North-East Fault mainly include Jiangyou-Guanxian Fault, Beichuan-Yingxiu Deep Fracture and Qingxi Fault. The Beichuan-Yingxiu Deep Fracture starts from the south of Chaba Town of Guangyuan City in the north, southwards through the southeast side of Pengzhou-Dujiangyan-Jiuligang Anticlinorium and the northwest side of Baoxing Anticlinorium, and ends at Guangyuan City; it has a total length over 400km and generally stretches by NE 40°. This Fracture may be divided into two sections, i.e. the south section which is located in the city and known as the Beichuan Fracture, and the north section which is generated in the Longmen Mountain Platform Edge Fold Belt and known as Yingxiu Fracture or Zhongjupu Fracture Zone. The Beichuan Fracture stretches by NE 40° and inclines by NW 50-70°, which is clearly reflected in Beichuan County. Such Fracture from the Beichuan County to the northeast firstly forms an obvious triangular facet at the southeast bank of Jianjiang River in Qushan-Dengjiadu section, and then trends toward

71



north-east and enters the Nanba Town of Pingwu County i.e. the Nanba Fault.

According to Earthquake Intensity Zoning Map of China (1990 Version), the basic seismic intensity of the area where the Line is located in shall be Magnitude VI.

3.1.3 Hydrological characteristics

1) Surface water

Fujiang River, as the primary tributary on the right bank of Jialing River, has its rise from the Hongxingyan of Sansheyi on the east of Zhishan Mountain. From northwest to southeast, it flows through such counties and cities as Pingwu, Mianyang, Suining and flows into Jialing River in Hechuan City. With overall length of the trunk river of 675km and watershed area of 36272km2, from northwest to southeast, the watershed presents a long and narrow shape, and its average width is 54km. According to the statistics of hydrological data of recently 50 years, the average annual flow is 142m3/s, the average annual runoff 4.48 billion cubic meters and the average annual runoff depth 771.2mm. Runoff is unevenly distributed all over the year, mainly concentrated upon May-Oct., with average flow of 223m3/s, and the water yield of this period accounts for 78.6% of the whole year; runoff is more concentrated during July, with average flow of 283m3/s, and the water yield of this period accounts for 49.9% of the whole year; the driest season is Jan.-March, with average flow of 430m3/s; water yield during this period accounts for 7.4% of the whole year.

Besides trunk river of Fujiang River, other important rivers include main tributary streams such as Zijiang River, Kaijiang River, Anchang River, Pingtong River, and Huoxi River, etc.

2) Ground water

Ground water of the Science & Education Pioneer Park is mainly pore water of the quaternary deposit and bedrock fissure water. The pore water of the quaternary deposit is mainly distributed in the sandy pebble soil stratums of various terraces of rivers. However, due to lack of supplementary water source, ground water of the massif top is of thimbleful and varies with seasons; water in the massif toe is mainly of the regional wet land creepage in streams, with small number of springs. Since bedrock is mainly of mudstone, water storage capacity is poor, and water recharging conditions of hills and highland are poor, the bedrock fissure water is mainly replenished by infiltrating pore water of the overlying sandy pebble soil stratum with small water flow, and is seriously affected by seasons.

3.1.4 Meteorological characteristics

Mianyang, located in the north of Sichuan Basin, enjoys the moderate subtropical monsoon climate with abundant precipitation. According to meteorological data of Mianyang:

The average annual air temperature is 16.3 , max. air temperature 37 , min. air℃ ℃ temperature 7 ; the average annual relative humidity is 79%. ℃The frost-free season is 253-301 days averagely.

The average annual precipitation is 960.4mm, max. annual precipitation 1700mm, min. annual precipitation 577.5mm, and max. daily precipitation 186.0mm. Rainfall mainly concentrated in June-Sep. and the July-Sep. is the storm period.

The max. and average wind speeds are 15.7m/s and 1.1m/s respectively.

72



Dominant wind direction: NW.

3.1.5 Status of ecological environment

Thanks to biological diversity, there are more than 4500 species of vascular plants growing in Mianyang, of which, 2471 species are the main plants, with such 39 kinds as Davidia involucrate, Cercidiphyllumjaponicum, Eucommia ulmoides, Larix mastersiana, Metasequoia glyptostroboides, etc listed to be protected throughout the country. There are 2156 species of medicinal plants, 457 of which are medicinal materials commonly used. Dozens of high-quality medicinal materials such as Platycodon grandiforus, Radix Ophiopogonis, monkshood root, Asiatic cornelian cherry fruit, Eucommia ulmoides, Gastrodia elata, Coptis chinensis, Codonopsis pilosula, Ginkgo biloba, Fritillary, and Chinese caterpillar fungus are renowned both at home and abroad. Large fungi such as agaric, lichens and pteridophytes are rich in resources. Within the territory of Mianyang, there are 15,622,000 mu (1 mu is approximate 667m2)of land for forestry. The area of forests is 9,410,800 mu, forest coverage 45%, and the area of the existing forest land more than 730,000 hectares. Total area of forests amounts to 81,360,000m3. As far as the animal resources are concerned, beside 57 species of domestic animals, there are 330 species of wind animals, of which, 42 species of rare animals are under the special protection of Sichuan Province, 26 are listed as state protected animal species, and particularly, Giant Panda, Rhinopithecus, Clouded Leopard, Damaliscus dorcas phillipsi, Black-headed Gull, Ailurus fulgens, Elaphodus cephalophus, etc are well-known at home and abroad.

At present, within the site along the line of the Project, Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang City at where the Project is located is mostly of the farm land and road right-of-way. Natural vegetation is quite rare and the dominant plants are farm crops artificially cultivated.

There is no rare wild animal and plant as well as protective vegetation growing in the vicinity of the Line.

3.1.6 Status quo of land utilization

Located within the Science & Education Pioneer Park, land for the Project is the planned industrial land. However, where the Project is located is unexploited due to development sequence of the Park. Land covered by the assessment scope is of the outskirts environment, with relatively simple structure of land use and cultivated land, forest land, house site, transportation land and unexploited land distributed (natural mountain, etc) (see Table 3-1 for the proportion). It can be seen from Table 3-1 that land along the project area is mainly used as cultivated land, and then house site, forest land, transportation land and unexploited land (wasteland).

Table 3-1 Status quo of utilization of land occupied by the Project

Land occupied by the Project

Area of land

Cultivated land

Forest land

Housesite

Transportation land

Unexploited land

Area (hm2) 14.17 8.42 1.26 1.72 0.86 1.91Proportion 100% 59.4% 8.9% 12.1% 6.1% 13.5%

3.1.7 Status quo of water and soil loss

Water and soil loss of the place where the Project is located is mainly the water erosion, with the main form of surface erosion, taking up 97.6% of area of water and soil loss. There are three grades of soil erosion, i.e. light, moderate and serious, mainly slight-moderate. Land subject to soil erosion is mainly the cultivated land, wasteland and

73

app:ds:pilosula

app:ds:Codonopsis



grassland and the cultivated land is mainly subject to soil erosion. Soil surface erosion, no matter what kind of land form or land type is, occurs in varying degrees.

As a construction project, the Project is the linear project in shallow hill area. Location of the Project belongs to the area under key control against water and soil loss announced by the People’s Government of Sichuan Province and the grade of prevention and control standard is II.

Area of water and soil loss amounts to 10845km2, accounting for 53.46% of Mianyang City, namely 20286km2. Area of water and soil loss of Chengjiao Township is about 41.3km2, which takes up 46.82% of area of Chengjiao Township, namely 88.2km2. See Table 3-2 for status quo of water and soil loss of Chengjiao Township where the Project is located at.

Table 3-2 Status quo of water and soil loss of Chengjiao TownshipErosion intensity Light Moderate Serious Total

Chengjiao Township

Area subject to loss (km2) 17.55 20.11 3.64 41.3Accounting for area subject

to loss (%) 42.5 48.7 8.8 100

Accounting for the area (%) 19.9 22.8 4.1 46.8

Table 3-3 Degree of water and soil erosion and classification of soil erosion

S/NIntensity of

water and soil loss

Water and soil loss area Soil erosion

Area (km2) Proportion (%)

Average modulus of

erosion (t/km2.a)

Erosion value

Proportion of the total (%)

1 Slight erosion / 5002 Light erosion 17.55 42.5 1500 26325 21.16

3 Moderate erosion 20.11 48.7 3700 74407 59.82

4 Serious erosion 3.64 8.8 6500 23660 19.02Total 41.3 100 / 3011 100

The assessment area is characterized by shallow hills in terms of terrain, normative farming of the peasants and moderate intensity of water and soil erosion, with 3011t/km2.a. According to the National Standard for Classification and Gradation of Soil Erosion (SL190-2007) and Technical Code of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation (GB/T16453.1-1996), the place where the Project is located is classified as the moderate erosion area as regards the intensity of water and soil erosion.

3.2 Overview of social environment3.2.1 Division of administrative areas and population

Mianyang City has jurisdiction over Fucheng District, Youxian District and 6 counties namely Anxian County, Santai, Zitong, Yanting, Pingwu and Beichuan, and governs the offices in the Science and Technology City on behalf of Jiangyou City and People's Government of Sichuan Province. There are 9 counties (cities/districts) and 1 county-level office in total in Mianyang, of which there are 127 townships, 121 towns, 3,458 village communities, 11 urban sub-district offices and 288 residents' committees, with a total population of 5.20 million. The planned area of Mianyang Science and Technology City is 12.89km2 and the area of urban built-up areas is 55km2 with urban population of 600,000.

3.2.2 Social-economic structure

As an industrial city with electronic industry as the first economic pillar, Mianyang has

74



the Home Appliances City of Sichuan Changhong Electric Co., Ltd., the largest color TV production base in China. As the leading enterprise in the Electronic City, Changhong Electric Co., Ltd. has net assets of 12.3 billion yuan, brand value of 26 billion yuan, and takes the first place in terms of color TV market share in 10 years consecutively. Net assets of Changhong have soared 310 times in the past 15 years since its establishment. Profits and taxes amount to 14.14 billion yuan (including taxation expense of 6 billion yuan). Its products include such competitive products characterized by state-of-the-art technology and market superiority as TVs utilizing technologies of rear projection and accurate display as well as plasma, intelligent and environment-friendly air conditioners, and high-energy environment-friendly batteries, of which color TVs are acknowledged as the Chinese Name-Brand Product of 2001. Taking “serving the motherland by industry development, achieving success in the business market” as the core, its corporate culture established in the course of reform and opening has profound significance. Meanwhile, products of Changcheng Special Steel Co., Ltd, Jiuzhou broad-band information network, Shuangma Cement, Huantong elevators, products of thermal shrinkage, radiation processing products, China Resources Breweries Co., Ltd., Taiji Pharmaceutical, Shuanghui Food, Jiangmen gasoline engine of Xinchen Co., Ltd, Maling Canned Food, Huafeng Electric Appliance, Huaxi B ultrasonic, Forgood Distillery, insulating materials, products of superfine pulverizing technology, auto parts as well as environmental protection engineering, computer software and products of fields of high and new technologies such as optical, mechanical and electronic integration are quite competitive.

In 2008, Mianyang suffered from serious natural disasters such as the great earthquake on May 12 and international financial crisis. As a result, major economic indicators decreased significantly. Under the leadership of Committee of Mianyang City, Government of Mianyang City, people in Mianyang attached equal importance to earthquake relief and economic construction and achieved resumed growth of economy. In addition, post-disaster reconstruction was going on smoothly while social stability was kept.

Preliminary estimates indicate that GDP of Mianyang City in 2008 amounted to 74.32 billion yuan, and the growth rate was 4.5%, a decrease of 9.8% compared that in the previous year. The growth rate was 5% lower than that of the whole province, ranked third among the 6 disastrous disaster areas. In terms of three industries, values added of the primary, secondary and tertiary industries were 15.81, 33.16 and 25.35 billion yuan respectively, with corresponding growth rates of 0.2%, 3.3% and 8.4% respectively. Proportion of composition of the three industries was: 21.3: 44.6: 34.1.

Economic development slowed down in all counties/cities/districts and was even growing negatively in counties in seriously stricken areas. In 2008, gross product was increased by 10.5% to 27.41 billion yuan in Fucheng District, by 9.8% to 7.14 billion yuan in Youxian District, by 10.8% to 10.46 billion yuan in Santai, by 9.7% to 4.62 billion yuan in Yanting and by 9.6% to 3.42 billion yuan in Zitong and decreased by 6.3% to 4.92 billion yuan in Anxian County, by 8.7% to 13.58 billion yuan in Jiangyou, by 24% to 1.31 billion yuan in Pingwu and by 29.1% to 1.02 billion yuan in Beichuan.

Private economy had contributed much to GDP. In 2008, values of private economy were increased by 10% to 36.74 billion yuan, with the growth rate declined by 9.8%. These values accounted for 49.4% of GDP, GDP contribution rate reaching 105.9% and increased GDP by 4.8 percentage points.

Prices of commodities dropped in a steady manner. Consumer price index (CPI) in the whole year was increased by 5%, lower than that of Sichuan Province, with the growth rated declined by 0.8% compared with that of 2007. Price increased by 12.6% for food,

75

app:ds:superiority

app:ds:market



3.2% for housing, 2.4% for tobacco, alcohol and commodities and 1.7% for household appliances and maintenance service.

Ex-factory price index of industrial products was increased by 5.8% and purchase price index of raw materials, fuel and power for industries by 7.1%.

Enterprisers became less confident. Due to impact of both earthquake and financial crisis, enterprisers were not as confident as they once had been. In 2008, confidence index of enterprisers in Mianyang was 107.6 points, declined by 24.5 points. And business prosperity index was 102.6 points, declined by 48.1 points. However, with national good policies to support post-disaster reconstruction and various measures to cope with finance crisis, enterprises' confidence and optimistic expectations to macro-economy will be gradually restored and strengthened.

Construction of the Science and Technology City was in steady progress. In 2008, increase of major economic indexes of Science and Technology City slowed down due to the Earthquake. GDP of the Science and Technology City all the year round was 45.16 billion yuan, current price increased by 5.9%, with the growth rate declined by 13.3% compared with that of 2007; Value-added of industry of industrial enterprises above designated size was 21.419 billion yuan, increased by 2.9%, with the growth rate declined by 26.7% compared with that of 2007; fixed assets investment was 25.47 billion yuan, increased by 45.9%; total retail sales of social consumer goods was 11.336 billion yuan, increased by 11.5%.

3.2.3 Education, culture, medical treatment and public health

Urban and rural education develops in a balanced manner. Within the territory of Mianyang, there are 43 independent scientific research institutions, 5 post-doctoral research centers and 300 private technical entities. Of the 18 scientific research institutions for national defense, there is one “National Treasure” - China Academy of Engineering Physics and three “Only Child” -- China Aerodynamics Research & Development Center, Southwest Institute of Applied Magnetic of China and China Gas Turbine Establishment. In addition, first-class scientific research institutions such as Southwest Automation Research Institute and Southwest Computer Center are also located at Mianyang City. The Mianyang Agricultural Science Research Institution also has good research competence. Within the state-level high and new technology development zone established are “Sci-Tech Innovation Park for Transfer of Military Technology for Civilian Use of China Academy of Engineering Physics”, “Mianyang Software Park”, “Pioneer Park for Overseas Students” and “Changhong Technical Development Center”. Mianyang City has 147,000 technicians (77,000 engaged in natural science while 70,000 in social science) with educational background at or above the technical secondary school level, of which, 8900 persons have technical titles at or above the senior level, 800 experts with outstanding contribution enjoy the national government subvention and 21 persons are academicians of the Chinese Academy of Sciences and China Academy of Engineering Physics.

In Mianyang, mass education exploratory practice is vigorously carried out and quality-oriented education is fully implemented, so as to promote educational equality and improve the educational quality. Thanks to the system of “Poverty Program for Needy Students” covering towns and counties, 12, 000 person-times in total enjoy the education aid in spring and winter semesters, with amount of 1.105 million yuan. 1366 students from needy families have enjoyed the “Two Exemptions and One Subsidy”, and there is no student deprived of education due to poverty. Occupational education is vigorously developed and the non-government funded education is actively promoted to further

76



optimize the educational structure.

Notable results have been obtained in the establishment of community health service system and full coverage of community health service for the urban and rural has been achieved. The management mode of “Separating revenue from expenditures” of community health service center has been continuously improved, drug “No price markup” has been vigorously and steadily carried out, the “Dual referral” system has been further optimized, thus, the medical treatment pattern of “Treating a minor illness in the community hospital, treating a serious illness in the hospital and returning to the community hospital for recovery” has been basically formed.

Social security level has been further improved. Coverage of social security has been continuously expanded. Number of persons covered by basic endowment insurance amounts to 80,000 and 109,000 basic medical insurance, and the participation rate of new rural cooperative medical system reaches 100%. Family planning services for floating people and birth defect intervention have been vigorously carried out. Social assistance system has been further perfected, and the community caring system of “Push-To-Talk” has been established, and the coverage of minimum living guarantee covers all people entitled to enjoying the minimum living guarantee. Assistance for vagrants is being vigorously carried out.

New strides have been taken in community building. Reform of community management system has been deepened, and “separation of neighborhood committee and service station” has been successfully completed. The pilot work of setting community police office has been started and will be popularized to the whole district. Direct election has been deeply carried out, and election of village (neighborhood) committees at expiration of office terms has been basically completed. Promoting younger community cadres better educated has achieved initial success. Construction of community hardware has achieved substantive progress and standardization construction has been completed.

3.2.4 Urban infrastructure construction

To strengthen urban management and law enforcement, further promote the city image and improve the living environment via taking the all-round realization of urbanization as the core and adhering to being strict and careful.

Thanks to all-round implementation of digital city management, full coverage of digital city management network for central urban area has been realized; management mechanism for city appearance and order has been innovated, and the “System of five responsibility for sanitation, order, greening, civilization and safety” was implemented first; Reconstruction and expansion project (Phase II) of Nanqiao Garbage Compression and Transfer Station has been completed, with the treatment scale and capacity ranking first nationwide; the disposal method for rural garbage concentrated collection and transport of “Gathering in household, collection in village, transport in street and disposal in district” has been practiced first, with concentrated disposal rate up to 100%; the marketized operation of urban and rural environmental sanitation, greening curing and river management has been zealously implemented.

3.2.5 Cultural landscape

With a long history, Mianyang is known as a birth place of creative minds and gifted talents. In history, a number of intellectuals and poets, influential men and patriots left their footsteps, and Mianyang is one of the birthland of Bashu culture. According to cultural relic census conducted in Mianyang, there are more than 40 cultural relics and historical sites, including 1 state-level key cultural relic protection unit, 3 province-level

77



key cultural relic protection units, 7 city-level cultural relic protection units, 29 county-level cultural relic protection units, etc. Mianyang is considered as the famous historic and cultural city of Sichuan Province. With a large number of historical and cultural remains, such as Han-dynasty Watchtower, many stone sculptures, statues, ancient buildings, the Three Kingdoms Relic and remains of celebrities, Mianyang has significant historical and cultural value.

Han-dynasty Watchtower in the downtown with quite elegant sculpture and shape, is the largest and most complete Mother and Son Watchtower found in China so far; the rare but well preserved Li Du Shrine is the shrine for both Libai and Dufu; Bishuisi Temple, sculpture and statue of Maiden Tear Spring in Xishan, etc enjoy high artistic level; In addition, other historical relics and cultural relics such as Jiangwan Tomb, Songzheyuan Tomb in Xishuan in the urban area and the native place of Li Bai in Jiangyou within city regional range, etc have extremely high historical and cultural value. The aforementioned cultural relics and historical sites are not located within areas affected by construction of the Project.

The Project is located within the planned Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang City, and within the assessment area there is no special sensitive area such as historical and cultural relic protection goal and natural protection area.

3.3 Introduction to planning of Mianyang Industrial Park3.3.1 Profile of the Industrial Park

In 2008, Environmental Impact Report of Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park was prepared by Science & Technology Research Institute of Chengdu University of Science and Technology (CUST) and passed the review conducted by Sichuan Provincial Environmental Protection Bureau; Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park was a provincial-level industrial park approved by the People's Government of Sichuan Province and verified by the National Development and Reform Commission, with a planned area of 8.1km2 and a scope to Jiuzhou Avenue Valley at the north, the boundary of Jiuzhou International Software Park at the west, the boundary of Mianyang New & High-tech Industrial Development Zone - Science & Education Pioneer Park at the south and the boundary of west section of Jiannan Road in Mianyang urban area. Its development orientation is a main scientific and technical innovation and occupational education base determined in Master Planning of Mianyang City and development of electronic information industry and high-level occupational education industry is highlighted. The planned area within the boundary line of road is 376725.3m2. Sichuan Mianyang Industrial Park includes Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City.

3.3.2 Profile of the Science & Education Pioneer Park

Science & Education Pioneer Park, founded on Aug. 2001, is an innovation pioneer base established according to the decisions of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the State Council concerning the establishment of Mianyang Science and Technology City and also an important carrier for the establishment of Mianyang Science and Technology City. In Sept. 2002, the Park was approved by the State Commission of Science and Technology for National Defense Industry and the Ministry of Science and Technology as National Science and Technology Park for Transfer of Military Technology for Civilian Use. In April 2005, the Park was successfully merged with Gardening Industrial Park in Fucheng District according to Mianyang Party Committee and Mianyang Government’s decisions on park management system adjustment. And in Jan. 2006, the Park successfully was approved by the National Development and Reform

78



Commission to be Mianyang Industrial Park and became one of 30 development zones reserved in Sichuan Province.

The Park, with a planned area of 4.98km2, is located in the northwest of urban area of Mianyang and neighbors Fujiang River and Erqiao Bridge Section of the 1st Ring Road on the east, Mianyang Exit of Mianyang-Guangyuan Expressway on the west, High-tech Zone of Mianyang on the south and urban area of Mianyang on the north. With continuous construction and development of the Park, it has become a core carrier for construction of Mianyang Science and Technology City.

Function of the Park is optimal. Construction of the Park is combined with that of new urban area. With high-level planning and construction, various technology and education resources are gathered and platforms for technology and education innovation and pioneering, development of military-civilian use transfer industry and talent introduction and training are established. Hence, the Park is gradually becoming the most prominent urban area in Mianyang Science and Technology City which has various functions such as new urban area, industrial parks for transfer of military technology for civilian use and new industrial parks.

The investment environment is favorable. More than 700 million has been invested into infrastructure construction in the Park, with 22 roads whose total length is 21.75km within the completed area. Infrastructures such as water, electricity, gas, roads, communication facilities and rainwater and sewage pipes are completed while living facilities are being perfected gradually. In the Park, industrial standard factory buildings with an area of 20,000m2 have been completed for external enterprises. There are imported and exported commodity inspection and quarantine agencies, customs and bonded warehouses in Mianyang. Traffic networks in Mianyang lead to all direction. Mianyang-Guangyuan Highway goes through the Park which is connected to the old urban area and Hi-tech Zone through Jiuzhou Avenue, west section of Jiannan Road and Yuantong Road. It is very convenient to go to the airport, the railway station and bus station from the Park, with quite convenient traffic and logistics as well as remarkable advantages in location of the Park.

2) Overall goal and functional orientation

(1) Overall goal:

In combination of the existing foundation and the actual situation, development of the Park in the future shall seize opportunities of construction of the Science and Technology City and post-disaster reconstruction to vigorously develop the military-civilian use transfer industry, software industry, environmental protection industry, headquarters economy and the modern service industry with the business occupancy as the main. Efforts are made to achieve the following goals: by 2011, process of technology socialization and functional diversification of social service have been obviously accelerated, development environment, bearing supporting capacity, hatchability and agglomeration level and degree of industrialization have reached the leading level; economic competitiveness, radiation influence and sustainable development capacity have been notably strengthened; mutual resource complementation, mutual promotion and coordinated development in the Park have been realized, with the military-civilian use transfer industry characterized by rational structure, complete functions and distinct features and modern service industry and its supporting demonstrative area established in the Science and Technology City.

(2) Industry orientation:

79



Development of the Park is oriented as: by combining the development of technical and educational industry with urban development, according to the orientation as occupational education park, urban cultural new zone and base for transfer achievements of military technology for civilian use, depending on military research institutes, and 7 colleges and universities subordinate to COSTIND, it is proposed to accelerate transfer and industrialization of research and development of military-civilian dual purpose technologies and military high-tech achievements, to establish the industrial park for transfer of military technology for civilian use for China Academy of Engineering Physics and Southwest Automation Research Institute, etc, to set up the first-class regional comprehensive training base for occupational education in western China, build the first-class occupational education base in western China, develop and expand the industrial technical institutes, improve the hatchability of technical enterprises in national university science park, set the technical innovation platform, and gradually form the new zone of landscape garden city and culture characterized by complete urban functions, beautiful ecological environment, developed technical and educational industry and modern service industry and distinct cultural features.

3) Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant

As the subsidiary company of Zhongkecheng Environmental Protection Co., Ltd, and with total designed scale of 200, 000m3/d, the Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant will be constructed in two phases, occupying land of 210 mu and serving for about 450,000 persons. It is designed to save water and prevent pollution in the areas with abundant water, to control pollution of Anchang River and Fujiang River caused by sewage of Mianyang urban area, to protect the quality of water passing through Mianyang and ground water sources and to facilitate the sustainable utilization of water sources. Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant is the provincial environmental education base approved by the People’s Government of Sichuan Province.

As far as the management of Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant is concerned, the Zhongkecheng Environmental Protection Co., Ltd is in charge of direct operation management in accordance with TOT and BOT contracts, the Government conducts supervision on such items as sewage treatment capacity, quality of water finally discharged, secondary pollution during treatment, etc in line with relevant contracts. The sewage treatment fees are paid according to the monitoring data as per the principle of payment by polluters, compensation by beneficiaries and benefits to the unit in charge of treatment. Thanks to brand new operation management mode and operation team up to international advanced level, the Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant is in stable and reliable operation. At present, the sewage treatment rate in Mianyang urban area reaches above 80% and the effluent quality is up to the national Class 1-B discharge standard.

3.3.3 Status quo of infrastructure of Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City

1) Status quo of roads

In Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City there are only rural roads rather than urban roads, and the road conditions are quite poor. Due to continuous development of Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park which results in traffic volume increase, problems of the existing roads such as low traffic capacity, traffic jam and too low speed, etc emerge.

80



In addition, the road network is subject to indistinct road functions, no systematicness, and serious retard of urban supporting facilities. The aforementioned problems have restricted development of Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park and caused impacts on traffic environment and people's quality of life.

2) Status quo of infrastructure

Currently, Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City is to be developed and located in the outskirts. Blowdown pipe network has not be established, water supply facilities are in a small scale, and not connected to the water supply system.

4. Assessment on Status Quo of Regional Environment Quality4.1 Survey of and assessment on ecological environment status quo4.1.1 Survey method

1) Scope of survey: 300m within both sides of the road. Scope of survey of construction site, etc shall be properly expanded.

2) Survey method: data collection and survey along the line, etc.

3) Survey content

(1) Species, quantity, protection category, distribution, vegetation coverage, etc of the cover plants growing in the vicinity of the proposed road.

(2) Species, distribution, habitat, etc of the wild animals living in the vicinity of the proposed road.

4.1.2 Animal and plant resources

4.1.2.1 Plant resources

The Project is located within the Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City. Plant community in the project area is the typical subtropical evergreen broadleaf forest, with main woods including pine, cypress, fir, elm, Michelia Alba, triple, Ficus microcorpa, Portuguese cypress, etc.

Within 200m on both sides of the road center line are mainly cultivated land, forest land, wasteland, bush, etc. Farm crops cultivated in the cultivated land mainly include wheat, maize, rape, root and tuber crop, barley, vegetable, etc. The wasteland is covered by meadow.

According to field reconnaissance results, there are no rare, endangered plants and ancient, large, rare and peculiar trees requiring special protection within the assessment scope.

4.1.2.2 Animal resources

Due to large population density of areas in the vicinity of the Line and high land reclamation rate, according to survey, interviews and observation, wild animals living near the proposed road are mainly of the species suitable for inhabiting in farm land, dry land and neighboring places of residential areas, such as the rodents, amphibians, reptiles commonly found in farm land and common birds such as song thrushes and sparrows as well as bred cattle, pigs, chickens, ducks, etc.

According to field reconnaissance results, there are neither large terrestrial wild animals nor terrestrial rare wild animals under state protection living within the assessment scope.

81



4.1.3 Ecological environment assessment

Within the assessment scope, there are no natural protection areas, scenic spots, historical relics, cultural relics requiring protection. Moreover, there are no rare, endangered animals and plants, ancient, large, rare and peculiar woods requiring special protection.

4.2 Assessment on status quo of acoustical environmentThe Project is located within the Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park, and environmental sensitive points such as resident resettlement houses are distributed in the vicinity of the Project. Environmental noise monitoring was conducted to know the background noise in the plant and neighboring sensitive points.

4.2.1 Monitoring on status quo of acoustical environment

1) Setting of monitoring points

The requirements of Technical Guidelines for Environmental Impact Assessment (HJ2.4-2009), Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008) and Measuring Method of Environmental Noise of Urban Area (GB/T14623-93) shall be complied with.

Monitoring on status quo of acoustical environment was conducted based on the “from-point-to-line” principle to mater the status quo of acoustical environment along the new road. Representative sensitive areas, according to survey results of acoustical pollution sources in the vicinity of the Line and different functions of noise sensitive areas and in combination with characteristics of geographical position and acoustical environment background, are selected as the areas for monitoring status quo of acoustical environment. Noise sensitive points at the place where the line is located are residential areas, and monitoring points are arranged in front of the residential building facing the road.

According to field reconnaissance and status of noise source, the monitoring points of environmental noise in residential area are arranged in front of windows of the buildings in the first row with a distance of 1m between monitoring points and windows. Distance between monitoring points and the ground is larger than 1.2m. See Table 4-1 for monitoring points for acoustical environment status quo of the Project.

Table 4-1 Monitoring points of acoustical environment status quo of the Project

No. Location Number of monitoring pointsRoad No. Location of stake point

1# 1# Road K1+045, Administrative Area of Mianyang Armed Police Detachment next to the 2nd Ring Road 1

2# 1# Road K0+520, Settlements in Liujiagou 13# 2# Road K0+40, Settlements in Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village 14# 3# Road K0+860, Primary School of Dabaoliang Village 15# 3# Road K1+101, Settlements in Group 3 of Dabaoliang Village 16# 5# Road K0+300, Residents in Group 6 of Dabaoliang Village 17# 6# Road K0+200, Residents in Dabaoliang Village of Chengjiao Township 1

2) Testing method:

Monitoring was conducted on each environmental noise monitoring point for consecutive 2 days, one in day-time (08:00-12:00) and one in night-time (23:00-00:00 at the next day). Monitoring and analysis methods and measuring instruments complied with relevant provisions and methods specified in Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008). At the same time of monitoring, main noise

82



sources, surrounding environment characteristics, traffic flow, etc were recorded.

3) See Table 4-2 for monitoring results. Table 4-2 Statistics of monitoring results of environmental noise Unit: dB(A)

Monitoring

points

Road

No.

Name and location of monitoring

points

Monitoring time

Monitoring result Standard value Superscale

Day-

time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

1# Point1#

Road

K1+045, Administrativ

e Area of Mianyang

Armed Police Detachment

next to the 2nd

Ring Road, roadside 15m

2010.4.1 57.0 48.1 70 55 / /

2010.4.2 57.8 48.6 70 55 / /

2# Point1#

Road

K0+520, Settlements in Liujiagou, 1m

to window

2010.4.1 51.3 46.7 60 50 / /

2010.4.2 52.0 46.3 60 50 / /

3# Point2#

Road

K0+40, Settlements in

Group 8 of Dabaoliang

Village, 1m to window

2010.4.1 50.4 46.0 70 55 / /

2010.4.2 50.0 47.3 70 55 / /

4# Point3#

Road

K0+860, Primary

School of Dabaoliang


2010.4.1 53.2 45.8 60 50 / /

2010.4.2 53.6 44.7 60 50 / /

5# Point3#

Road




2010.4.1 51.0 45.2 60 50 / /

2010.4.2 50.4 45.7 60 50 / /

6# Point5#

Road




2010.4.1 52.6 47.0 70 55 / /

2010.4.2 53.0 47.5 70 55 / /

7# Point6#

Road




2010.4.1 51.5 45.4 70 55 / /

2010.4.2 51.0 45.6 70 55 / /

4.2.2 Status quo assessment

4.2.2.1 Assessment standard

Standards for environmental noise shall comply with Class-2 in Environmental Quality

83



Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008), namely noise in day-time ≤60dB(A) while noise in night-time ≤50dB(A); for 50m on both sides of the center line of traffic artery, Class 4a standard shall be implemented, namely noise in day-time ≤70dB(A) while noise in night-time ≤55dB(A).

4.2.2.2 Status quo assessment

Noises in 2#-7# monitoring points can meet Class-2 specified in Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008). 1# Point is located 15m to the west side of the 2nd

Ring Road and is close to the Administrative area of Mianyang People's Armed Police Detachment (construction in progress, construction of foundation works), and the traffic noise meets Class-4a standard.

4.3 Surface waterCollection of domestic sewage produced during construction period of the Project relies on septic tanks of local residents, and the subsequent materials are delivered to the neighboring farm land to be used as fertilizer, so the domestic sewage will not be discharged outwards. Rainwater is collected by the rainwater pipe network of the Project and then discharged into Fujiang River.

4.3.1 Monitoring on status quo of surface water environment quality

1) Setting of monitoring sections

3 monitoring sections are arranged in Fujiang River; see Table 4-3 for setting of monitoring sections.

Table 4-3 Setting of water quality monitoring sections

No. of sections River Sampling location Note

I Fujiang River

River reach near the iron bridge on Fujiang River

Rainwater discharged into Fujiang River downstream 500m

II Fujiang River Lijiadu Section Discharged into upstream discharge outlet in

Fujiang River 1500m

III Fujiang River Fenggu Section Discharged into 4000 downstream discharge

outlet in Fujiang River 4000m

2) Monitoring items:

pH, CODCr, BOD5, ammonia nitrogen, and petroleum

3) Analytical method:

Analytical method for each monitoring item complies with methods specified in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002).

4) Monitoring results: see Table 4-4.

4.3.2 Assessment on status quo of surface water environment quality

1) Assessment standard

In line with requirements of Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau, assessment on surface water environment quality is conducted based on water area standards of Category III in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002).

2) Status quo assessment factor

5 conventional water quality factors, including pH, CODCr, BOD5, NH3-N, and

84



petroleum.

3) Assessment method

According to the water quality monitoring results, assessment on surface water quality is conducted based on single pollutant standard index method. The assessment formula is as follows:

Si,j=ci,j/csi

Where:

Si,j – i standard index value of a pollutant;

ci,j – i measured concentration value of a pollutant, mg/L;

csi – i assessment standard value of a pollutant, mg/L.

Standard indexes of pH with upper/lower standard are calculated as per the following formula:

Where: pHi is the measured pH value;

pHsu and pHsd are the upper (lower) limit value of quality standard of pH.

4) Assessment results

See Table 4-4 for calculation results of standard indexes of various river pollutants obtained with the aforementioned assessment methods and standards.

Table 4-4 Monitoring on status quo of surface water quality and assessment results

pH dimensionless

Section Monitoring time pH CODcr BOD5 NH3-N Petroleum

Section I

2009.3.3 8.46 4.92 0.64 0.030 Not detected2009.5.5 8.03 4.40 0.35 0.032 Not detected

Mean value / 4.66 0.5 0.031 /Single index (%) 0.73 0.233 0.125 0.031 /

Excess multiple of limit value 0 0 0 0 0

Section II

2009.3.3 7.92 7.16 0.83 Not detected 0.032009.5.5 8.02 7.46 1.56 0.527 0.01

Mean value / 7.31 1.20 / 0.02Single index (%) 0.51 0.366 0.3 0.527 0.4


SectionIII

2009.3.3 8.33 - 2.07 0.030 Not detected2009.5.5 8.10 - 2.41 0.080 Not detected

Mean value / 2.24 0.55 /Single index (%) 0.66 0.56 0.55 /


Assessment standard value 6~9 20 4.0 1.0 0.05

85



4.3.3 Assessment results of status quo of surface water environment

According to the monitoring and analysis results, each index of each monitoring section in the Fujiang River can reach requirements of water area standards of Category III specified in Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water (GB3838-2002).

4.4 Monitoring of and assessment on status quo of ambient air quality4.4.1 Monitoring on status quo of ambient air

Totally 3 monitoring points for ambient air quality are arranged. Mianyang Municipal Environmental Monitoring Station conducted monitoring on ambient air of the proposed project.

1) Setting of monitoring points

1#: Group 5 of Xiyuan Village, 1.5km to the north of Xinglong Community;

2#: Group 6 of Bajiao Village, 0.8km to the northeast of Xinglong Community;

3#: within the Xinglong Community;

2) Monitoring index

Ambient air quality: SO2, NO2 and TSP.

3) Sampling and analytic method

Sampling was conducted as per methods specified by the State. Monitoring was conducted for consecutive 7 days in accordance with relevant specifications. Weather conditions were recorded during monitoring. Analysis was conducted in accordance with the national standard methods specified in GB3095-1996.

4) See Table 4-6 for monitoring results of ambient air.

4.4.2 Assessment on status quo of ambient air

1) Assessment method

The assessment index method is adopted. The assessment index is defined as:

Ii= Ci/C0i

Where:

Ci- Monitored concentration of a certain assessment factor, mg/Nm3;

C0i- Assessment standard for a certain assessment factor, mg/Nm3;

2) Assessment standard

Ambient air quality standard: Grade II standard of the Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996). See Table 4-5.

Table 4-5 Assessment standard for ambient air quality

Unit: mg/Nm3

Name of pollutants SO2 NO2 TSP

GB3095-1996 Grade II Daily average 0.15 0.12 0.30Hourly concentration 0.5 0.24

3) Assessment results

See Table 4-6 for results of calculated pollution indexes. Table 4-6 Monitoring and assessment results of ambient air quality

86


Mianyang Science and Technology CityUnit: mg/Nm3

Point location Factor

Concentration value

No. of sample Range of concentration value (mg/m3)

Excess multiple of limit value Limiting single index (%)

1#, Group 5 of

Xiyuan Village

SO2 28 0.008~0.021 0 0.016~0.0.42NO2 28 0.021~0.057 0 0.088~0.24

TSP 7 0.21~0.223 0 0.7~0.74

2#, Group 6 of Bajiao

Village

SO2 28 0.01~0.046 0 0.02~0.092NO2 28 0.022~0.053 0 0.092~0.22

TSP 7 0.043~0.065 0 0.143~0.22

3#, proposed

site of Xinglong Communit

y

SO2 28 0.014~0.057 0 0.028~0.114NO2 28 0.029~0.056 0 0.12~0.23

TSP 7 0.105~0.15 0 0.35~0.5

4.4.3 Assessment results of ambient air status quo

Analysis results of status quo monitoring show that: the SO2, NO2 and TSP daily average concentrations do not exceed the Grade II standard in Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996) which indicates that the background quality of ambient air of the area where the Project is located is good, with certain environmental capacity.

87



5. Environmental Impact Assessment5.1 Assessment on social environment impact5.1.1 Impacts on social economy

The State is implementing the strategy of the western development to accelerate construction of infrastructure. However, as far as the traffic infrastructure construction is concerned, “emphasis is laid on highway construction recently”, and “more investment must be put into highway construction to pull highway construction ahead in light of strategic development perspective resolutely”, which is the desirability of accelerating the western regions getting rid of poverty and becoming better off, narrowing the gap between the eastern and western regions, facilitating social, economical and political development in western regions and ethnic unity and ensuring national defense.

After 20-odd years’ development, the modern industrial system of Mianyang’s industry with the electronic and information industry as the leading, food industry, machinery, automobile and parts, material and chemical industries as the supporting industries has basically formed, which contributes significantly to fast economic and social development of Mianyang. In recent years, Mianyang’s industry has developed to some extent in terms of longitudinal comparison but has fallen behind in terms of transverse comparison, mainly manifested as slow increase, low benefit, low attraction, slow development of county-level industry and medium-sized and small enterprises, year-on-year decline in terms of precedence in Sichuan (to the seventh currently from the second in 2005). Mianyang’ industry is facing a crisis of “going forward or getting backward”.

Concept of industry development, ideology of serving enterprises, policy enforcement, administrative efficiency, etc need to be further improved and optimized. Construction of the Project is in favor of overcoming the aforementioned shortcomings.

As the only science and technology city in China, Mianyang is facing both great strategic opportunities and severe challenges. In the time of “significant transformation, big competition and great development”, whether Mianyang’s industry can participate in the new round world economy competition and can be incorporated into industrial adjustment and upgrading of the State will directly determine the future, destiny and status. According to the development path of “relying on industry to develop the Province, vigorously promoting new industrialization, new urbanization and agricultural modernization, strengthening open and cooperation, technological education and infrastructure construction” and the strategic plan of “Three accelerations” of Committee of Mianyang City, in order to drive sound and fast development of Mianyang’ industry, promote the comprehensive competitive power of regional economy to provide powerful industry support for construction of Mianyang Science and Technology City, construction of infrastructure and road works must be carried out ahead of time.

After construction of roads in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the road traffic system with “urban primary/ secondary trunk roads as the skeleton, public transport and infrastructure as carrier” to suitable for economic development of Mianyang City will be gradually formed, which sets the stage for cars entering to households. According to the planning of road network of Mianyang City, roads in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City will serve the Xinglong Area and important roads in Science & Education Pioneer Park, and will form the trunk road network system of Mianyang City together with the planned roads such as the 2nd ring road. Construction of the Project will spur the development and construction of the western areas of Mianyang

88



and even the whole city, and will help optimize the road network system of Mianyang City.

Construction of the Project will help further optimize the road skeleton of Science & Education Pioneer Park, drive the development of Mianyang’s industry, offer more job opportunities and give play to greater economic and social benefits. Construction of the Project will facilitate promotion of the quality of life and living standard of the neighboring residents.

5.1.2 Impacts on quality of life of residents

As for resettlement of residents with houses demolished, the method of both self-built housing with compensation and uniformly-built housing is adopted. On one hand, house demolition not only causes direct economic loss of local residents, but also causes impacts on incomes for living of partial residents and local economic benefits, resulting in population migration, and affecting quality of life of residents. On the other hand, the existing houses of residents in the vicinity of the Line are old-fashioned and the building structure is poor. Although demolition of old houses and construction of new houses will result in decrease of living space of partial residents, the living environment will be improved and the grade of building structure will be promoted.

A large number of workers will be employed and a lot of building materials will be purchased during construction of the Project, which provides good opportunities for solving the problem of surplus rural workers and for activating mining of local materials and the processing market; after construction of the Project, conditions of transportation in the vicinity of the Line will have been substantially improved, which on one hand, helps facilitate trade flows of the southern area, subsidiary agricultural products into the market fast and timely so as to increase incomes of peasants and to improve their quality of life; on the other hand, helps facilitate spring up of industry of areas in the vicinity of the Line and further development and utilization of resources, providing a large number of employment opportunities and promoting significant development of local economy.

Nevertheless, implementation and operation of the Project will inevitably bring some adverse impacts on social environment in the vicinity of the Line. Adverse impacts include: construction vehicles going in and out will occupy the existing roads in the vicinity of the Line, which will affect local residents’ trip; waste gas discharged by, noise produced by and dust rose by the construction vehicles and equipment will cause impacts on quality of life of local residents; construction wastewater, if not properly treated, will exert impacts on local surface water body. According to the field survey, the affected are mainly the residential areas close to the proposed roads. The Employer and construction company shall take strict measures against the aforementioned adverse impacts.

5.1.3 Impacts on post-disaster reconstruction

Xinglong Community of Mianyang City was orientated as a cluster zone of relocated industries through post-disaster reconstruction in Post-Earthquake Reconstruction Planning of Sichuan Province. Construction of roads and supporting infrastructure in Xinglong Community caters for recovery and boosting of social and economic development of Mianyang, and for promotion of rapid development of Mianyang.

Obviously, construction of the Project is not only in favor of formation of the cluster zone of relocated industries through post-disaster reconstruction in Mianyang, but also facilitates recovery of economy of Mianyang City.

89



5.1.4 Impacts on resource utilization

5.1.4.1 Impacts on land resources

As for status quo of land in the vicinity of the Line, forest land, cultivated land, wasteland, house site and land for roads are mainly to be occupied. Area of land to be occupied due to construction of the Project totalizes 14.17hm2. Area of land permanently occupied is 10.95hm2, including forest land 1.26hm2, cultivated land 6.57hm2, wasteland 0.67hm2, house site 1.72hm2 and roads 0.73hm2; area of land temporarily occupied is 3.22hm2, including cultivated land 1.85hm2, wasteland 1.24 hm2 and roads 0.13hm2. Since the cultivated land occupied will lose its agricultural production function, it is recommended that greening and vegetation recovery be conducted as per planning design after completion of the construction. In addition, area of the cultivated land occupied due to construction of the Project only accounts for a small proportion of the area of cultivated land in the project area, implementation of the Project will not give rise to a big loss of local agriculture. Operation of the Line will drive development of Xinglong Area, will help promote the employment rate of the resettled, and will help realization of transfer of special value of roads. According to Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and Planning of Mianyang City, location of the Project is of the planned industrial land. Basic farm land will not be involved in land occupation of the Project.

Therefore, construction of the Project exerts a small impact on local land resources.

5.1.4.2 Impacts on forest land resources

Location of the Project enjoys the subtropical warm-humid climate. Within the assessment scope of 200m on both sides of the Line there is no large forest area and there are only scattered trees artificially planted around the peasants’ houses. Occupation of forest land resource due to construction of the Line mainly manifests as occupation of and damage to forest land caused by subgrade excavation and filling. Few forest land resources will be occupied due to construction of the Project. After construction of roads, the green belt and street trees will not only help compensate the forest land loss due to construction of roads but also improve the vegetation coverage of local area to a certain degree.

Therefore, implementation of the Project will not exert adverse impact on forest land resources in the vicinity of the Line.

5.1.4.3 Impacts on mineral resources

Areas in the vicinity of the Line are the main farming areas of farm crops. According to information obtained via field reconnaissance, looking relevant data and consulting the principals of related local departments, there is no important mineral resource distributed in the vicinity of the Line. Hence, implementation of the Project will not interfere with exploitation of important local minerals. In addition, construction of the Project is in favor of improving transportation conditions of areas in the vicinity of the Line and facilitating exploitation and utilization of mineral resources within the project–affected areas.

5.1.5 Land acquisition and house demolition and resettlement compensation

5.1.5.1 Land occupation

Area of land permanently occupied due to construction of the Project is 10.95hm2, involving forest land, cultivated land, wasteland, house site and roads, etc; area of land temporarily occupied is 3.22hm2, involving cultivated land, wasteland, roads, etc.

According to Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007-2020) and Regulatory Plan of

90



Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, land occupied for construction of the Project is planned as industrial land; due to sequence of urban construction and development, the land for the Science & Education Pioneer Park is in a alternative development state. No basic farm land is involved in construction of the Project.

5.1.5.2 Demolition scope and resettlement mode

262 households (750 persons) are involved in the land acquisition of the Project, of which 85 households (178 persons) are simultaneously involved in building demolition. Furthermore, 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 Car Wash are also involved in the demolition. In total, 770 residents are involved in and affected by the Project. The area of buildings and structures demolished totals 24145.585m2, including 4 commercial shops (grocery stores with 10 persons in total) and 3 small enterprises (1 Car Wash and 2 non-staple food processing stores with 10 persons in total). In addition, 500 tombs (private) within the design site of the Project will be relocated. No cemetery will be involved in relocation.

Issues concerning land acquisition and house demolition shall be properly handled in accordance with the relevant local and national provisions. Quality of life of local residents shall not be seriously affected by land acquisition and house demolition.

The house demolition and resettlement of the Project shall comply with the Notice of People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Conducting Resettlement of Unemployed Land-lost Peasants (CFF [2004] No. 1) and Notice of the General Office of the People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Forwarding the Opinions of the Provincial Land and Resource Department on Relevant Issues in Adjusting Land Requisition Compensation and Resettlement Standards (CH [2008] No. 73). Detailed compensation and resettlement plan is shown below:

1) Resettling scheme

According to the provisions of CWF [2005] Document No. 12, farmhouses to be demolished shall be self-constructed by the relocated households and the resettlement measures for house demolition shall be implemented based on uniform site selection and coordination led by the Villagers' Committee in combination with construction of rural socialist countryside. For various compensations ready to be paid to the village, the related taxes shall be paid firstly to the relevant departments at provincial, municipal, county/district levels according to the relevant regulations. Incentive system for development of related service industries shall be taken to promote the harmonious development of economy and society, while the improvement of living standards and quality of the relocated residents are ensured. Centralized resettlement by means of resettling the relocated residents in Yanling Town shall be taken and the resettlement housing area per capita shall be calculated as 30m2.

With respect to social securities for peasants affected by land acquisition, the affected peasants shall be placed into the social security system strictly in accordance with the Notice of the General Office of the State Council on Forwarding the Opinions of the Ministry of Labor and Social Security on Conducting Employment Training and Social Security Work for Land-requisitioned Farmers (GBF [2006] No. 29) and the requirements of Sichuan Province Committee of CCP and People’s Government of Sichuan Province for social securities for peasants affected by land acquisition. Moreover, the social security system of endowment insurance, medical insurance, unemployment insurance, and minimum living standards for the affected

91



peasants shall be established and improved as soon as possible. It is necessary to sum up relevant experience, improve relevant policies and measures and raise the management level, so as to ensure that the original living standards of the affected peasants will not be lowered and their long-term livelihoods shall be guaranteed. Furthermore, corresponding adjustment mechanism shall be established.

It is proposed to develop the villages concerned into small towns according to their zone position, economic strength and development trend in the future and in combination with the status quo of the industrial park, population dwelling, land layout, construction sequence, infrastructure construction and layout and planning.

Resettlement site: Resident Resettlement Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City

2) Resettlement compensation

Means of housing resettlement: Both self-built housing with compensation and uniformly-built housing shall be employed for rural resettlement.

The demolished subject to partial land acquisition and relocation and self-built housing with compensation shall, according to law, re-apply for undergoing land use procedures of house site, with the land area complying with the standards for housing building of rural residents, and the demolished shall build their houses outside the project area under the organization of the collective economic organization.

As for the demolished subject to full acquisition and relocation and uniformly-built housing, compensation for their demolished houses shall comply with the Document (NFF (2008) No. 46). In case that covered area of the resettlement house is identical to the area of house the demolished deserve, settlement and payment of make-up shall be conducted between the demolisher and the demolished; in case that covered area of the resettlement house exceeds area of house the demolished deserve, the demolished shall pay for the exceeding area as per price of commercial house. In case that covered area of the resettlement house is smaller than area of house the demolished deserve, the demolisher shall compensate the demolished by means of monetary resettlement.

Implementation of peasants’ house sites shall depend on the actual situation.

3) Resettlement population and resettlement means

In accordance with Notice of the People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Adjustment of Transfer from Agricultural Residence to Non-agricultural Residence due to Acquisition of Cultivated Land and Proportion of Cultivated Land (CFH (2001) No. 148)

(1) Rural-to-urban resettlement and monetary resettlement for corresponding agricultural households;

(2) The eligible agricultural households to be resettled shall be incorporated into endowment insurance system according to relevant policies;

(3) Persons qualified for minimum living guarantee and unemployment insurance shall be immediately incorporated into the minimum living guarantee system and enjoy the unemployment insurance as per relevant requirements;

(4) Rural-to-urban residents with land acquisitioned shall be completely incorporated into the social security system in urban areas. The government

92



shall carry out training of labor skills for rural-to-urban labor force, and the rural-to-urban resident shall enjoy preferential policies for laid-off workers and the persons waiting for job assignment.

4) Employment arrangement

In combination with the resettlement plan, problems related to livelihoods and development of the peasants shall be well settled by reference to the successful experience of Shuangliu County of Chengdu City in promoting new rural construction incorporated “three concentrations”. Thus, the following measures shall be taken: Firstly, adhering to the idea of “people-oriented”, the construction of resettlement area shall be closely connected with the new rural construction, and the resettlement housing area per capita shall be 30m2, and only cost price shall be paid for such housing. Secondly, re-employment training for the peasants shall be implemented under uniform arrangement of the government to improve their skill levels and encourage them in finding employment opportunities out of the city (county) and becoming urban residents. Enterprises occupied the original land of the relocated peasants shall give priorities to the peasants in employment opportunities. Meanwhile, the peasants shall be given guidance and helps to start private businesses and engage in the tertiary industry. Thirdly, the government shall establish a social insurance and medical insurance system for the land-lost peasants to achieve easy living of the resettled peasants.

According to Notice of People’s Government of Sichuan Province on Conducting Resettlement of Unemployed Land-lost Peasant , Mianyang Municipal People’s Government shall carefully carry out the compensation and resettlement of land acquisition and effectively protect the legitimate rights and interests of local residents affected by land acquisition to keep stable production and improve living standards of residents to be given non-agricultural status after land acquisition, so as to ensure social stability and promote local economic development.

5) Relocation and resettlement costs

770 residents are affected by the Project. Area of buildings and structures demolished is 24145.585m2, and the compensation is 9.50 million yuan in total. Relocation and resettlement costs shall be borne by the Employer.

6) Environmental protection requirements for house demolition

(1) Local governments shall be in charge of prevention of water and soil loss caused by relocation and resettlement, removal of special facilities and prevention of water and soil loss therefrom. The Employer shall implement monetary compensation according to relevant national compensation policies.

(2) Dust of the abandoned buildings and generated by vehicles traveling shall be suppressed via watering; abandoned building materials arising from house demolition shall be properly disposed of and shall be recycled as far as possible. The abandoned building materials which can not be reused shall be transported to the disposal area of the Project; meanwhile, noise generated during house demolition shall not disturb the local residents.

(3) No environmental problems shall be left over after house demolition.

(4) Concentrated resettlement residential areas shall be provided with such supporting facilities for environmental protection as sewage pipe network, refuse collection points, etc. During construction of resettlement residential areas, where environmental impact assessment is required additionally, such

93



environmental impact assessment shall be carried out in accordance with relevant national environmental protection requirements.

5.1.5.3 Analysis of impacts by house demolition and resettlement

House demolition of the Project includes houses of residents, and the local governments shall be in charge of land acquisition and house demolition and resettlement compensation. House demolition and resettlement shall be carried out in accordance with relevant compensation policies of the State, and the Employer shall implement the monetary compensation. The principle of fairness, openness, impartiality and transparency shall be adhered to during implementation of compensation for house demolition. That local residents' quality of life is seriously affected by land acquisition and house demolition shall be avoided.

5.1.6 Summary

1) Construction of the Project will vigorously facilitate the economic development of areas directly affected by the Project, provide re-employment opportunities for surplus rural labor force and promote remarkable improvement of residents' quality of life.

2) Construction of the Project will be in favor of the resource exploitation of areas directly affected by the Project. Although construction of the Line has obvious economic benefits and wide social benefits, occupation of land resources shall be minimized during construction and attention shall be paid to protection of resources in the project area.

3) After the Line is put into operation, the existing infrastructure conditions, such as traffic condition, will be improved.

4) During construction of the Project, issues concerning land acquisition and house demolition shall be properly handled in accordance with relevant national and local regulations, to avoid serious impact on living standards of the local residents caused by such land acquisition and house demolition.

5.2 Ecological environmental impact assessment5.2.1 Analysis of impacts on vegetation and wild animals and plants

5.2.1.1 Impacts on vegetation

1) Destruction of natural vegetation and impacts on agricultural vegetation (agricultural productivity)

The permanent land occupation for the Project construction will occupy and destruct the vegetation along the line of the Project and construction activities will destroy the habitats of the vegetation. Based on investigation results of the vegetation distribution status, the main vegetations impacted by the Project include crops, man-made forests, economic forests and bushes.

Part of the destructed vegetations can be recovered through vegetation restoration of temporary land of construction or forestation. Thus, land occupation of the Project will not make significant impact on the forest coverage in the Project area.

In conclusion, the area impacted by the Project is zonal and the destruction of vegetation caused by permanent land occupation is long-term and unrestorable. However, the wide roadside green belts established after the completion of the Project construction will fill up the gap due to the destruction of vegetation caused by permanent land occupation to some extent.

94



2) Impacts on ecological structure and stability

Such activities during construction period as subgrade paving, mechanical rolling and compaction and trampling of constructors, will destroy directly the trees, bushes and herbaceous vegetation around the construction area, leading to reduced community biological diversity.

According to field investigation, the impacted plants within sphere of influence of the Project are all common species with wide growth range and strong adaptability. Loss of vegetation will bring some influence to the current ecosystem. Nevertheless, the loss area is less than that of the areas along the line of the Project. Thus the road landscaping, vegetation restoration of the temporary land of construction or forestation will make up partial biomass loss. As a result, the construction activities will not influence the stability and completeness of the ecosystem within the Project area.

3) Impacts on national key protected plants and ancient and famous trees

Based on field investigation and reference to the local county annals and relevant forestry data, no national key protected plant and ancient and famous tree has been found within the Project area. And the Project construction will not affect them.

5.2.1.2 Impacts on wild animals

During construction period of the proposed road, the road construction will destroy the original habitat of some wild animals and affect their lives, such as snakes, mousse, hares and some other reptiles, some of which will migrate to other places. But human activities within the area are frequent; the main animals are poultries and live stocks whereas the wild animals are fewer.

The Project is distant to the surface water Fujiang River. And the wastewater of the Project construction will be recycled and reused, not discharged, so it will not affect the surface water directly as well as the aquatic lives.

Therefore, the Project has no considerable impacts on wild animals.

5.2.2 Analysis of impacts on agroecosystem

The main impacts of the road on agroecosystem include change of land utilization form and biomass loss caused by land acquisition.

5.2.2.1 Status quo of land utilization

The proposed project area has moderate climate, rich rain, distinct four seasons, fertile soil with less soil types but better farming conditions and abundant labor resources.

The lands along the line of the Project are cultivated lands and secondarily house sites, forest lands, transportation lands and unused lands (wastelands) (refer to Table 3-1 for details).

5.2.2.2 Analysis of impacts of land acquisition

1) Impacts of project land occupation on agroecosystem

The impact of road construction project on agroecosystem is mainly cultivated land occupation. The occupied cultivated lands will lose the original agricultural production capacity, bringing some loss to the agricultural production of the area along the road. However, the cultivated lands permanently occupied by the proposed road are 10.95hm2, of which the cultivated lands are 6.57hm2 which are less than the

95



cultivated lands within the entire project area. Additionally, there are lots of unused lands along the line of the proposed project. Therefore, the occupied cultivated lands of the farmers along the Project can be made up through development of unused lands. Thus, the Project will cause much impact neither to the local agroecosystem nor to the farmers’ income. And the local government shall well do the coordination.

And as per Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007-2020) and Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, after completion, the road will benefit economic construction of Mianyang City and attract investment, increasing the number of enterprises and creating job opportunities, and the new employees will raise family incomes significantly and drive development of region industry, creating more job opportunities in return. At the same time, with the development of Xinglong Area, the rural economy will make great development, i.e. transfer from crop production to industry and service industry. With work and job training provided by local government and relevant authorities, job opportunities for the original farmers have been broadened and their incomes have been increased. So in stead of impact, the land occupation will bring improvement to their production and living standard.

2) Impacts of land occupation for road construction on primary farmlands

According to project characteristics and specific plan of the area, the proposed road of the Project won’t occupy the primary farmlands.

5.2.3 Analysis of impacts on environment of high-filling and deep-excavation sections with poor geological conditions

1) High-filling and deep-excavation section

The feasibility report of the Project indicates that the high-filling and deep-excavation sections of the proposed road are mainly located on 2#, 4# and 6# Road, and the route is V-shaped generally. The high-filling and deep-excavation sections are 1300m in length totally.

Table 5-1 Conditions of high-filling and deep-excavation works

Road No.

Stake No. at starting

point

Stake No. at ending

pointConditions of high-filling Conditions of deep-excavation

1#K0 K160 Depth 11m in maximum, 6m in

average

K0+480 K1+045 Filling depth 9m in maximum, 4m in average

2# K0+200 K0+313 Depth 10m in maximum, 6m in average

4# K0 K0+360 Filling depth 8m in maximum, 4m in average

5# K0+160 K0+820 Filling depth 6m in maximum, 4m in average

6# K0 K0+320 Filling depth 10m in maximum, 7m in average

High-filling and deep-excavation road sections of the Project will occupy more lands. And the loss of surface vegetation will affect the existing ecosystem to some extent, although the loss area is much less than that of the area along the line of the Project. Subgrade protection is adopted for high-filling and deep-excavation section of the Project, grass-seeding slope protection for filled embankment slope; 3D vegetation net protection for earthy slope and mortar facing wall for rock slope

96



protection, and interception ditch is arranged to intercept the water from slope top, making up the ecological gap to some extent. Therefore, the construction will not impact the stability and integrity of the ecosystem of the Project area.

2) Section with poor geological conditions

According to feasibility report of the Project, no section with faultage, landslide, subsidence, collapse, debris flow and other poor geologies has been found within the Project area.

5.3 Acoustical environmental impact assessment5.3.1 Predictions of acoustical environmental impacts during construction period

1) Characteristics of construction noises of road works:

(1) There are various of construction machines; different construction machines will be adopted in different construction phases, and the number of employed construction machines for the same construction phase is uncertain due to the size and arrangement of the works, which consequently features the contingency of noise occurrence during road construction.<

(2) Different construction machines have different noise characteristics. For instance, construction noises of some machines are in impulse manner, some have low frequency which makes people fidget. Generally, noises of road construction machines are all high.

(3) Some of the various construction machines are fixed during construction while some move continually in a certain range. Compared with fixed noise sources, the latter extends the sphere of noise influence, although its influence is limited within a certain range compared with flow noise sources. With a smaller influence range, the construction machines can be regarded as point acoustic source.

(4) For specific culvert and subgrade works, impacts of construction noises only last for a period of time according to construction schedule and project contents.

2) Analysis on intensity of construction noise source and distance attenuation

The various machines on the construction site include loader, excavator, bulldozer, concrete mixer and vibrator, heavy crane and etc. These machines are the main construction noise sources. In addition, lots of transport vehicles will be employed during construction for filling allocation and transportation of equipment and materials. These transport vehicles, especially heavy trucks, have high intensity of noise radiation, which will make considerable interference to ambient environment of construction site, construction roads and existing roads where they travel frequently. Based on the existing monitoring statistics, refer to Table 5-2 for intensities of common construction machine noise sources and distance attenuation.

Table 5-2 Intensities of common road construction machine noises

Machine type ModelDistance from test point to

construction machine(m)

Maximum sound levelLmax(dB)

Wheel loader ZL40 5 90Wheel loader ZL50 5 90Land scraper PY160A 5 90

Vibratory roller YZJ10B 5 86Duel-drum double-vibration CC21 5 81

97


Mianyang Science and Technology Cityroller

Three-drum roller 5 81Pneumatic tyre roller ZL16 5 76

Bulldozer T140 5 86Wheeled hydraulic excavator W4-60C 5 84

Spreader (Brit.) fifond311 ABG CO 5 82Spreader (Germany) VOGELE 5 87Generator set (2 sets) FKV-75 1 98

Percussion type drilling machine 22 1 87

Conical drum reversing concrete mixer JZC350 1 79

Table 5-3 Distance attenuation of common construction machines noises

Machine type ModelNoise level Leq(dB)

10m 20m 30m 60m 90m 120m 150m 180m 210m 240m 270m 300mWheel loader ZL40 84 78 74 68 65 62 60 59 58 56 55 54Wheel loader ZL50 84 78 74 68 65 62 60 59 58 56 55 54Land scraper PY160A 84 78 74 68 65 62 60 59 58 56 55 54

Vibratory roller YZJ10B 80 74 70 64 61 58 56 55 54 52 51 50Duel-drum double-

vibration roller CC21 75 69 65 59 56 53 51 50 49 47 46 45

Three-drum roller 75 69 65 59 56 53 51 50 49 47 46 45Pneumatic tyre roller ZL16 70 64 60 54 51 48 46 45 44 42 41 40

Bulldozer T140 80 74 70 64 61 58 56 55 54 52 51 50Wheeled hydraulic

excavator W4-60C 78 72 68 62 59 56 54 53 52 50 49 48

Spreader (Brit.) fifond311 ABG CO 76 70 66 60 57 54 52 51 50 48 47 46

Spreader (Germany) VOGELE 81 75 71 65 62 59 57 56 55 53 52 51Generator (2 sets) FKV-75 78 72 68 62 59 56 54 53 52 50 49 48Percussion type drilling machine 22 67 61 57 51 48 45 43 42 41 39 38 37

Conical drum reversing concrete

mixerJZC350 59 53 49 43 40 37 35 34 33 31 30 29

Table 5-4 Influence spheres of the main construction machines noises

Construction stage Machine type Model

Standard (dB) Influence sphere (m)

Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-

time

Earthwork

Wheel loader ZL40

75 55

28 290Wheel loader ZL50 28 290Land scraper PY160A 28 290

Vibratory roller YZJ10B 30 180Duel-drum double-

vibration roller CC21 18 100

Three-drum roller 18 100Pneumatic tyre roller ZL16 10 55

Bulldozer T140 18 180Wheeled hydraulic

excavator W4-60C 14 140

Percussion type drilling machine 22 4 40

98



Construction stage Machine type Model

Standard (dB) Influence sphere (m)

Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-

time

Structure

Spreader (Brit.) fifond311 ABG CO

70 55

19 110

Spreader (Germany) VOGELE 34 190Generator set (2 sets) FKV-75 25 140

Conical drum reversing concrete mixer JZC350 3 16

3) Predictions of noise during construction period

During construction period, acoustic environment sensitive points within a certain range on two sides of the Project will be impacted by the construction noises. Refer to Table 5-5 for predictions of noises caused by construction machines and transportation vehicles in construction period to the key noise-sensitive points.

Table 5-5 Table 5-5 Predictions of noises at key noise-sensitive points during construction period

Unit: dB

Construction site name

Sensitive point name

Stake No. of sensitive point

Distance to

boundary line of

road(m)

Impact analysis

Construction stage

Construction noise

Standard limit Superscale

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Subgrade works

Administrative Area of Mianyang People 's


1# RoadK1+045 150

Construction

preparation for subgrade

works

Removal of earth-rock structure

40-54 60 50 0 0-445-56 60 50 0 0-6

52-61 60 50 0-1 2-11

Subgrade works

Residents in Liujiagou

1# RoadK0+520 60

Construction


works


44-56 60 50 0 0-653-63 60 50 0-3 3-13

58-64 60 50 0-4 8-14

Subgrade works

Settlement in Group 8 of Dabaoliang

Village

2# Road

K0+4040

Construction


works


47-59 70 55 0 0-456-71 70 55 0-1 1-16

65-73 70 55 0-3 10-18

Subgrade works


Village

3# RoadK1+101 40

Construction


works


47-59 70 55 0 0-456-71 70 55 0-1 1-16

65-73 70 55 0-3 3-18

Subgrade works

Primary school of

Dabaoliang Village

3# Road K0+860 100

Construction


works


44-56 60 50 0 0-653-63 60 50 0-3 3-13

58-64 60 50 0-4 8-14

Subgrade works

Dabaoliang Village

committee

3# Road K0+840 60

Construction


works


45-56 60 50 0 0-654-68 60 50 0-8 4-18

63-70 60 50 0-3 13-20

Subgrade 4# Road 70 Constructio Removal of 44-56 60 50 0 0-6

99



works


Village

K0+80

n preparation for subgrade

works

earth-rock structure

53-63 60 50 0-3 3-13

58-64 60 50 0-4 8-14

Subgrade works


Village

5# Road K1+80 50

Construction


works


46-58 70 55 0 0-355-70 70 55 0-3 0-20

65-72 70 55 0-2 10-17

Subgrade works


Village

5# Road K0+300 50

Construction


works


46-58 70 55 0 0-355-70 70 55 0 0-15

65-72 70 55 0-2 10-17

Subgrade works


Village

6# Road K0+200 50

Construction


works


46-58 70 55 0 0-355-70 70 55 0 0-15

65-72 70 55 0-2 10-17

4) Impact analysis

According to Table 5-3 and 5-4, during the construction period, the maximum noise 55m away in day-time and maximum noise 200m away in night-time conform to the standard limits for construction field; the stage of subgrade earthworks and pavement works has the most serious interference of construction noise which affects the settlements near to the road considerably, such as Group 3, Group 6 and Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village, Primary School and Villagers' Committee of Dabaoliang Village. During construction, forbidding high-noise works, heavy construction machines far away from the acoustic environmental sensitive point and other protection measures shall be taken for these acoustic environmental sensitive points in the night.

In conclusion, construction of the Project both in the day-time and night-time will interfere with the normal life, studying and rest of the residents in the above settlements to different extents, especially in night-time. When the Project is close to the acoustic environmental protective object, construction time shall be regulated according to specific conditions, or temporary noise-reducing measures may be adopted, such as simple sound partition around the field. Night-time construction approval must be obtained for construction in the night which and declared to the residents around. With the measures above mentioned, impacts of noise to the sensitive point during construction period can be reduced effectively and noise pollution during construction period can be avoided.

5.3.2 Predictions of acoustical environmental impacts during operation period

5.3.2.1 Prediction mode

Noise prediction mode recommended in Technical Guideline on Environmental s for Noise Impact Assessment (HJ2.4-2009) is adopted for assessment of the Project.

1) Prediction mode of traffic noise

Where:

100



-Equivalent sound level/h of vehicles of Class i, dB (A);

-Speed of vehicles of Class i is Vi, km/h; average energy sound level A at location with a horizontal distance of 7.5m, dB (A);

-Average traffic flow passes some prediction point in day-time and night-time, vehicles/h;

r-Distance from central line of lane to the prediction point, m; (A12) is applicable for noise prediction at prediction point with r ＞7.5m;

Vi-Average speed of vehicles of Class i, dB (A), km/h;

T-Time for calculating the equivalent sound level, 1h;

-Opening angle and radian from prediction point to the two ends of limited road section, refer to Fig. A.2;

Fig. A2 Road section AB and predication point P

-Correction quantity due to other factors, dB (A), may be calculated in the following formulas:

Where:

△L1-Correction quantity due to route factors, dB (A);

△Lgradient -Correction quantity of longitudinal slope of the road, dB (A);

△Lpavement -Correction quantity due to materials of the road pavement, dB (A);

△L2-Attenuation in transmission way of sound wave, dB (A);

△L3-Correction quantity due to reflection, dB (A).

Equivalent sound level of mixed traffic mode is obtained through adding the equivalent levels of traffic flows of all classes. The traffic flow can be divided into vehicles of large, medium and small class, so the equivalent sound level of the total traffic flow is:

2) Radiated noise level of single vehicle

(1) The average radiated noise level (dB) of vehicle of Class

101

gradient pavement



i at the reference point (15m away) is calculated according to the formula

below:

Small vehicle: LA,S= 38.1log(SS)-2.4

Medium vehicle: LA,m = 33.9log(SM)+16.4

Large vehicle: LA,L = 24.6log(SL)+38.5

Where:

the subscribed S, M and L represents for small, medium and large vehicles respectively;

S – average traveling speed of vehicles of this Class, km/h. The Project is road of Class II of city sub-trunk, with design speed of 30km/h. 30km/h is taken for both small vehicles and medium and large vehicles in this calculation.

Classification standard for the vehicles is shown in Table 5-6.Table 5-6 Classification standard for the vehicles

Vehicle type Total mass of vehicleSmall vehicle ＜3.5t

Medium vehicle ＞3.5t, ≤12tLarge vehicle ＞12t

Note: small vehicles normally include vans, cars and wagons with sets not more than 7;

Large vehicles normally include container cars, trailers, engineering trucks, buses (with sets more than 40) and heavy trucks;

Medium vehicles normally include medium trucks, medium buses (7 sets~40 sets), farm cyclecars and other vehicles, except four-wheel (or more) large vehicles and small vehicles, the similar vehicles can be included accordingly.

(2) Correction to source intensity

① Correction quantity △Lgradient of traffic noise source intensity due to road gradient

Correction quantity of road gradient △Lgradient can be calculated according to the formula below:

Large vehicles: △Lgradient=98×β dB (A)

Medium vehicles: △Lgradient=73×β dB (A)

Small vehicles: △Lgradient=50×β dB (A)

② Correction quantity △Lpavement of traffic noise source intensity due to road pavement:

Table 5-7 can be referred to for value taking.

Table 5-7 Conventional pavement correction quantity Lpavement△Pavement L△ pavement

Asphalt concrete pavement 0Cement concrete pavement +1~2

Note: this table is reference only for small vehicles, not for large and medium ones.

③ Attenuation factor α due to absorption of ground cover

102



Attenuation of the sound wave occurs during transmission process due to absorption of ground cover. The two sides of the proposed road are mainly of farmlands with loose soil. And value of α may take 0.5.

④ Noise attenuation △S due to obstacles during transmission

● Attenuation due to trees belt

Additional attenuation due to thick trees belt is 1-2dB(A) per 10m, not greater than 10dB.

● △Lrural houses is the attenuation due to obstacle of rural buildings

Usually the rural houses are very dispersive. In noise prediction, the receiving (prediction) point is arranged in front of the windows of the first row of houses. And the environmental noise level of the houses may be calculated according to Table 5-8 and the figure below.

Calculation diagram of floor area of the 1st row of houses

Fig. 5-1 Noise calculation of multi-row buildings

Table 5-8 Estimation of noise attenuation of buildings

House status Attenuation ΔL RemarksFloor area of the 1st row houses 40-

60%<－3 dB Floor area of the houses shall be

calculated according to the figure above.Floor area of the 1st row houses 70-

90% －5 dB

Every one additional row of houses－1.5 dB

Maximum absolute attenuation ≤10dB

● △Lnoise-affected zone is the diffraction sound attenuation due to embankment or noise-affected zones on two sides of the cutting measured at the prediction point.

When prediction point is at the noise-reached zone, △Lnoise-affected zone ＝0.

When the prediction point is at the noise-affected zone, △Lnoise-affected zone is mainly determined by acoustical path difference δ.

Fresnel number Nmax is used to calculate attenuation of diffraction sound. Nmax is defined as:

Where: Nmax - Fresnel number;

103

S1

○ P (prediction point)

S2 S3 Sn

Lane

1st row

S Floor area of the houses S=S1+S2+……+Sn

Total area of the triangle formed by P, arms of the opening angle of P to the two ends of the row of houses extending to the lane, and the lane, S0=S

Percentage of the houses area=



λ-acoustic wavelength, m;

δ-acoustical path difference, m; δ may be calculated according to the figure below, δ＝a＋b－c.

a-Distance from sound source to edge of subgrade (or top of cutting), m;

b-Distance from receiving (prediction) point to edge of subgrade (or top of cutting), m;

c-Straight distance between sound source and receiving (prediction) point, m.

Attenuation of linear source diffraction sound may be calculated according to the following formula:

Where, t=20×Nmax/3.

Table 5-2 Calculation of acoustical path difference δ

3) Determination of environmental sound level

Environmental noise at prediction point P is:

(dB)

Where:

- environmental noise level at prediction point, dB;

- Road traffic noise value at prediction point, dB;

- Background noise value at prediction point, dB.

5.3.2.2 Prediction parameters

1) Traffic volume

104

sound-

affected

zone

Noise source

Subgrade Receiving pt.Noise-affected zoneSound source to pavement is 0.8m

in height;Receiving point to pavement is 1.2m in height;Sound source is at the equivalent lane of the road;

env.traf. BG

env.

traf.

BG



According to feasibility report of the Project, the Project is proposed to be commenced in May 2010, completed and accepted in April 2012, the characteristics predictions are proposed to be carried out in 2013, 2018 and 2024. For prediction of traffic volume of the Project, the day-time is regarded as 16 hours while night-time 8 hours, the traffic flow in rush hours is regarded as 8% of the whole day (24h); for the final prediction results of traffic volume of the Project, refer to Table 5-9.

Table 5-9 Predictions of traffic volumes of the Project in target years

Characteristics prediction year

Section

2013 2018 2024Daily traffic

volume pcu/d

Peak per hourpcu/h


Peak per hourpcu/h


Peak per hourpcu/h

1# Road 4847 388 6642 531 7539 6032# Road 3880 310 5317 425 6035 4833# Road 7487 599 10260 821 11646 9324# Road 3629 290 4973 398 5645 4525# Road 3862 309 5293 423 6008 4816# Road 4691 375 6429 514 7298 584

2) Car type percentage and day-night ratio

According to comparison data, refer to Table 5-10 for the car type percentage and day-night ratio in the prediction years.

Table 5-10 Car type percentage and day-night ratio

Item Prediction year

Car type percentageDay-night ratio

Small vehicles Medium vehicles Large vehicles2013 49.5% 45.5% 5%

4:12018 53.5% 40% 6.5%2024 56.6% 35.6% 7.8%

3) Traffic flow

Based on the traffic volumes (pcu/d), car type percentage and day-night ratio of the prediction years, the absolute traffic flow of each section can be obtained (pcu/h). Refer to Table 5-11.

Table 5-11Prediction results of peak traffic flows in target years of the Project

Unit: pcu/h

Road

No.Time

Traffic volume2013 2018 2024

Small vehicl

e

Medium

vehicle

Large vehicl

e

Small vehicl

e

Medium

vehicle

Large vehicle

Small vehicle

Medium

vehicle

Large vehicle

1#Day-time 248 227 23 365 272 45 625 391 85

Night-time 62 57 6 91 68 11 156 98 21

2#Day-time 192 176 21 278 161 35 487 305 67

Night-time 49 44 5 70 53 9 121 76 17

3#Day-time 384 276 39 565 418 67 963 610 131

Night-time 96 89 10 141 105 17 241 152 33

4# Day-time 180 163 19 259 195 32 87 59 15

105


Mianyang Science and Technology CityNight-time 45 41 5 65 49 8 22 14 3

5#Day-time 185 172 18 271 205 33 465 291 65

Night-time 46 43 5 68 51 8 116 73 16

6#Day-time 247 226 25 359 269 43 617 387 86

Night-time 62 57 6 90 67 11 154 97 21

According to field reconnaissance results, there are 10 noise sensitive points along the road during operation period of the Project. 7 typical points may be selected for status monitoring. And the monitoring results are used as background value of acoustic environment for predictions of the Project. For calculation parameters of prediction point location, refer to Table 5-12.

106


Table 5-12Calculation parameters of acoustic environment prediction point

S/N

Stake No.

Sensitive point name Location

Orientation relative to

boundary line of road m

Height differenc

e m

Current noise value (dBA) Average monitoring value dBA Overview of

environmentMonitoring time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

1

1# Road

K1+045

Administrative Area of Mianyang


beside the 2nd

Ring Road

/ 150 m, east 2

2010.4.1 57.0 48.1

57.4 48.4

At 30m away from the 2nd Ring Road,

foundation construction is in

process

2010.4.2 57.8 48.6

2

1# Road

K0+520

Settlements in Liujiagou

Chengjiao

Township

60m at two sides of road, opposite to boundary line

0

2010.4.1 51.3 46.7

51.7 46.5

15 households and 50 residents, brick houses

of 1~3 floors, intensively distributed

2010.4.2 52.0 46.3

32#

RoadK0+40


Village

Chengjiao

Township


0

2010.4.1 50.4 46.0

50.2 46.7


of 2~3 floors, dispersedly distributed

2010.4.2 50.0 47.3

4

3# Road

K0+860

Primary School of Dabaoliang

Village

Chengjiao

Township

100m at western side of road, opposite to

boundary line

0

2010.4.1 53.2 45.8

53.4 45.3

12 classes, 400 students and teachers, no boarders, and no

night classes2010.4.2 53.6 44.7

5

3# Road

K1+101


Village

Chengjiao

Township

40m at western side of road, opposite to

boundary line

0

2010.4.1 51.0 45.2

50.7 45.5



2010.4.2 50.4 45.7

6

5# Road

K0+300


Village

Chengjiao

Township


0

2010.4.1 52.6 47.0

52.8 47.3



2010.4.2 53.0 47.5

7

6# Road

K0+200


Village

Chengjiao

Township


0

2010.4.1 51.5 45.4

51.3 45.5



2010.4.2 51.0 45.6

Note: Average value of monitoring results of noise status quo is used as acoustic environmental background value

107


108

Environmental Impact Report of Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries Through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education

Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City

5.3.2.3 Analysis of prediction point location

As per Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007-2020) and Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the quadrate area surrounded by 3# Road, 4# Road, 5# Road and 6# Road of Xinglong Area where the Project is located, belongs to the planned residential land with cultural and educational functions; and all the rest lands are planned as industrial land.

Before 2020, the existing peasant households on two sides of the road will be removed and resettled.

1) In short operation term (2013) and the middle operation term (2018) of the Project, the peasant households on two sides of the road will not be removed temporarily;

2) In long operation term (2024), the peasant households along the road will have been all removed to the quadrate land surrounded by east of 3# Road, west of 5# Road north of 6# Road and south of 4# Road.

5.3.2.4 Prediction results

According to prediction parameters and actual conditions of the Project, the noise prediction values of different places having different distances to the road are shown in Table 5-13; and the prediction figure is shown in Fig. 5-3 - 8.

For noise prediction results during operation period of the Project, refer to Table 5-14, 5-15 and 5-16.

109


Table 5-13 Prediction results of traffic noise at 1# Road of the Project

Operation term Time

Prediction values of traffic noise at different places with different distances to central line of the road dB (A) Standard distance (m)

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m Class 4a Class 2

2013

Day-time 56.4 51.8 48.9 46.8 45 43.6 42.4 41.3 40.4 39.5 20 20

Night-time 51.8 47.2 44.3 42.1 40.4 39 37.8 36.7 35.7 34.9 20 40

2018

Day-time 57.4 52.8 49.9 47.7 46 44.6 43.4 42.3 41.3 40.5 20 20

Night-time 53.1 48.5 45.6 43.4 41.7 40.3 39.1 38.0 37.0 36.2 20 60

2024

Day-time 58.8 54.2 51.3 49.2 47.5 45.9 44.9 43.9 43.1 42.5 20 20

Night-time 54.9 50.3 47.4 45.3 43.6 42.1 40.8 39.8 39 38.2 40 60

Prediction results of traffic noise at 2# Road of the Project

Operation term Time



2013Day-time 57.4 52.8 49.9 47.8 46.1 44.6 43.4 42.3 41.4 40.5 20 20

Night-time 52.7 48.1 45.2 43 41.3 39.9 38.7 37.6 36.6 35.8 20 40

2018Day-time 58.4 53.8 50.9 48.8 47 45.6 44.4 43.2 42.4 41.5 20 20

Night-time 54 49.4 46.5 44.4 42.6 41.2 40 38.9 38 37.1 20 40

2024Day-time 59.8 55.3 52.3 50.2 48.5 47 45.8 44.6 43.8 43 20 20

Night-time 55.8 51.2 48.3 46.2 44.5 43 41.8 40.7 39.8 38.9 40 60

110



Operation term Time



2013Day-time 56.5 51.9 49 46.8 45.1 43.7 42.5 41.4 40.4 39.5 20 20

Night-time 52.1 47.6 44.7 42.5 40.8 39.4 38.1 37.1 36.1 35.3 20 40

2018Day-time 57.5 53.0 50.1 47.9 46.2 44.8 43.5 42.4 41.8 41.2 20 20

Night-time 53.5 48.9 46 43.9 42.2 40.7 39.5 38.3 37.5 36.6 20 40

2024Day-time 59.2 54.6 51.7 49.7 48.1 47.1 46.3 45.5 44.9 44.4 20 20

Night-time 55.5 50.9 48 45.8 44.2 42.9 41.9 41.1 40.4 39.8 40 60


Operation term Time



2013Day-time 58.6 53.9 50.9 48.7 46.9 45.4 44.2 43.1 42.1 41.3 20 20

Night-time 53.9 49.1 46.1 43.9 42.1 40.7 39.4 38.3 37.4 36.5 20 40

2018Day-time 59 54.5 51.5 49.4 47.7 46.2 45 43.9 43 42.1 20 20

Night-time 54.6 50 47.1 45 43.2 41.8 40.6 39.5 38.6 37.7 20 40

2024Day-time 61.1 56.3 53.3 51.1 49.3 47.9 46.6 45.5 44.5 43.7 20 40

Night-time 57 52.3 49.3 47.1 45.3 43.8 42.6 41.5 40.5 39.7 40 60


Operation term Time



111


2013Day-time 57 52 49 46.7 44.9 43.4 42.2 41.1 40.1 39.2 20 20

Night-time 52.1 47.2 44.1 41.8 40 38.6 37.3 36.2 35.2 34.3 20 40

2018Day-time 57.9 52.9 49.9 47.6 45.8 44.3 43.1 42.0 41 40.1 20 20

Night-time 53.3 48.4 45.3 43.1 41.3 39.8 38.5 37.4 36.5 35.6 20 40

2024Day-time 59.2 54.3 51.2 48.9 47.1 45.7 44.4 43.3 42.2 41.5 20 20

Night-time 55.1 50.2 47.1 44.8 43 41.6 40.3 39.2 38.2 37.3 40 40

112



Operation term Time



2013Day-time 60 55.2 52.2 50.0 48.2 46.7 45.5 44.4 43.4 42.6 20 20

Night-time 55.5 50.7 47.7 45.5 43.7 42.3 41.0 39.9 39 38.1 40 60

2018Day-time 61.1 56.3 53.3 51.1 49.3 47.9 46.6 45.5 44.6 43.7 20 40

Night-time 56.9 52.2 49.1 46.9 45.2 43.7 42.5 41.4 40.4 39.5 40 60

2024Day-time 62.6 57.9 54.9 52.7 50.9 49.3 48.2 47.2 46.3 45.6 20 40

Night-time 57.9 53.1 50 47.9 46.1 44.7 43.4 42.3 41.4 40.6 40 60

113



0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m

dB(A)距路中心线不同距离处交通噪声预测值

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

2013 年昼间2013 年夜间2018 年昼间2018 年夜间2024 年昼间2024 年夜间

Fig. 5-3 Traffic noise predictions of 1# Road

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m

40m

60m

80m

100m

120m

140m

160m

180m

200m


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70


Fig. 5-4 Traffic noise predictions of 2# Road in night-time

114

Prediction values of traffic noise at different places with different distances to central line of the road dB (A)

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time




0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70


Fig. 5-5 Traffic noise predictions of 3# Road in night-time

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m


0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70


Fig. 5-6 Traffic noise predictions of Road 4# in night-time

115

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time


Day-timeNight-time

Day-timeNight-time

Day-timeNight-time




0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m dB(A)距路中心线不同距离处交通噪声预测值

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70



0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

20m 40m 60m 80m 100m 120m 140m 160m 180m 200m dB(A)距路中心线不同距离处交通噪声预测值

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70



116

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time


Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time



Table 5-14Prediction values of noise in short operation term (2013)

S/N DescriptionOrientation to the proposed road (m) Location

of monitoring

point

Background Leq(dBA)

Prediction value Leq(dBA)

Standard value Leq(dBA)

Superscale Leq(dBA)

Distance to the boundary line Height difference Day-time

Night-time Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-time Day-

timeNight-time

1

1# Road K1+045

Administrative Area of

Mianyang Armed Police Detachment

beside the 2nd

Ring Road

150 m, east 2Close to

side of 2nd

Ring Road57.4 48.4 57.5 48.8 75 55 / /

2

1# Road K0+520

Settlements in Liujiagou, 1m to the window

60 m at eastern side of road, opposite to boundary line 0

1m to windows of the 1st

row of houses close to the road

51.7 46.5 53.5 48.5 60 50 / /

3

2# Road K0+40Settlements in


Village

40 m at southern side of road, opposite to boundary

line0



50.2 46.7 54.7 50.5 70 55 / /

4

3# Road K0+860Primary


Village

100 m at western side of road, opposite to boundary

line0

1m to the School

Building53.4 45.3 54.8 48.6 60 50 / /

5 3# Road K1+101

Residents in

40 m at western side of road, opposite to boundary line

0 1m to windows of the 1st

50.7 45.5 53.4 47.7 70 55 / /

117



Village

row of houses

close the road

6

5# Road K0+300


Village

50 m at eastern side of road, opposite to boundary line 0



52.8 47.3 54.4 48.8 70 55 / /

7

6# Road K0+20Residents in Group 3 of Dabaoliang

Village

50 m at southern side of road, opposite to boundary

line0



51.3 45.5 51.8 46.1 70 55 / /

Note: Average value of monitored noise f the Project may be taken as background value for prediction.

118


Table 5-15Prediction values of noise in middle operation term (2018)

S/N Description Orientation to the proposed road (m) Location of

monitoring point

Background Leq(dBA)

Prediction value

Leq(dBA)

Standard value Leq(dBA)

Superscale Leq(dBA)


Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

Day-time

Night-time

1

1# Road K1+045Administrative Area of Mianyang Armed Police Detachment beside the 2nd Ring

Road

150 m, east 2 Close to side of 2nd Ring Road 57.4 48.4 57.6 48.8 75 55 / /

2


Liujiagou, 1m to the window

60m on two sides of the road, opposite to boundary line 0

1m to windows of the 1st row

of houses close to the road

51.7 46.5 53.2 48.2 60 50 / /

3

2# Road K0+40Settlements in Group

8 of Dabaoliang Village



of houses close to the road

50.2 46.7 53.6 49.6 70 55 / /

43# Road K0+860

Primary School of Dabaoliang Village

70 m at western side of road, opposite to boundary line 0


of houses close the road

53.4 45.3 54.9 48.8 60 50 / /

53# Road K1+101

Residents in Group 3 of Dabaoliang Village

40 m at western side of road, opposite to boundary line 0



50.7 45.5 53.4 49.0 70 55 / /

65# Road K0+300





52.8 47.3 54.6 49.4 70 55 / /

76# Road K0+20





51.3 45.5 55.4 50.7 70 55 / /

119



120


Table 5-16Prediction values of noise in middle operation term (2024)

S/N Description Orientation to the proposed road (m) Location

of monitoring

point

Background Leq(dBA)

Prediction value

Leq(dBA)

Standard value Leq(dBA) Superscale Leq(dBA)


Night-time

Day-time

Night-time Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-time

1

1# Road K1+045

Administrative Area of

Mianyang Armed Police Detachment

beside the 2nd

Ring Road

150 m, east 2Close to

side of 2nd

Ring Road57.4 48.4 57.6 49.0 75 55 / /

2

1# Road K0+520

Settlements in Liujiagou, 1m to the window

60m on two sides of the road, opposite to boundary

line0



51.7 46.5 53.6 49.0 60 50 / /

3



Village


line0



50.2 46.7 54.4 50.6 70 55 / /

4

3# Road K0+860Primary


Village


line0


row of houses

close the road

53.4 45.3 55 48.9 60 50 / /

5 3# Road 40m on two sides of the 0 1m to 50.7 45.5 54.2 49.9 70 55 / /

121


K1+101Residents in Group 3 of Dabaoliang

Village

road, opposite to boundary line

windows of the 1st

row of houses

close the road

6

5# Road K0+300


Village


line0


row of houses

close the road

52.8 47.3 55.1 50.2 70 55 / /

7

6# Road K0+20Residents in Group 3 of Dabaoliang

Village


line0


row of houses

close the road

51.3 45.5 56.5 51.3 70 55 / /


122



5.3.2.5 Results of impact analysis

1) According to prediction results, standard distance (distance to the boundary line of road) for the noise of the Project can be obtained. Refer to the table below:

Table 5-17 Standard distance for noise (distance to the boundary line of road)

Road

No.Class

Standard distance in 2013 m Standard distance in 2018 m Standard distance in 2025 m

Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-time Day-time Night-time

1 Class 2 7 27 7 47 7 47Class 4a 7 7 7 7 7 27

2 Class 2 7 27 7 27 7 47Class 4a 7 7 7 7 7 27

3 Class 2 7 27 7 27 7 47Class 4a 7 7 7 7 7 27

4 Class 2 10 30 10 30 10 50Class 4a 10 10 10 10 10 30

5 Class 2 12 32 12 32 12 32Class 4a 12 12 12 12 12 12

6 Class 2 10 50 30 50 30 50Class 4a 10 30 10 30 10 30

2) Noise impacts on the sensitive objects in short operation term and long operation term are as follows:

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during short term (2013) is 51.8 - 57.5dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is 47.7 - 50.5dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points.

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during middle term (2018) is 53.2 - 57.6dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is 47.7 - 50.7dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points.

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during long term (2025) is 53.6 - 57.6dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is 48.6 - 51.3dB (A), and no superscale occurs at the sensitive points.

5.3.2.6 Traffic noise of project operation’s impacts on Primary School of Dabaoliang Village

Status quo monitoring value is taken as background value for prediction of impacts on the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village, and west side of school building is 100m distant to boundary line of No.3 Road; according to predictions, the noise value at the monitoring point of Primary School of Dabaoliang Village is 54.8dB during short term (2013) in day-time, 54.9dB during middle term (2018) in day-time, and 55dB during long term (2024), which conforms to acoustic environment quality of Class II area specified by Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008); the noise value at monitoring point of Primary School of Dabaoliang Village is 48.6dB during short term (2013) in night-time, 48.8dB during middle term (2018) in day-time, and 48.9dB during long term (2024), which conforms to acoustic environment quality of Class II area specified by Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008); based on field investigation, there is no boarder and night class in the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village; therefore, traffic noise of the Project operation in night-time will not affect the Primary School of

123



Dabaoliang Village.

The traffic noise of the Project operation in day-time and night-time will not change the class of acoustical environment quality of the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village, either in short term and middle term or in long term; in normal case, the Project will not affect the normal classes in the school mentioned above.

5.3.2.7 Measures and advise to reduce traffic noise pollution

1) Reasonable planning, building layout and controlling of lands on two sides of the road

The lands on two sides of the road shall be planned reasonably and utilization functions of the lands in the vicinity of the Line shall be controlled strictly as per regulations of Article 11 of Chapter II in Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental Noise “when determining the layout of buildings, urban planning departments shall, in accordance with the national standards for acoustic environmental quality and the sound insulation design standards for civil architecture, decide on the rational distance between the structures and the traffic trunk lines in order to keep the structures away from noise as well as the requirements on planning and design accordingly.

In principle, schools, hospitals and intensive residential areas shall not be built or expanded within the noise prevention distance. Besides reasonable planning of functions of the lands on two sides of the road, the building layout and sound insulating design shall be improved to make the indoor environment of the sensitive building meet requirements of utilization functions.

As per noise predication results and the detailed land planning of Xinglong Area in the Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the quadrate area surrounded by 3# Road, 4# Road, 5# Road and 6# Road of Xinglong Area where the Project is located, belongs to the planned residential land with cultural and educational functions; and all the rest lands are planned as industrial land.

Requirements of environmental impact assessment: buildings sensitive to noise such as schools and hospitals, etc should not be built at the first row of both sides of the whole road. If such sensitive points as residential houses, schools, hospitals, administration buildings and commercial buildings must be built within the noise protection distance of the road, Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental Noise shall be complied with. Meanwhile, the Employer shall optimize the architectural layout or take noise insulation measures for front houses near the road so as to ensure that indoor environment may meet the requirements of noise standards for corresponding service functions.

2) Noise pollution control measures

(1) Principles for noise control

The Project is a new road, so the noise control principle shall be subject to the principle of meeting function division of the acoustical environment in the vicinity of the Line in the light of the cardinal principle of “prevention first, integrating prevention with control, comprehensive management” and “polluter manages pollution” of China and with the consideration of regional characteristics of the Project.

124



① In case of no environmental noise superscale of status quo, the traffic noise of the road will create environmental noise superscale. Therefore, measures will be taken to control the environmental noise within the required limit;

② In case of environmental noise superscale, the traffic noise of the road will make it worse. Therefore, measures will be taken to reduce impacts of the road traffic noise to maintain the status quo of the environmental noise as much as possible.

(2) Noise control measures

It is predicted that the noise will not exceed standard during short and medium operation term, and all residents along both sides of the road will move out of this area. If the residents along both sides of the road have not moved out of this area, the Employer shall, in strict compliance with Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution From Environmental Noise, take noise insulation measures for houses of those residents near the road so as to ensure that indoor environment may meet the requirements of noise standards for corresponding service functions.

5.4 Water environmental impact assessment5.4.1 Assessment of water environmental impact in construction period

5.4.1.1 Impacts of construction wastewater and machine maintenance wastewater

1) Construction wastewater

The wastewater produced by construction during construction period will be treated by the temporary sedimentation tank and then recycled and reused totally, without discharging. Therefore, the water around will not be affected.

2) Construction machine maintenance wastewater

During construction, oily wastewater will be created by machine maintenance intermittently. And if it is discharged into water directly, oil film will be formed on surface of the water, which will affect recovery of dissolved oxygen and water quality of the river. Thus, oil removal and sedimentation are required for the oily wastewater which will then be used for spraying and ash reducing in construction field instead of being discharged into surface waters.

The greasy dirt washed off the construction machines by the rain will increase the petroleum concentration in surface waters, and the effect is temporary and minor. The solid matters from the surface runoff and building materials will increase the concentration of the SS in the surface water, and the effect is temporary and minor.

Generally, the water environment in the Project area will be affected in road construction period to some extent. However, the effect will be eliminated along with completion of construction. According to Environmental Impact Assessment, with corresponding environment protection measures, the production and domestic wastewater produced in construction period will cause minor influence on the water environment in the area affected by the Project.

5.4.1.2 Impacts of construction on domestic wastewater

The domestic wastewater will also cause some pollution to the water around if not treated properly. For the Project, local farmers’ houses will be rented instead of building construction camps. And existing septic tanks or latrines will be used. The small quantity

125



of domestic wastewater will be used for fertilizing or irrigating after simple treatment, which will not pollute the surface water environment.

5.4.1.3 Impacts on water environment caused by non-point loss due to raining

During construction period, lots of open excavations and slope fillings create mass of water and soil loss which then enters the waters around, impacting the water environment seriously, even choking the drainage galley and flooding the farmlands. Thus, attention shall be paid to the protection of the exposed slopes during construction period.

During project construction, it is considered to use waterproof cloth to cover the excavated and filled slopes and temporary stack yard lacking protection measures. In this way, the non-point loss due to rain will create minor influence to the water environment around. Besides, all the subgrades of the Project are designed based on flood frequency of one-in-50-year, which can prevent effectively traffic jam and environmental pollution due to flooding.

5.4.2 Assessment of water environmental impact in operation period

The wastewater produced during operation period of the Project is mainly road runoff wastewater. In non-failure condition, the road runoff wastewater may conform to national discharging standard basically, causing no pollution to the environment. But in case of poor maintenance of car, failure and accident, gasoline and engine oil may leak and pollute the road, and be flushed through drainage galley port of the road by rainwater into the rainwater pipe network in the vicinity of the Line, finally be discharged into Fujiang River, which will finally cause petroleum pollution and affect COD in Fujiang River. Therefore, it is suggested to improve traffic management measures to prevent the similar accidents. The wastewater in project area will flow in wastewater pipeline through Hi-tech zone, into Taziba Sewerage Treatment Plant, and finally into Fujiang River.

5.5 Assessment of ambient air impacts5.5.1 Assessment of ambient air impacts in construction period

Asphalt concrete pavement is employed for the proposed road. And pollutions will be made during excavation works, embankment filling, foundation excavation for man-made structures, materials transportation, mixing, spreading and other processes during the construction, which will reduce the air quality.

In construction period of the road, the main atmosphere contaminants include asphalt gas and dust; the former and BaP is created by hot oil evaporation during paving; and the latter is mainly created by excavation and filling works, agitating of asphalt concrete which is open or not sealed completely, traveling of construction vehicles, unpaved road and continuous operation of road machine.

1) Asphalt gas

In pavement works of the road, the asphalt gas mainly occurs during asphalt cracking, cooking and mixing and pavement paving. And asphalt cooking creates the most emission of asphalt gas. The poisonous substances in asphalt gas mainly include THC, hydroxybenzene and 3.4-BaP. The effecting range of asphalt gas is within 100m in downwind direction. No asphalt batching plant shall be established for the Project and all necessary asphalts shall be commercial asphalts purchased locally. According to requirements of Environmental Impact Assessment, the asphalt must be transported in tanks by special vehicles to prevent asphalt from scattering during transportation and polluting the environment. Therefore, the emission concentration of the asphalt gas in the Project is very low, and inferior to the upper

126



limit to emission concentration of asphalt gas specified in Integrated Emission Standard of Air Pollutants (GB16297-1996), causing small influence to the environment.

2) Exhaust of vehicles and construction machines

The fuel machines in construction field mainly include construction machines and transportation vehicles whose exhaust will create CO, HC, NO2 and other pollutants, causing some pollution to the atmospheric environment around the construction points and the road. And the exhaust of transportation vehicles is exhausted during transportation along the traffic route while the exhaust of construction machines is generally exhausted from point source.

Because of good ventilation in construction area, the pollutants in the exhaust can be diffused rapidly, which will not worsen quality of local atmospheric environment. In addition, due to the discontinuous emission of exhaust and the limited construction period of the Project, the influence of exhaust to the local ambient air quality is minor.

3) Construction dust

(1) Production of dust

According to relevant research data home and aboard, quantity of the construction dust is based on many factors. For instance, dust quantity produced in operation of excavator is determined by excavation depth, relative height of grab and ground, wind speed, soil granularity and soil moisture. For spoil yard, the dust quantity is related to stacking way, starting wind speed and protection measures. The research results home and aboard and the analogy investigation indicates that, rather than starting wind speed, the main factors determining the dust quantity include protection measures, wind speed, soil moisture, excavation mode and stacking way of the soil.

Quantity of the dust produced during excavation of the excavator is mainly determined by wind speed, moisture, spoil dispersion and relative height of grab dumping.

During construction period, the dust pollution produced by the construction vehicles is serious and affect a large area. The dust is dust fall with small diameter (10-20μm). And percentages of dust (soil) with different diameters on the unpaved road surface are as follows: 8% for particles smaller than 5μm, 24% for particles of 5-30μm and 68% for particles bigger than 30μm. Therefore, dust is easy to be produced by road in construction progress. However, compared with the dust created by mortar batching, the dust has less harm and shorter affecting period, and what’s more, the dust pollution can be relieved by water spraying.

During paving, the mortar mixing will produce much dust. And the mixing mode includes field mixing and plant mixing, the former means to mix mortar on construction site while the latter means to mix mortar intensively and transport the finished products to the construction section by vehicles. The plant mixing has greater influence quantity and wider influence area, and its pollution range may reach 150m in downwind direction; by contrast, the field mixing has smaller influence quantity and influence area but longer influence route. Thus, the proper mortar mixing mode may be selected in construction period according to actual conditions to reduce TSP pollution.

127



(2) Analysis of dust impacts on the environment

During construction, the dust is mainly produced in excavation, spoil yard and transportation, where the most influencing processes are excavation and vehicles transportation. Because large particles in air fall to the ground rapidly, attention will be focused on prediction of influences of particles smaller than 100μ. With different wind speed and stability, the excavation dust increases TSP concentration of the environment greatly, especially the TSP concentration in close range exceeding the environmental standard value by a few times (10 times in special case). However, as distance grows, the addition to concentration reduces fast; when the distance grows to about 100m, the TSP concentrate becomes conforming to the environmental standard basically, except the case that the earth volume is 200t/d and the dust is 1% of the excavation quantity. In case of high soil moisture, the area with great addition to TSP concentration is normally within 50m at the construction site.

(3) Impacts of construction dust on sensitive points

Based on distribution of environmental protection objects, the dispersive residents within 200m to two sides of boundary line of the road will be influenced to some extent.

To minimize project construction’s impacts on the environmental protection objects, the Environmental Impact Assessment requires taking the following measures during construction:

There are six things must be done and another six things are forbidden during construction. They are as followings respectively: fencing operation, road cementation, provision of washing facilities, wet operation, provision of cleaning staff, regular cleaning of construction site must be fulfilled; while demobilization of vehicles with mud, overloading of slag trucks, construction slag throwing from a high place, site concrete mixing, site ponding and site incineration of wastes are forbidden.

In conclusion, the Project construction will influence the ambient air quality around the construction site to some extent. However, these influences will be eliminated along with the completion of construction. Therefore, the Project construction will not lead to obvious deterioration of local ambient air quality.

5.5.2 Assessment of environmental air impact in operation period

There are few points sensitive to air environment in the assessment area of the Project, so the exhaust emission on pavement will not produce obvious bad impacts to the ambient environment because of air diffusion.

1) Determination of linear source intensity

Emission source of the traveling cars is continuous linear pollution source while central line of the line source is central line of the route.

Determination of line source intensity of the road includes the following steps: calculation of traffic volumes in rush hours and average hourly traffic volumes in the whole day of vehicles of different types based on predictions of traffic volumes of sections and proportions of vehicles of different types provided by Feasibility Study Report of the Project; calculation of average hourly speed based on hourly traffic volume; and determination of exhaust emission factor of a single vehicle based on the average traveling speed; and finally calculation of line source intensity based on

128



emission factor and hourly traffic volume.

(1) Analysis of prediction of traffic volume

According to classification standard for vehicle types (refer to Table 4.5-1) in Specification for Environment Impact Assessment of Highway (JTG B03-2006), the daily traffic volumes of large, medium and small vehicles can be obtained; and then based on the distributions in day-time and night-time and rush hours, the traffic volumes in day-time and night-time of the road in different prediction years can be obtained.

(2) Calculation of source intensity of traffic exhaust

Source intensities of the traffic exhausts, such as CO, NO2 and THC, may be calculated according to the following formula:

3

1

13600i

ijij EAQ

Where:

Qj is the source intensity of gaseous pollutants of Class j, mg/ (s· m);

Ai is the hourly traffic volume of vehicles of Class I in prediction year, pcu/h;

Eij is the single-car emission factors of pollutant of Class j exhausted by car of Class I in the prediction year when dedicated motorway is in operation. According to Specification for Environment Impact Assessment of Highway (on trail) (JTJ005-96), refer to Table 5-18 for reference values of single-car emission factors; the design traveling speed may be taken as 30km/h to calculate the pollution source intensities in the prediction years, and the calculation results are shown in Table 5-19.

Table 5-18Reference values of single-car emission factors

Unit: mg/ (pcu·m)

Average speed km/h 50.00 60.00 70.00 80.00 90.00 100.00

Small vehicles

CO 31.34 23.68 17.90 14.76 10.24 7.72NO2 1.77 2.37 2.96 3.71 3.85 3.99THC 8.14 6.70 6.06 5.30 4.66 4.02

Medium vehicles

CO 30.18 26.19 24.76 25.47 28.55 34.78NO2 5.40 6.30 7.20 8.30 8.80 9.30THC 15.21 12.42 11.02 10.10 9.42 9.10

Large vehicles

CO 5.25 4.48 4.10 4.01 4.23 4.77NO2 10.44 10.48 11.10 14.71 15.64 18.38THC 2.08 1.79 1.58 1.45 1.38 1.35

Note: in calculation, multiply the NOx by 0.8 (empirical coefficient) and work out a NO2

for calculation.

Table 5-19Pollution source intensities of traffic exhaust in the prediction years

Unit: mg/m.s

Prediction year Pollutant Daily average

2013CO 0.99NO2 0.31THC 0.37

2018 CO 2.15NO2 0.66

129


Mianyang Science and Technology CityTHC 0.84

2024CO 2.90NO2 0.94THC 1.15

2) Prediction results

Analysis results in the table above indicate that the ambient air quality along the Project in the prediction years can conform to the standard of Grade II specified by Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996).

5.6 Impact analysis of solid waste5.6.1 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste during construction period

The solid waste during construction period mainly consists of two kinds: one is from earth and stone and construction waste arising from road construction and house demolition, of which the stripped topsoil shall be transported to the temporary stack yard and shall be blocked with woven bags filled with earth around the yard to reduce the exposure of topsoil and the rain wash;

and the other is from the waste in the construction site, including the abandoned building materials, packing materials, etc., which often exists in the vicinity of such structures as the construction workshop. These abandoned building materials and packing materials produced in construction can be recycled as resources, avoiding not only wasting but also environmental pollution caused by cluttering.

Due to not building new construction camps for the project but renting local peasants’ buildings as the camps, the management for domestic refuse mainly relies on the refuse disposal facilities of the peasants nearby, thus, the amount of refuse in the construction site and the environmental impacts are reduced.

5.6.2 Environmental impact analysis of solid waste during operation period

No domestic refuse is produced because this Project is not provided with service areas after being put into operation. The solid waste during operation period, mainly from the waste produced by the associated persons and solid waste scattered by vehicles will affect the landscape, pollute the air, spread disease and endanger human health if it is not well disposed. Therefore, to prevent causing environmental impact, it shall be subject to centralized collection and then transported to local refuse landfill for centralized disposal, which will not affect the local environment.

5.7 Landscape impact assessment5.7.1 Identification of landscape environmental impact

The environmental impact from the proposed road landscape is mainly characterized by:

1) land occupation, especially land occupation by permanent works causing destruction to ground vegetation which is unrecoverable;

2) subgrade filling and excavation bringing certain effects to vegetation, topography and landforms on the land in the vicinity of the Line;

3) landscaping works within the scope of project site affecting the landscape environment in the vicinity of the Line; and

4) the effects on the landscape environment in the road areas caused by the proposed roads after being built and put into operations.

130



5.7.2 Analysis of landscape impact during construction period

The landscape impact during construction period is mainly characterized by the destruction to vegetation, topography and landforms caused by filling and excavation operations, resulting in increase of landscape homogeneity, decrease of landscape diversity and aggravating of topography and landform fragmentation within construction areas.

5.7.2.1 Impact on the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line by land occupation by the Project

The impact on the landscape by land occupation by the Project is mainly characterized by that on the vegetation, landforms and landscapes in the vicinity of the Line.

1) Impact on the landscapes by permanent land occupation by the Project

Permanent land occupation by the Project, mainly referring to such land occupation as that for main works and traffic facilities, has unrecoverable destruction to the original ground vegetation. Therefore, this Project will have great impact on the vegetation and landscapes in the areas in the vicinity of the Line, mainly characterized by excavation of ground surface, destruction to vegetation, fragmentation of topography in the construction areas, etc., so as to produce strong visual contrast.

2) Impact on the landscapes by land occupation by temporary works

Land occupation by temporary works mainly refers to that for the construction workshop.

The temporary works, mostly providing services for the execution of the Project, require better topography and traffic conditions as well as better land and vegetation status, while the execution of works also cause great disturbances to the ground vegetation and landforms in the construction areas, mainly characterized by the environmental pollution by production and domestic wastes, the air pollution by dust emissions and the visual pollution by excessive dust laying on the plant branches and leaves, which is prone to causing burns or mechanical damages. However, the temporary land for works is easy to be reclaimed and utilized due to good fertility of most of its soil horizons; restoration of its vegetation can be realized in a short time after the construction has been completed; and meanwhile, it is far away from cities and trunk roads. Accordingly, there would be little impact on the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line by the land occupation of the temporary works.

5.7.2.2 Impact on the landscapes by filling and excavation operations of the works

The filling and excavation operations mainly refer to that of the subgrade works.

Apart from the destruction to ground vegetation, the impacts on the landscapes by filling and excavation operations of the works are mainly characterized by certain disturbances to the topography and landforms in the vicinity of the Line. Furthermore, excavation of ground surface aggravates the fragmentation of the local topography and landforms and then affects the habitat and breeding environment for wild life to decrease the regional landscape diversity; but it has little effect owing to short construction period and small excavated volume of the Project.

5.7.3 Landscape environmental impact during operation period

1) The impact on the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line by the proposed road landscaping

131



Permanent land occupation by the Project, mainly referring to such land occupation as that for main works and traffic facilities, has unrecoverable destruction to the original ground vegetation and is mainly characterized by excavation of ground surface, destruction to vegetation, fragmentation of topography in the construction areas, etc., so as to produce strong visual contrast. Landscaping for the recoverable land occupation by the Project, including the road areas, helps alleviate the loss of occupied farmland in the vicinity of the Line to a certain extent, and the road landscaping is also an important part of the local landscape environmental construction. Therefore, this Project would have little impact on the vegetation and landscapes in the vicinity of the Line.

2) The impact on the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line by the transport operation

The proposed roads, after being put into operation, will increase jamming to natural landscapes in the vicinity of the Line to a certain extent, resulting in landscape homogeneity increased and diversity decreased. But at the same time, the functional integrity of the road networks will further increase the level of industrial development in the vicinity of the Line and the comprehensive strength and reinforce the cultural environment construction, which promotes the ecological concept of sustainable use and protection of landscape resources advance.

5.8 Comparison, selection and evaluation of the project alternatives The current linear programming, prepared in line with Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, that is a construction plan developed in combination of the actual on-site terrain and considering such factors as slope, geological structure, green vegetation, human traffic, industrial layout and distribution of settlements, is characterized by economical cost, optimal route and least amount of excavation and filling. Therefore, it is considered in EIA that the construction programming is in compliance with the local conditions and has a relatively small impact on the environment.

After finishing the construction of roads in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the road traffic system with “urban primary/ secondary trunk roads as the skeleton, public transport and infrastructure as carrier” to suitable for economic development of Mianyang City will be gradually formed, which sets the stage for cars entering to households. According to the planning of road network of Mianyang City, roads in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City will serve the Xinglong Area and important roads in Science and Technology City, and will form the trunk road network system of Mianyang City together with the planned roads such as the 2nd ring road. Construction of the Project will promote the development and construction of the west areas of Mianyang and even the whole city, and will help optimize the road network system of Mianyang City.

The construction of the Project will help further optimize the road skeleton of Science & Education Pioneer Park, promote the development of Mianyang’s industry, offer more job opportunities and give play to greater economic and social benefits. Construction of the Project will facilitate promotion of the quality of life and living standard of the neighboring residents. Therefore, it is deemed in the Environmental Impact Assessment that the construction of the Project is necessary and will have positive effects on the development of surrounding environment.

132



6. Water and Soil ConservationThe water and soil conservation plan corresponding to this Project is put forward according to the water and soil loss features during construction and the protection requirements with an aim to control and reduce the water and soil loss caused by execution of the works, guarantee the safety of construction and operation and protect water and soil resources and improve ecological environment, in accordance with the relevant state laws and regulations as well as the relevant requirements of the administrative departments and based on the comprehensive data collection and field survey.

6.1 Survey on water and soil loss6.1.1 Existing conditions of water and soil loss

The area of the Project is dominated by water erosion in terms of water and soil loss, mainly in the form of surface erosion accounting for 97.6% of the loss area; and in the area there are three levels of soil erosion intensity, that is the light, moderate and serious levels, of which the light and moderate levels are dominant. Besides, there are three main types of eroded land, i.e. the agricultural land, wasteland and grassland, of which the agricultural land is the main type. However, soil surface erosion will occur to various extents no matter what landforms or land types are.

As the construction project, the Project is the linear project in shallow hill area. Location of the Project belongs to the areas under key control against water and soil loss announced by the People’s Government of Sichuan Province, and the grade of prevention and control standard is II.

Area subject to water and soil loss amounts to 10845km2, accounting for 53.46% of the area of Mianyang City (20286km2). Area subject to water and soil loss is about 41.3km2, which takes up 46.82% of the area of the Chengjiao Township (88.2km2) where the Project is located. See Table 6-1 for status quo of water and soil loss of Chengjiao Township where the Project is located.

Table 6-1 Status quo of water and soil loss of Chengjiao Township

Erosion intensity Light Moderate Serious Total

Chengjiao Township

Area subject to loss (km2) 17.55 20.11 3.64 41.3Accounting for area subject

to loss (%) 42.5 48.7 8.8 100

Accounting for the area (%) 19.9 22.8 4.1 46.8

Table 6-2 Intensity of water and soil loss and classification of soil erosion

S/NIntensity of

water and soil loss

Water and soil loss area Soil erosion

Area(km2) Ratio (％)

Average modulus of

erosion (t/km2.a)

Erosion value

Proportion of the total (%)

1 Slight erosion / 5002 Light erosion 17.55 42.5 1500 26325 21.16

3 Moderate erosion 20.11 48.7 3700 74407 59.82

4 Serious erosion 3.64 8.8 6500 23660 19.02Total 41.3 100 / 3011 100

The Assessment Area is characterized by shallow hills in terms of terrain, normative farming of the peasants and moderate intensity of water and soil loss, with 3011t/km2.a of

133



the average modulus of erosion, 14.17hm2 of the land occupation by the Project and about 427t/a of the water and soil loss. According to the National Standard for Classification and Gradation of Soil Erosion (SL190-2007) and Technical Code of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation (GB/T16453.1-1996), the place where the Project is located is classified as the moderate erosion area as regards the intensity of water and soil erosion.

6.1.2 Factors for water and soil loss

Main factors for water and soil loss are the natural and human factors.

1) The natural factors include: centralized precipitation distribution and heavy rainfall; broken terrains and great numbers of mounds and hills; loose and easily weathered rocks; and weak erosion resistance of the thin and shallow soil horizons.

2) The human factors include: high population density and cultivation index in the agricultural area; deforestation and decreased vegetation coverage; cultivation along slope direction and unscientific farming methods; construction of development projects and paying no attention to scientific water and soil conservation measures.

6.1.3 Damage from water and soil loss

1) Destruction of land resources

Water and soil loss makes the soil horizons thin, the texture coarse and the fertility decreased, all of which heavily destroy the land resources.

2) Damage to river courses, water conservancy projects and agricultural facilities

A large amount of silt is washed by rain and flows down with water during heavy rain, and then is deposited in ponds, reservoirs, weirs, canals and farmland to cause silting which seriously affects the water storage and carrying capacity of water conservancy projects and normal growth of crops. Therefore, water and soil loss is one of the great hidden dangers to destroy water conservancy projects, resulting in not only shortening of service life of the water conservancy projects, but also spending plenty of manpower and financial resources every year on dredging to clear canal systems.

3) Destruction of ecological environment and constraint of regional economic development

6.2 Prediction of water and soil loss6.2.1 Analysis of new water and soil loss in the project construction

The investigation and analysis of the project route planning, route arrangement and topography and landforms in the vicinity of the Line indicate that the landform type in the vicinity of the Line is the shallow hill. During the road construction period, such main factors as excavation of road side slopes and temporary stacking of topsoil result in destruction of original surface soil, vegetation and other water conservation facilities. Under external force, the increased amount of original surface soil loss enlarge the new water and soil loss and damage by soil erosion in the project construction; while during the project operation period, the new water and soil loss in the project construction will continue under the premise of taking no protective measures after the disruptive activities are stopped in the execution of works.

As a linear project, road construction is characterized by large area of excavation and filling in the construction process, so the related activities can not be completely confined within the land acquired by the Project due to the limits by terrain conditions, especially

134



in the section subject to excavation and filling. The impact on slopes from the construction activities and the loss of topsoil stacked all together in the vicinity of the Line will enlarge the direct affecting range of the Project during the road construction period; in addition, during the road route planning and route arrangement process, the land occupation and affecting range of the local sections due to relocation of housing and other facilities to meet the needs of road layout, is also caused by the project construction.

In summary, the extensive damage to the original ground surface caused in process of the road construction and the new water and soil loss is mainly concentrated in the project construction period and, to specify the qualitative relationship between the project construction and new water and soil loss, is specifically analyzed as follows.

6.2.1.1 Main works

1) Subgrade excavation

According to the route length, subgrade width and grade and route arrangement of the Project and subject to the terrains and landforms in the vicinity of the Line, there is large area of excavation in the process of the road construction.

It is shallow hill area in the vicinity of the Line and the road is mainly occupied by cultivated land. Excavation of the works will damage the original surface vegetation and ground flora, change the present land-use situation of the original ground surface and destroy the natural stable state of the original ground surface. Moreover, loss of the water and soil conservation function of the original ground surface and weakening of the erosion protection and soil fixing capability owing to bareness of slopes may produce water and soil loss in the form of surface erosion and ditch erosion, affected by the natural and human factors.

2) Subgrade filling

Filling works for the local sections in the vicinity of the Line are mainly executed by earth and rock excavation of subgrade and exploitation of the dune sand and mudstone chippings on the road sides. Expansion of the affecting range in the vicinity of the Line mainly results from rolling down of the filling materials during the filling process; meanwhile, the filling slope surface is prone to producing water and soil loss in the form of surface erosion and ditch erosion because it is a loose bed and is affected by precipitation and human factors.

3) High-filling and deep-excavation section

The high-filling and deep-excavation sections of this Project are mainly concentrated in Section 2#, Section 4# and Section 6#. The Project route does not cover any section with special geological conditions.

Design and construction shall be carried out in accordance with the Code for Design of Highway Subgrades (JTGD30-2004). The engineering geological data in the design documents shall be reviewed in the preparatory stage to determine the construction machinery and ensure the project quality; staged excavation shall be executed in the construction of the deep-excavation sections, and when it is excavated to the designed elevation and the next construction stage cannot be continued, the protection layer shall be reserved to mitigate the erosion of water, etc. to the road section and road base; and excavation of slopes shall be carried out by sectional remedying down from the excavated section and the new excavated slopes shall be subject to cutting for each 2 – 3 m, meanwhile, collapse rocks and loose soil lumps shall be removed. Also, the new excavated slopes shall be subject to slope cutting in accordance with the design and construction requirements for highway

135



subgrades to prevent water and soil loss.

The materials with high strength and good water stability or light materials shall be used as fillings for the filling sections; besides, the subgrade carrying capacity shall meet the design requirements under which the subgrade shall be subject to treatment for the special sections or in the case of insufficient carrying capacity, and the covered soil layer shall be removed from the subgrade with shallow covered layer. Settlement observation shall be executed during the construction process and filling velocity shall be controlled in accordance with the design requirements; furthermore, construction arrangement shall be given preference to for the high-filling sections to ensure smooth transportation of the earth and stone in the excavated sections to reduce the temporary land occupation. One platform shall be provided at an interval of 3 - 5 m for the high-filling sections to ensure the section stability.

6.2.1.2 Temporary works

The Project construction shall be provided with 2 production sites for temporary construction with 2.1hm2 of temporary occupied land and 1 temporary stack yard of topsoil with 1.12hm2 of temporary occupied land. However, execution of the works and activities of daily living will increase water and soil loss in the Project Area to a certain extent.

6.2.1.3 Demolition and relocation and house building

Such activities as demolition, relocation, resettlement and house building, causing destruction of original landscapes, will produce water and soil loss to a certain extent. Moreover, such activities as population migration, house building and construction of ancillary facilities will cause occupation and destruction of local vegetation and produce new water and soil loss.

6.2.2 Prediction range and period of water and soil loss

6.2.2.1 Division of prediction range and unit

The prediction range of the Project includes the main works zone and temporary construction zone which is divided into the construction and production site and the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil, covering a total area of 14.17hm2 in which the permanent land occupation accounts for 10.95hm2 and the temporary land occupation accounts for 3.22hm2.

According to the distribution of water and soil loss, construction features and intensity of land disturbance of the works, the Project area is divided into the main works zone, the construction and production site and the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil (see Table 6-3).

Table 6-3 Division of prediction unit and prediction period

Prediction unit

Construction period (year)Natural recovery period (year)

RemarksConstruction

period / service lifetime

Prediction period

Main works zone 2010.05 - 2012.04 2 2

The construction period is 2 years and there will be certain water and soil loss in the uncemented

parts after the completion of construction.

Construction and production zone

2010.05 - 2012.04 2 2

The construction period is 1.0 years and there will be certain water and soil loss during the

natural recovery period.

136


Mianyang Science and Technology CityTemporary stack yard of stripped

topsoil

2010.05 - 2012.04 2 2

The construction period is 1.0 years and there will be certain water and soil loss during the

natural recovery period.

6.2.2.2 Prediction period

According to the Technical Code on Soil and Water Conservation of Development and Construction Projects (GB50433-2008), the prediction period for the water and soil loss of the Project includes the construction preparation period, construction period and natural recovery period.

The construction preparation period, mainly referring to the period for preparation of material procurement and transportation, supply of access road, electricity and water, is short for the Project. Except the material procurement and transportation that shall be subject to preparation in advance, the supply works of access road, electricity and water are simultaneously carried out with the main works, meanwhile, surface disturbance and water and soil loss is rarely occurred by using existing roads for construction access roads and connecting with urban power and water supply facilities nearby for the construction power and water supply. Therefore, the construction preparation period shall be incorporated into the construction period for prediction together.

During the construction period, such construction activities as subgrade excavation and filling, stacking of building materials and mechanical rolling in the vicinity of the Line have caused destruction of the original stable landscapes and vegetation in the vicinity of the Line, disturbance of soil structure and changing of the existing topography. Moreover, water and soil loss increases on the excavated surfaces and loose and bare surfaces where there is no vegetation coverage and the land erosion resistance reduces, under the erosion of wind and water power. Therefore, the construction period is the key point of this prediction. The water and soil erosion will reach the maximum intensity upon the completion of the civil works construction. According to the design of the main works, the total construction period is 24 months, lasting from May 2010 to April 2012. The prediction period for the water and soil loss in each zone will be determined according to the surface disturbance duration and the follow-up results of the impact from the Project. The construction period of the works is 0.5 – 2 years which exceed the length of a rainy season and so the prediction period for the construction period is fixed to be 2 years in view of the worst case.

After the completion of the construction, the water and soil loss will be significantly reduced because the factors for the erosion caused by the construction disappear gradually and the surface disturbance stops on the whole. However, there will be a certain amount of water and soil loss during the natural recovery period due to the fragile ecological environment, the weak ability to resist disturbance and the difficulty to restore in case of the destruction of vegetation in the Project area, where the natural recovery period will be about 2 years according to the relevant data of the Project area, accordingly, the natural recovery period for each unit of the Project will also be calculated by 2 years. The total prediction period for each prediction unit this time is identified as 2 years after completion of the Project (see Table 6.2-1).

6.2.3 Contents and methods of water and soil loss prediction

6.2.3.1 Contents of prediction

According to the construction characteristics and actual situation of the works as well as the Technical Code on Soil and Water Conservation of Development and Construction Projects (GB50433 - 2008), the prediction contents of the Project are determined. See Table 6-4 for details.

137



Table 6-4 Contents of prediction

S/N Prediction object Prediction method

1 Area of disturbed original landscapes and damaged land and vegetation

Determination by analysis of the data for design of the main works in combination with field investigation

2 Amount of spoils Determination by analysis of earthwork balance

3 Area of damaged water and soil conservation facilities Determination by survey research

4 Water and soil loss amount during the construction period

Determination by method of analogy and survey research

5 Water and soil loss amount during the natural recovery period

Determination by method of analogy, field investigation and expert prediction

6 Damage from water and soil loss Determination by analysis of disturbance and damage degree

6.2.3.2 Prediction method

The soil loss amount, possibly produced on the disturbed surfaces during the construction process, will be predicted by the method of analogy in this programme, in compliance with the characteristics of the natural environment and the features of construction disturbance and water and soil loss of the Project, and will be calculated as:

Where:

Wdisturbance - water and soil loss amount on disturbed surfaces (t);

F - water and soil loss area caused by construction (hm2);

P - soil erosion modulus in each construction workshop (t/km2·a);

T – prediction period (a);

i – prediction zone

6.2.4 Prediction of water and soil loss

6.2.4.1 Area of disturbed original landscapes and damaged land

The construction of the Project will disturb all of the surfaces in the occupied area, with an area of 14.17hm2, by which the area of disturbed original landscapes and damaged land is shown in Table 6-5.

138



Table 6-5 Summary of area of disturbed original landscapes and damaged land and vegetation in the Project area

S/N Item Forest land (hm2)

Cultivated land (hm2)

Wasteland (hm2)

House site (hm2)

Road (hm2)

Total (hm2)

Permanent land

occupation Main works 1.26 6.57 0.67 1.72 0.73 10.95

Temporary land

occupation

Construction and

production site

1.22 0.83 0.05 2.1


stripped topsoil

0.63 0.41 0.08 1.12

Subtotal 1.85 1.24 0.13 3.22Total 1.26 8.42 1.91 1.72 0.86 14.17

6.2.4.2 Predictive analysis of the amount of spoils

The total amount of excavation in the Project is 218,000m3 (including 98,000m3 of the stripped topsoil), of which 120,000m3 can be utilized for subgrade filling with a utilization rate of 55% and the stripped topsoil shall be temporarily stacked in the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil and used for road landscaping and vegetation recovery at the late stage of temporary works, resulting in a utilization rate of excavation reaching 100%. Meanwhile, the total amount of filling is 376,000m3, of which 256,000m3

of the earth and rock is required to be transported from outside for the main works and apart from use of the spoils in the construction site nearby (such as the spoils produced by execution of works along the west side of the 2nd Ring Road), the remaining earth and rock volume will be supplied by purchase of river gravel from the local building materials market.

The amount of excavation in the construction of the Project is much less than the amount of filling so that the earth and rock of excavation can be completely used for subgrade filling in the filling sections to reduce the temporary land occupation; meanwhile, due to the large earthwork volume (256,000 m3) transported from outside for the Project, the spoils produced in the construction of other works (which have been under construction found by site survey, such as the Administration Section for the Armed Police Detachment of Mianyang City) in the Project area can be used for the filling of the Project; and the coordination and control by higher authorities can ensure that part of the spoils will be used as earth and rock for the filling of the Project. Furthermore, the insufficient part can be supplied by purchase of gravel as the filling materials by the Project construction unit from the building materials market (the quarry yard) in Mianyang City and the river gravel can increase the subgrade carrying capacity to a certain extent to ensure the construction quality. The assessment concludes that it is feasible to transport the surrounding spoils for filling, and the source for the filling materials of the Project is reliable, as a result, the programme is reasonable.

6.2.4.3 Prediction of water and soil loss amount

1) Water and soil loss area

The prediction of water and soil loss area during the construction period and natural recovery period is separately carried out according to the conditions of construction disturbance and surface cementation and buildings after construction, and the

139



prediction result indicates that the water and soil loss area is 14.17hm2 and 3.22hm2

during the construction period and natural recovery period respectively. See Table 6-6 for details.

Table 6-6 Prediction of water and soil loss area

Prediction unit

Area of constructio

n zone (hm2)

Area of constructio

n disturbance

(hm2)

Area of buildings (structures

) (hm2)

Cementation area (hm2)

Erosion area during constructio

n period (hm2)

Erosion area during natural

recovery period (hm2)

Control zones of the whole section

Main works zone 10.95 10.95 10.95 3.22

Construction, production and living

site

2.1 2 0.1 2 2


stripped topsoil

1.12 1.12 1.12 1.12

Subtotal 14.17 14.07 0.1 14.07

2) Soil erosion modulus

(1) Determination of the background value of soil erosion modulus in the Project area

The land occupied by the Project mainly consist of three types: the cultivated land, grassland and wasteland, with a terrain slope of 5° - 30° and a vegetation coverage of 20% as well as a good water and soil conservation function. According to the distribution of intensity of water and soil erosion and combined with the analysis of the latest remote sensing data, the Project area, as an area with light to moderate erosion, has a background value of soil erosion modulus of 3011t/km2.a.

(2) Selection of analog project

The soil erosion modulus during the construction period and natural recovery period of the Project can be used for analogy among the road construction projects with the similar topography and landforms, soil and vegetation types and climatic conditions and the same construction technologies. The soil erosion modulus in each prediction zone can be attained and the water and soil loss amount of the corresponding prediction zones of the Project can be deduced by survey and analysis of the analog projects.

As a result of short construction mileage of the Project, the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway is only selected as the analog project during the construction period and natural recovery period of the Project, based on the analogy of the related information and data of the Expressway in those two periods.

The proposed route corridor of the Project is similar to the analog project (the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway), both belonging to high-grade roads and having many similar points in terms of the project components. Therefore, it is reasonable and feasible to select the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway as the analog project during the construction period and natural recovery period of the Project. See the following table for the similarity comparison of natural

140



environmental conditions between the proposed project and the analog project.Table 6-7 Similarity comparison of natural environmental conditions with the analog project

Analogy items The Project (proposed) Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway (built)

Topography and landforms

The topography is dominated by hills in the middle and upper reaches of the Fujiang River to northwest of the Sichuan Basin, characterized by large changes of relief, 530 – 575m of the land elevation, over 40m of the relative relief and high in the west and lower in the east. Hills dominate the Project area.

The landforms can be mainly divided into the river valley depositional landform and low mountain hilly landform. The river valley accumulation landform, distributed discontinuously mainly along the two sides of the Tuojiang River and its tributaries and dominated by floodplains and high terraces, can be classified as the erosion and deposition landform based on its genetic type. The low mountain hilly landform can be mainly divided into shallowly and deeply incised hills.

Location Mianyang City Chengdu City, Mianyang City, Neijiang City, etc.

SoilThe soil in the vicinity of the Line is dominated by paddy soil and purplish soil, with the other soil types scattered.

The soil along the Project area is dominated by paddy soil, purplish soil and alluvial soil. Besides, there is also a small amount of yellow soil scattered along the area.

Vegetation

The native zonal vegetation in the area belongs to subtropical evergreen broad-leaved forest and the actual vegetation generally belongs to crops and artificial vegetation.

The native zonal vegetation in the area belongs to subtropical evergreen broad-leaved forest with complex compositions and the actual vegetation generally belongs to crops and artificial vegetation.

Meteorological

characteristics

The Project area has a humid subtropical monsoon climate with four distinct seasons characterized by early spring, long summer, short autumn and warm winter, a mean annual temperature of 16.3℃, maximum air temperature of 37℃ and minimum air temperature of 7℃, an annual average relative humidity of 79%, an average frost-free period ranging from 253 days to 301 days, an annual mean rainfall of 960.4mm, maximum annual rainfall of 1700mm, minimum annual rainfall of 577.5mm and maximum daily rainfall of 186.0m with the rainfall time mostly concentrated from June to September and the storm period from July to September, a maximum wind speed of 15.7m/s, an average wind speed of 1.1m/s and a prevailing wind direction being northwest.

The Project area has a humid subtropical monsoon climate characterized by early spring, hot summer, cool autumn, warm winter and abundant rainfall, a mean annual temperature of 16.7℃, extreme maximum air temperature of 41.1℃ and minimum air temperature of -3.8℃, an annual mean rainfall from about 900 to 1200mm mostly concentrated in the three months from June to August accounting for 50% of the annual mean rainfall, an uneven seasonal distribution of rainfall with droughts and floods frequently occurred and Winter foggy, an annual average relative humidity of 81% and a sunshine rate from 29% to 31%. Moreover, it is not cold in Winter and the frost and snow is rare in the area.

Water and soil loss

Water erosion is dominant in the vicinity of the Line and the soil erosion is dominated by light and moderate erosion.

Water erosion is dominant in the vicinity of the Line and the soil erosion is dominated by light and moderate erosion.

To sum up, the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway can be selected as an analog project for the Project since they are similar basically in natural conditions and the same disturbance methods and characteristics of water and soil loss.

(3) Survey on the soil erosion modulus in the analog project zones

The soil erosion modulus for each construction unit in the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway during the construction period are determined by survey on the typical plots in the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway during the construction

141



period (the surveyed sections are selected in the hilly areas and the water erosion amount is estimated mainly by measuring eroded gullies) and on the basis of relevant research data. Given that the ratio between the surface erosion amount and gully erosion amount in terms of the water erosion is 3:7, the estimation formula of the specific erosion modulus is as follows:

Where:

A – soil erosion modulus (t/km2·a);

V – volume of eroded gully in the plot (m3);

r - soil bulk density (1.30t/m3);

S – area of the plot (m2);

a – year of water and soil loss (a).

The survey on the typical plots for each prediction unit in the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway is shown and the erosion modulus is estimated as follows:

Table 6-8 Estimation of erosion modulus in each prediction zone after construction disturbance of the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway

No. Type of works Construction period

Area (m2)

Calculation results

(t/km2·a)Remarks

1 Main works

Excavation of slopes 1994.4 600 11800

The excavated slopes are severely-weathered mudstone slopes with the slope ratio of 1:1 and

are unprotected single-stage slopes without intercepting ditches and external catchment.

Filling of slopes 1994.4 300 11500 The slope ratio is 1:1.5 and the average slope

height 5m, unprotected.

2 Spoils yard 1994.5 1200 12800

The yard belongs to single-stage slopes with the slope ratio of 1:1, unprotected, without

intercepting ditches and external catchment. The slope of the flat ground in the pit is about

5%, unprotected.

3Temporary

construction facilities

1994.6 400 8500 The soil is compacted, without external catchment.

4 Construction access road 1994.5 600 9500

The inside severely-weathered mudstone slopes have a slope ratio of 1:1, without intercepting

ditches and external catchment. The longitudinal slope on the road surfaces is 5%,

unprotected.

(4) Soil erosion modulus in the proposed project zones

The prediction value of soil erosion modulus for each exposed works during construction period of the Project is determined by analysis of the analog project based on the specific circumstances of the Project. Thereinto, the prediction value of the main works can be based on the soil erosion modulus for subgrade excavation and filling of slopes in view of its soil erosion characteristics similar to that of the main works; and the prediction value of the

142



temporary works for temporary production and living land can take the soil erosion modulus for each construction unit of the analog project in view of its soil erosion intensity slightly smaller than that of subgrade in the absence of any protection.

Water and soil loss will not occur on the road surface because it has been paved with asphalt concrete and has been fully cemented in the initial operation period. However, the subgrade and temporary construction unit will still have a small amount of water and soil loss due to the lagging effect of the forest-grass protection works. By field survey on the Chengdu-Chongqing Expressway that has been put into operation (mainly survey and analysis of the conditions of vegetation recovery and soil erosion in such areas as the main works, spoils yards, construction access roads and temporary construction facilities, with the survey factors such as vegetation coverage, tree growth, number of eroded gullies and soil erosion resistance) and combined with the forest-grass restoration site conditions of the Project, the erosion modulus in each prediction zones during the natural recovery period of the Project can be deduced. See Table 6-9 for details.

Table 6-9 Soil erosion modulus for each prediction unit after disturbance

S/N Prediction unit Erosion modulus during construction period (t/km2.a)

Erosion modulus during natural recovery period (t/km2.a)

1 Main works zone 12000 7100

2 Construction and production site 8800 5400

3 Temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil 10300 6100

3) Prediction of possible amount of water and soil loss

Quantitative calculation of the soil erosion amount and new erosion amount during construction period and natural recovery period can be conducted respectively according to the prediction period, soil erosion modulus, water and soil loss area, etc., with the detailed calculation results in Table 6-10 and 6-11.

Table 6-10 Prediction of water and soil loss amount

Prediction unit

Construction period Natural recovery period

Prediction period (year)

Erosion areahm2

Erosion modulu

s t/km2•a

Erosion amount

(t)

Prediction period (year)

Erosion area

hm2

Erosion modulust/km2•a

Erosion amount

(t)

Control zones of the whole section

Main works zone 2 10.95 12000 2628 3 3.22 7100 686

Construction and

production site

2 2.1 8800 370 3 2 5400 324

Temporary stack yard of stripped

topsoil

2 1.12 10300 230 3 1.12 6100 205

Total / average 2 14.17 11391 3228 3 6.34 9581 1215

143



Table 6-11 Summary of water and soil loss amount

Prediction unit Construction period (t)

Natural recovery period (t) Total (t)

Main works zone 2628 686 3314

Temporary land zone

Construction and production site 370 324 694

Temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil 230 205 435

Total 3228 1215 4443

The above analysis and prediction results show that the total water and soil loss amount in the Project area during the construction period and natural recovery period amounts to 4443t, of which the amount of new water and soil loss is 3589t (the current water and soil loss amount is 854t).

6.2.4.4 Possible hazards of water and soil loss caused by constructionThe Project, during its construction process, has increased the water and soil loss in the construction area due to disturbance and destruction of the original landscapes and, if without any water and soil conservation measures, will adversely affect the water and soil resources and ecological environment of the Project and in the vicinity of the Line and even endanger the safe operation of the road. Its main potential hazards are as follows:

1) Destroy vegetation, resulting in deterioration of ecological environment in the vicinity of the Line

The occupation of cultivated land, forest land, wasteland and other facilities with the function of water and soil conservation by construction of main works, excavation of stock yards, construction and living site, taking up an area of 14.17hm2, will cause destruction of surface vegetation in the Project area to decrease the forest-grass coverage and deteriorate the ecological environment in the vicinity of the Line.

2) Bring impact on rivers, increase sediment content and affect water quality

The route is located by the Fujiang River, a surface river. The road construction will cause new water and soil loss amount of 3589t and the sediment will flow into the downstream channel as water current, resulting in increased sediment content and sediment deposition in rivers in the vicinity of the Line and affecting the water quality and environment of the rivers.

3) Construction sites and construction activities cause destruction of landscapes in the vicinity of the Line

The total length of the route in the recommended plan for the Project is 4.06km. During the construction period, the total amount of excavation in the Project is 218,000 m3 (including 98,000m3 of the stripped topsoil), of which the stripped topsoil is temporarily stacked in the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil and used for road landscaping and vegetation recovery at the late stage of temporary works, resulting in a utilization rate of excavation reaching 100%. Meanwhile, the total amount of filling is 376,000 m3. if the temporary stack yard is not well protected, a large number of construction sites and construction activities will cause destruction of the landscapes in the vicinity of the Line to a certain extent.

144



6.2.5 Comprehensive analysis of water and soil loss prediction results

6.2.5.1 Prediction results

1) The construction will disturb and destroy land with an area of 14.17hm2 and the types of disturbed land include cultivated land, grassland, water surface, wasteland and roads (original roads);

2) The main works will not produce any spoils, and no disposal area is arranged; and

3) The construction will cause 4443t of water and soil loss, of which the new water and soil loss amount is 3589t.

6.2.5.2 Comprehensive analysis prediction results

1) The water and soil loss produced by the construction mainly arise in the construction period. During the construction process, the water and soil loss significantly increases as a result of increased scouring action by water power to disturb ground surface and loose deposits on the surface, producing 3228t of new water and soil loss which accounts for 72.65% of the total amount of water and soil loss. Therefore, the construction period shall be taken as the key period of water and soil loss control and water and soil conservation monitoring;

2) The main works, an important source of water and soil loss in the Project, have a large range of disturbance, long lasting time and great erosion amount, with 1215t of the new soil water and soil loss amount which accounts for 27.3% of the total amount of water and soil loss, and so it will be listed as the key area of water and soil loss control and monitoring; and

3) Though the construction, production and living site and the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil produces small amount of water and soil loss, the water and soil loss caused by construction can not be ignored and should be subject to control and monitoring.

6.3 Water and soil loss control objectives and principles6.3.1 Selection of water and soil loss control standards and determination of control

objectives

The Project is determined as the construction project and linear project in shallow hill area according to the Control Standards for Soil and Water Loss on Development and Construction Projects (GB50434-2008). It is located in the areas under key control against water and soil loss announced by the People’s Government of Sichuan Province and has Grade II prevention and control standard.

The control objectives in design level years are shown in Table 6-12.

Table 6-12 Calculation of control objectives in design level years

Normative standards Modified according

to precipitatio

n

Modified according to soil erosion

intensity

Modified according

to topograph

y

Standards

Construction period


Construction period


Treatment percentage of disturbed land (%)

* 95 * 95

Controlled percentage of water and soil

* 85 +3 * 88

145


Mianyang Science and Technology Cityloss (%)Controlled ratio of soil erosion 0.5 0.7 0.5 0.7

Percentage of dammed slag or ashes (%)

90 95 90 95

Recovery percentage of the forestry and grass (%)

* 95 +3 * 98

Percentage of the forestry and grass coverage (%)

* 20 +3 * 23

Note: "*" in above table indicates that the index value shall be obtained through dynamic monitoring according to the implementation progress of the approved measures for the water and soil conservation plan and used as one of the basis for final acceptance.

6.3.2 Arrangement principles of prevention and control measures for water and soil loss

The Project is a new one to be built, so the water and soil conservation plan shall be prepared in accordance with the provisions in the Technical Code on Soil and Water Conservation of Development and Construction Projects and Regulations for Administration of Preparation, Submission and Approval of Water and Soil Conservation Plan of Development and Construction Projects. According to the survey on the natural environment and water and soil loss status quo in the vicinity of the Line, through the analysis of route arrangement, combined with the characteristics of road construction projects and on the basis of prediction of the new water and soil loss amount in the execution of works and its hazard level, the prevention and control measures for water and soil loss in the Project are arranged and comply with the following principles:

1) In combination with actual construction situations and water and soil loss status quo in the Project area, the control measures shall be made well suited to local conditions and problems, and shall be subject to combination of prevention and remedying, overall design, comprehensive layout and scientific programming.

2) The destruction to original landscapes and vegetation shall be reduced and the spoils yards shall be reasonably arranged.

3) Attention shall be paid to ecological and environmental protection during the construction process of the Project and temporary protective measures shall be set to reduce the human disturbance in the construction process.

4) Attention shall be paid to gaining successful experience in the local water and soil conservation.

5) The control measures shall be made to establish the idea of harmony between man and nature, respect the laws of nature and focus on coordination with the surrounding landscapes.

6) The engineering measures, vegetation measures and the provisional measures shall be subject to reasonable arrangement and over-all consideration to form an integrated protection system.

7) Local materials shall be selected and used for the Project to the maximum extent, with the result that they are technically reliable and economically reasonable.

8) The vegetation measures shall be made to select and use the local species as far as

146



possible, in consideration of the effects of landscaping.

9) The arrangement of prevention and control measures shall be made closely connected and mutually coordinated with the main works to form a whole.

6.3.3 The prevention and control measure system for water and soil loss and its overall layout

The prevention and control of water and soil loss in the Project area shall be subject to the “Three Simultaneity” system. The arrangement of water and soil conservation measures shall be conducted from a general point of view, beginning from the overall to the local and from the essentials to the general, without any repetition and omission, shall be differentiated in order of importance and comply with the following general guidelines: organic combination of the engineering measures and vegetation measures, supplementation by point-line-surface prevention and control of water and soil loss and bringing the control function and effectiveness of the engineering measures into full play to ensure water and soil loss being controlled or reduced in a short period, and insisting on water and soil conservation by implementation of the land treatment and forest-grass measures to achieve complete control of water and soil loss.

The water and soil loss control in the Project is mainly targeted at the construction area, where the road temporary construction facilities zone and main works zone are intended to be the key control zones considering that the water and soil loss there will be most serious. When protective measures are arranged in the zones, attention shall be paid not only to the water and soil loss characteristics in the respective zones and the corresponding control measures, key points and requirements, but also to the connection, continuity, integrity, systematicness and scientificity of the control zones.

Prevention and control shall be conducted and specific strategies and measures shall be put forward depending on the water and soil loss characteristics in different control zones and the respective characteristics of topography, landforms, geology, soil conditions, etc.

The Project area has been planned as the industrial land according to related planning. The cut-over land for construction shall be subject to land treatment, that is the performance of land leveling, reclamation and remediation, planting forest and grass for water and soil conservation, or secondary ploughing to form the “surface” prevention and control. The three-dimensional integrated control system shall be formed by organic combination and interaction of the point-line-surface prevention and control measures to achieve ground surface protection, ecological environment improvement and water and soil loss control and further change the water and soil loss from being passively controlled to comprehensively developed and treated.

6.4 Prevention and control measures for water and soil loss6.4.1 Arrangement principles for prevention and control measures

Based on the environmental characteristics in the Project area and combined with the engineering characteristics of the Project and the existing prevention and control measures for the main works, the principles for arrangement of water and soil conservation measures are developed as follows:

1) Integrated with actual construction situations and water and soil loss status quo in the Project area, the measures shall be made well suited to local conditions and problems, and shall be subject to combination of prevention and remedying, comprehensive layout and scientific programming.

2) Attention shall be paid to ecological and environmental protection during the

147



construction process of the Project and temporary protective measures shall be set to reduce the human disturbance in the construction process.

3) Attention shall be paid to gaining successful experience in the local water and soil conservation and the advanced technologies from home and abroad.

4) The idea of harmony between man and nature shall be established, the laws of nature shall be obeyed, and attention shall be paid to the coordination with the surrounding landscapes.

5) The engineering measures, vegetation measures and provisional measures shall be subject to reasonable arrangement and over-all consideration to form an integrated protection system.

6) Local materials shall be selected and used for the Project to the maximum extent, with the result that they are technically reliable and economically reasonable.

7) Vegetation measures shall be made to select and use the local species as far as possible, in consideration of the effects of landscaping.

8) The arrangement of control measures shall be made closely connected and mutually coordinated with the main works to form a whole.

As regards the control periods, the water and soil loss produced during the construction period shall be subject to key control. As regards the control zones, the water and soil loss produced in such works zones as the temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil and ditch excavation site shall be subject to key control and the water and soil loss control in other works zones shall be also taken into considerations at the same time, achieving the principle of integration and coordination of overall and local, essential and general control to fully control the water and soil loss in the Project area.

6.4.2 The prevention and control measure system and the overall layout

6.4.2.1 The prevention and control measure system for water and soil conservation

According to the characteristics of the Project and water and soil loss, the general approach to the arrangement of water and soil conservation measures in the Project is to take the prevention and control of water and soil loss as the ultimate goal, the temporary stack yard of topsoil as the key control zone and the construction period as the key period, and integrate the existing water and soil conservation measures in the main works to comprehensively plan the arrangement of the prevention and control measure system for water and soil loss, with the aim of combination of provisional measures and engineering measures and combination of "point-line-surface" prevention and control to form an integrated protection system.

The water and soil loss control works system is shown in the block diagram 6-1, where the symbol indicates the measures listed for the main works.

148



6.4.2.2 Overall layout of water and soil conservation measures

Please see Table 6-13 for the detailed overall layout of water and soil conservation measures

Table 6-13 Overall layout of prevention and control measures for water and soil loss

S/N Control zone Water and soil conservation measures

1 Main works zone

1. Intercepting ditch; 2. Earth drainage ditch; 3. Mortar drainage ditch; 4. grass-seeding slope protection; 5. Grass-seeding protection by 3D vegetation net; 6. Road landscaping; 7. Topsoil stripping; 8. Non-gauze coverage; 9. Soil woven-bag fence

2 Construction and production zone

1. Land treatment; 2. Grass seeding; 3. Color steel plate fence; 4. Drainage ditch

3Temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil

1. Land treatment; 2. Grass seeding; 3. Woven-bag fence; 4. Drainage ditch

6.4.3 Typical design of water and soil loss control works

6.4.3.1 Typical design of water and soil conservation in the control zone of the main works

The control zone of the main works (mainly including the subgrade, pavement and culvert works) covers an area of 10.95hm2 with a total road length of 4.607km in the Project, where the water and soil loss is mainly from the subgrade excavation and backfilling, pavement works construction and filling on slopes, dominated by water erosion in the form of surface and rill erosion.

In the light of the source and characteristics of water and soil loss, the water and soil conservation measures in the control zone of the main works are dominated by the engineering and vegetation measures (drainage, grass-seeding slope protection, grass seeding protection of 3D vegetation net and road green belt) listed in the main works with the water and soil conservation function. Due to the concentrated rainfall in the area, the prevention and control measures in various designs during construction period will easily lead to the occurrence of a large number of water and soil loss before their implementation. Accordingly, the plan gives supplementation to the provisional measures for water and soil conservation which should be taken in the execution process of the main works and combines with the prevention and protection measures, with the focus on

149

Soil erosion control system

Engineering measures

Provisional measures

Main works zone

Vegetation measures

Topsoil stripping, non-gauze coverage, soil woven-bag fence

Woven-bag fence, drainage ditch

Grass seeding

Fig. 6-1 Soil erosion control system

Land treatment

Color steel plate fence, drainage ditch

Grass seeding



Land treatment

Construction and production zone

Vegetation measures



Temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil

Vegetation measures

Grass-seeding slope protection, grass-seeding protection by 3D vegetation net, road landscaping

Intercepting ditch, earth drainage ditch, mortar drainage ditch



prevention of water and soil loss occurred in the construction process.

1) Engineering measures

The engineering measures in the control zone of the main works are dominated by the drainage measure.

(1) Earth drainage ditch

The earth drainage side ditch is arranged in the filling subgrade section, with the filling height less than that of the foot of the embankment slope (1.5m high).

The earth drainage ditch takes the form of the trapezoidal section with the bottom width of 0.6m, depth of 0.6m and slope ratio of 1:0.5, and the longitudinal slope is consistent with the ground slope with not less than 3%.

(2) Mortar drainage ditch

The mortar drainage ditch is arranged in the excavation subgrade section and the inside of the subgrade excavated platform.

The mortar drainage ditch takes the form of rectangular section with the bottom width of 0.5m and depth of 0.5m, of which the side wall and bottom plate is 0.3m thick and the longitudinal slope is consistent with the slope of the Line.

(3) Mortar intercepting ditch

The intercepting ditch is arranged at 2m of the outside slope crest of the excavated slope.

The intercepting ditch takes the form of rectangular section with the bottom width of 0.5m and depth of 0.5m, of which the side wall and bottom plate is 0.3m thick and the longitudinal slope is consistent with the ground slope with not less than 3%.

2) Vegetation measures

The main vegetation measures in the control zone of the main works are grass-seeding slope protection, grass seeding protection of 3D vegetation net and road green belt, which are respectively arranged on the filling subgrade slope, the earth slope above the excavated subgrade and the sidewalk on both sides of the road.

(1) Grass-seeding slope protection

The grass-seeding slope protection, which is designed and arranged for the main works, has an area of 0.649hm2 and the technical points as follows:

The grass seeds are Bermuda Grass, ryegrass and clover, which are all grade one seeds, and their seed quantities per hectare are 20kg, 20kg and 20kg respectively, in the method of mixed seeding.

Earth loosening and leveling with about 15cm thick shall be conducted before seeding grass in the springs. The land with poor soil moisture content and coarse sandy soil shall be subject to deep seeding while the land with good soil moisture content and sticky soil shall be subject to shallow seeding. The earth with 1 – 2cm thick shall be covered and compacted after seeding. Reseeding is required at the position lack of seeding in the next year after seeding to prevent topsoil erosion.

(2) Grass seeding protection of 3D vegetation net

The grass seeding protection of 3D vegetation net, which is designed and

150



arranged for the main works, has an area of 0.721hm2 and the technical points as follows:

The grass seeds are Bermuda Grass, ryegrass and clover, which are all grade one seeds, and their seed quantities per hectare are 20kg, 20kg and 20kg respectively, in the method of mixed seeding.

Cleaning up of working surface: the working surface shall be cleaned up before execution of the works to make its average convexo-concave extent to be ±15cm with the maximum extent not exceeding ±30cm.

Laying and nailing of the nets: the 3D vegetation net shall be spread out from top to bottom closing to the slope, with its top end embedded in the drainage ditch on the slope crest. The adjacent nets shall be overlapped with each other, requiring the lap width not less than 10cm, and shall be fixed with U nails made of soft iron. The mesh faces of the nets shall be laid upwardly and along the slope. Furthermore, tightening up of the nets is strictly prohibited in laying.

Alien earth: it is formed by mixing humus soil together with decomposed organic fertilizer, peat or silt, water retention agent, adhesive and manure, and shall be air cured, smashed and sieved to remove the particles with the diameter over 25mm before using. The layer of the alien earth (its thickness is required to be not less than 5cm) shall substantially parallel with the convex surface of the 3D net and the slope surface shall be ensured smooth, without any exposed, empty or pressed net cover. Adding organic fertilizer in the covered earth can improve the soil cluster structure and create a more conducive growth environment for plants. The covered earth shall be stabilized through filling soil many times in small amount and spraying water fully until the net covers are not exposed to ensure it is full of net covers without being pressed. The dosage of active fertilizer can be appropriately increased to enhance the early sprouting rate and promote the early growth of plants, meanwhile, the amount of phosphate fertilizer shall also be considered to promote the growth of the plant root, which lays the growth foundation for plant growing in the earlier and later periods.

Hydroseeding: the earth shall be fully irrigated to make the earth layer wet to the depth of 15cm before hydroseeding, and then the hydroseeding slurry, which is formed by mixing and blending the seeds (that have been subject to disinfection and bud forcing treatment) with fiber, adhesive, water retention agent, compound fertilizer, slow release fertilizer and bacterial manure through hydroseeder, shall be evenly sprayed on the working surface under the action of the hydroseeder pump.

Covering: the slope surface shall be covered with a layer of non-woven fabrics of which the specification is 14g/m2 and which are fixed by the bamboo nails with a length of 15cm. When the plants grow to about 3cm, the non-woven fabrics shall be uncovered to prevent the growth of plants being impeded.

Curing management: the curing management of watering, fertilizing and pest control shall be conducted at the germination and seedling stages of the seeds to keep the slope surface moist and nutrient sufficient, prevent and control the plant diseases and pests and ensure the grass vegetation grows well so that the purpose of water and soil conservation will be achieved finally.

(3) Road green belt

151



The main works have been provided with 1835 road green trees and the road green belt shall be arranged in combination with the urban street landscape and subject to the relevant professional design.

3) Temporary measures

(1) Topsoil stripping

The topsoil of the field mud and the cultivated topsoil shall be stripped before the execution of subgrade works, with the stripped thickness of 0.15 - 0.3m, the stripped area of 10.95hm2 and the stripped earth volume of 34,700m3. Simultaneously, the stripped topsoil shall be temporarily stacked together with a stacked height of not more than 3m and shall be used as the surface covered earth for the green belt after the completion of the subgrade works.

(2) Temporary covering measures for slopes

Though the earth-rock works shall be subject to excavation and filling during the winter and spring (dry seasons), as required by the construction organization and technology, it cannot be excluded that the earth-rock works will be continued to the summer (rainy season). As a result, consideration shall be taken into the scouring erosion caused by rainfall and runoff to the slopes not being protected and the non-woven fabrics shall be used for temporary covering on the subgrade slopes for which the protection has not been completed in time. According to the experience in mountainous highway construction in Sichuan Province and considering the rainfall characteristics in the Project area, temporary covering in the rainy season is proposed to be performed for the sections with the slope height greater than 1.5m, and the arranged coverage area to be 122,000 m2.

Please see Table 6-14 for the detailed water and soil conservation measures and volume of works in the control zone of the main works

Table 6-14 Summary of water and soil conservation measures and volume of works in control zone of the main works

Control zone

Measure type

Construction scale Volume of worksContent of measures Unit Scale Content of works Unit Qty.

Control zones of

the whole section


Intercepting ditch m 1130 M7.5 mortar stone m3 847.5

Earth drainage ditch m 1850 Manual

excavation m3 945

Mortar drainage ditch m 1130 M7.5 mortar stone m3 847.5

Land treatment hm2 1.12 Manual loosening of earth and rock 18700

Vegetation measures

Grass-seeding slope protection m2 6490 Grass seeding kg 38.9

Grass-seeding protection by 3D

vegetation netm2 7210 Slope protection

area m2 13700

Road landscaping m 4607 Street trees No. 1835


Topsoil stripping hm2 10.95 Stripped earth

volume m3 34700

Non-gauze coverage

m2 12200 Coverage area m2 12200

152


Mianyang Science and Technology CityWoven-bag

fence m 2420 Soil filled in woven bags m3 3000

Color steel plate fence m 1104

6.4.3.2 Typical design of water and soil conservation of construction sites

Two temporary construction and living areas are set for this Project, covering an area of 2.1hm². Measures for water and soil conservation are not considered when the main works of the Project is designed, so such measures as temporary retaining and drainage, land consolidation and grass seeding are supplemented.


The engineering measures for the prevention-and-treatment zone of the construction site will be mainly land consolidation. Upon completion of construction, temporary buildings shall be removed, and the soil of the occupied land of the construction site shall be loosened and the surface of that shall be leveled, with the thickness of the loosened soil between 25-30cm, so as to facilitate the vegetation restoration and the land cultivation.


The landscaping measures for the construction site will be mainly grass seeding. Rye grass shall be sown at the rate of 60kg per hectare. For the planting methods, please refer to the other parts of this chapter.


Temporary measures of the construction site include color steel plate fences and temporary drainage ditches

(1) Color steel plate

Color steel plate fences are built up surrounding the construction sites and living quarters in order to reduce the disturbed area of earth surface. A Φ50mm steel pipe with the length of 120cm is punched 30cm into ground at an interval of 5m of the boundary line of the designated area as the upright column. Two crossbars are fixed onto each upright column with fasteners to support the color steel plate of which the specification is 100cm×120cm, which is then fixed onto the crossbars with iron wires. Upon completion of the construction, all the materials for building the fences shall be removed and recovered.

(2) Temporary drainage ditches

A temporary drainage ditch is arranged 1m outside the color steel plate fence, and the exit of the ditch is collected to natural drainage channel. The temporary drainage ditch is built in the shape of trapezoid, with the bottom width of 0.6m, the depth of 0.6m, the side slope of 1:0.25, and the longitudinal drop no less than 3‰, based on the size of adjacent drainage ditch.

Water and soil conservation measures of construction sites and living quarters and volume of works are as follows:

Table 6-15 prevention-and-treatment zone of construction sites and living quarters and volume of works

Prevention & treatment

zone

Measure type

Construction scale Volume of worksContent of measures Unit Scale Content of works Unit Quantitie

sConstruction Engineerin Land hm2 2.1 Manually loosening m3 6000

153



and production prevention &treatment zone of the whole road

section

g measures consolidation earthwork

Temporary measures

Color steel plate fence

m 250 Length of color steel plate fence m 250

Drainage ditch m 280

Manually excavating earthwork m3 120

Manually backfilling earthwork m3 30

6.4.3.3 Typical design of water and soil conservation for temporary topsoil stack yard

A temporary topsoil stack yard is provided for this Project, which covers an area of 1.12hm². Measures for water and soil conservation are not considered when the main works of the Project is designed, so such measures as temporary retaining and drainage, land consolidation and grass seeding are supplemented.


Upon completion of the temporary stacking, the topsoil of the stack yard shall be loosened and surface shall be leveled. The thickness of the loosened topsoil shall be between 25-30cm, so as to restore the land cultivation.


The vegetation measures for the construction site will be mainly grass seeding. Rye grass shall be sown at the rate of 60kg per hectare. For the planting methods, please refer to the other parts of this chapter.


The temporary measures for temporary topsoil stack yard include earth-filled woven-bag fences, and temporary drainage ditches.

(1) Earth-filled woven-bag fence

The stripped topsoil shall be gathered and temporarily stacked, with the designed stacking height of 2.5m. Before stripping topsoil, the covering area of the temporary topsoil stack yard shall be calculated (based on the conversion coefficients of 1.19 from natural earthwork to loosened earthwork) in accordance with the stripped topsoil volume. Leveled ground not easily washed by runoff shall be set as stack yard, and the borderlines of the ground shall be defined by a 1.2m high and 0.6m thick temporary fence that is built up with earth-filled woven-bags which are arranged in one header-two stretchers. The stripped topsoil shall be stacked temporarily within the earth-filled woven-bag fences, and the topsoil shall be tamped manually. Upon completion of the construction, the stacked topsoil may be used for backfilling, and the stack yard shall be immediately cleared, leveled and tamped.

(2) Temporary drainage ditch

In order to prevent water that flows from slopes scouring stacked topsoil, an earth drainage ditch designed to be 220m long will be dug 1m away from the stack yard borderline, which will lead the water that flows from slopes into natural drainage channel. The section of the drainage ditch is designed based on the construction experience of local drainage ditches, for which a standard trapezoidal section is adopted, with the top width of 80cm, the bottom width of 50cm and the depth of 50cm.

Water and soil conservation measures for temporary stack yard of stripped topsoil and volume of works are as follows.

154


Mianyang Science and Technology CityTable 6-16 Summary of water and soil conservation measures for temporary stack yard of stripped

topsoil and volume of works


zone

Measure type


s


topsoil


Land consolidation hm2 1.12 Manfully-

loosening soil m3 3647

Temporary measures

Woven-bag fence m 188.0 Woven-bags filled

with earth m3 203


Manually excavating earthworks

m3 95

Manually backfilling earthworks

m3 25

6.4.4 Volume of works of prevention and treatment measures

Volume of works of water and soil conservation measures, vegetation measures, and temporary measures of the project are summarized in Table 6-17,6-18,6-19.Table 6-17 Summary of volume of works of water and soil conservation measures

Prevention & treatment zone

Construction scale Volume of worksContent of measures Unit Scale Content of works Unit Quantities

Main works zone

Intercepting ditch m 1130 M7.5 mortar rubble stone m3 847.5

Earth drainage ditch m 1850 Manually excavating

earthworks m3 945

Mortar drainage ditch m 1130 M7.5 mortar rubble stone m3 847.5

Construction sites and living

quarters

Land consolidation hm2 2.1 Manually-loosening soil m3 6000


topsoil

Land consolidation hm2 1.12 Manually-loosening soil m3 3647

Table 6-18 Summary of volume of works of vegetation measures

Prevention & treatment zone


s

Main works zone

Grass-seeding slope protection m2 6490 Grass seeding kg 38.9

Grass seeding protection of 3D vegetation net

m2 7210 Slope protection area m2 13700

Road greening m 4607 Street trees stem 1835

Table 6-19 Summary of volume of works of temporary water and soil conservation measures


zone

Construction scale Volume of worksContent of measures Unit Scale Content of works Unit Quantities

Main works zone

Topsoil stripping hm2 10.95 Stripped soil

earthwork m3 34700

None-gauze m2 12200 Coverage area m2 12200

155


Mianyang Science and Technology Citycoverage

Earth-filled woven-bag

fence m 2420 Woven-bags

filled with earth m3 3000

Construction sites and

living quarters

Color steel plate fence m 250 Length of color

steel plate fence m 250


Manually excavating earthwork

m3 120

Manually backfilling earthwork

m3 30


stripped topsoil

Earth-filled Woven-bag

fence m 188 Woven-bags

filled with earth m3 203


Manually excavating earthwork

m3 95

Manually backfilling earthwork

m3 25

6.5 Construction management measures and scheduling of the water and soil conservation works

6.5.1 Construction management measures

The key to effectively conserve water and soil in the course of construction, and to bring the water and soil conservation measures for the main works into full play lies in the construction. The accuracy of construction method has a great impact on water and soil loss during road construction, so scientific management measures must be adopted in various sections such as tendering and bidding, construction supervision, and contract management etc. to strictly control the organizational design of the construction, to ensure the suitability of the construction process, and to prevent water and soil loss within the area of affected by road construction

Thus, the following management measures are put forward in the proposal.

1) The excavation of earth and stone shall be avoided in the rainy season, and slope protection work and drainage facilities shall be already put in place before the rainy season comes.

2) The construction period of the earthworks shall be controlled, so as to minimize the exposure of loosened topsoil.

3) The excavated earth shall be properly temporarily stacked, to avoid debris to go directly into waterways or be washed into waterways by rainfalls.

4) Masonry works must be conducted in a timely manner when the slope excavated meets the designed stability requirements, and at the same time, drainage works of the slope surface and foot shall be completed. It is expected that the section that has been construction shall be simultaneously reinforced by masonry.

5) The construction unit shall purchase construction materials at a legal material yard, and shall sign purchase contract with the materials yard, which shall expressly specify that the responsibilities of water and soil loss treatment shall be borne by the material yard.

156



6) The construction of the high-filling and deep-excavation sections of the proposed road shall be given priority, and shall strictly comply with “Code for Design of Road Foundations” (JTGD30-2004) in order to ensure the quality of the works. Excavating side slopes shall proceed downwards by section, with each section 2-3m. Newly-excavated side slopes shall be cut and dangerous rocks and loose clods shall be removed from the side slopes. Also, slopes shall be protected in accordance with design and construction requirements of road foundations to prevent water and soil erosion. A platform shall be constructed after filling each section of 3-5m in the high-filling sections in order to ensure the stability of these sections. The foundation bearing capability shall meet the design requirements, and proper measures, such as to remove the shallow covering soil layer of the road foundation, shall be taken according to the requirements in the case of special road sections or insufficient bearing capability. Settlement change shall be observed during construction, and the speed of subgrade filling shall be controlled according to the design requirements.

6.5.2 Construction scheduling

The construction period of the Project is 24 months according to the construction scheduling of the main works. The construction started in May, 2010 and civil works will be completed in April, 2012. Based on the actual needs of water and soil conservation of the Project, the construction period of the water and soil conservation works is confirmed to be 24 months.

6.6 Investment estimate and benefit analysis of the water and soil conservation works

6.6.1 Investment estimate of the water and soil conservation works

The total investment of water and soil conservation works is 2,640,200 yuan, of which on engineering measures is 442,300 yuan, on landscaping measures is 768,000 yuan, on temporary protection and treatment measures is 651,500 yuan. Other expenses such as independent expenses of 481,300 yuan (of which supervision fee is 35,800 yuan and monitor fee is 35,000 yuan), basic reserve fund of 165,600 yuan, and compensation for water and soil conservation facilities of 131,500 yuan are also included in the investment. For details, please refer to table 6-20.

Table 6-20 Schedule of total investment estimate

Unit: 10,000 yuan

Number Name of works or expensesConstruc

tion costs

Costs of Vegetation measures

Equipment

cost

Independent costs TotalPlanting

(sowing) cost

Cost of saplings and grass seeds

Part 1 Engineering measures 44.23 44.23Part 2 Vegetation measures 41.75 35.05 76.8Part 3 Temporary measures 65.15 65.15Part 4 Independent cost 48.13 48.13

1 Construction management fee 3.50 3.5

2 Project construction supervision fee 3.58 3.58

3 Plan preparation fee 25.50 25.5

4 Supervision fee for soil and water loss 3.50 3.5

157



6

Preparation fee of the technical report for completion and acceptance of water and soil conservation facilities

10.50 10.5

7

Cost of technical consultation service for technical documents of water and soil conservation

1.55 1.55

Total of1~4 109.38 41.75 35.05 105.73 291.91

Basic reserve fund 16.56Compensation for water and soil conservation facilities

13.15

Total investment 321.62

6.6.2 Benefit analysis of the water and soil conservation scheme

Profit and loss analysis of the water and soil conservation scheme includes the possible soil and water loss resulted from the construction of the Project and the produced benefits resulted from adopting water and soil conservation measures.

Soil and water loss of the Project reflects in the damage to the existing water and soil conservation facilities, the possible soil and water loss, and the impact on the investment of the existing water and soil conservation measures and the compensation for land acquisition too.

The benefits produced after adopting water and soil conservation measures include ecological benefits, economic benefits and social benefits. Quantitative analysis of estimated control effects of above-mentioned measures based on ecological benefits and qualitative analysis of economic and social benefits shall be performed in this scheme.

6.6.2.1 Soil and water loss of the Project

1) Damage to the water and soil conservation facilities

The disturbed and destroyed area of earth surface resulted from the construction of the Project is estimated to be 14.17hm², and the volume of soil and water loss is estimated to be 4443t, of which the newly-added volume of soil and water loss is estimated to be 3589t.

Most of the damaged water and soil conservation facilities are land with good water and soil conserving capability, such as forest land, cultivated land, grassland and wasteland. The destruction to the land caused by the construction of the Project will reduce the water and soil conserving capability of the original ground surface.

2) The prevention-and-treatment fee of soil and water loss

Upon the above-mentioned estimate on water and soil conservation investment, the total investment for water and soil conservation of the Project will be 2,640,200 yuan, which will be allocated as special water and soil conservation cost when the main works is under construction.

3) Other potential hazards of the soil and water loss

The potential hazards of the soil and water loss with the absence of prevention-and-treatment measures in the course of construction are as below: the construction of the

158



Project will destroy the existing forest land, cultivated land, grassland and wasteland with total area of 14.17hm², thus destroying the surrounding landscapes and reduce the water and soil conserving capability of the land within the project boundary. Also, it will possibly increase the sediment content of the nearby waterways, and cause certain damages to the ecological environment in the surrounding areas. After various water and soil conservation measures are adopted, the soil and water loss caused by the construction of the Project will be substantially reduced, and no major loss will be resulted.

In conclusion, the economic loss of soil and water loss caused by the construction of the Project mainly reflects in the damages to water and soil conservation facilities, the investment of special cost for soil and water loss treatment and other potential hazards etc.

6.6.2.2 Benefits of water and soil conservation of the Project

1) Ecological benefits

The ecological benefits of the water and soil conservation reflect in the effect of improving the ecological environment. The implementation of the scheme will treat a soil and water loss area of 3.22hm², and increase the forest and grass coverage of 1.37hm².After water and soil conservation measures of the scheme are implemented, the vegetation restoration rate may reach 100%. Therefore, the scheme has good ecological benefits, and at the same time it achieves the purpose of beautifying the landscape.

2) Economic benefits

All the excavated earth will all be backfilled in the course of the construction of the Project. This will reduce the volume of spoil, and simultaneously cut down the investment and the cost of the Project construction, reflecting the potential economic benefits.

At the same time, after the water and soil conservation measures are adopted, the safety of the Project construction will be ensured, and disturbance and destruction to the surrounding earth surface will be reduced, which also has economic benefits.

3) Social benefits

After the water and soil conservation measures of the scheme are implemented, a comprehensive prevention-and-treatment system combining engineering and biological measures will be formed, and the soil and water loss caused by human behaviors will be effectively controlled and treated. The social benefits are concluded as follows:

(1) The excavated earth and stone from the project construction will be utilized and treated. As a result, the impact on the surrounding rivers and water systems will be reduced, and the sediment content of the rivers will also be lowered. The water quality of the water body near the Project will be ensured, and the impact of soil and water loss on the surrounding ecological environment will be reduced, while the smooth construction and operation of the main works of the Project will be guaranteed.

(2) The restoration of vegetation through water and soil conservation measures of the Project will improve the local natural scenery, thus creating a good environment and comfortable visual space for the whole project area.

(3) The implementation of the water and soil conservation measures of the scheme

159



will lead to obvious ecological and economic benefits of water and soil conservation. As a result, water and soil conservation awareness among the workers of main works construction unit and local people will be strengthened, and their consciousness for water and soil conservation will be improved.

6.7 Summary of the water and soil conservation works1) This is a newly-built project. The Project is not located in any of the key monitoring

areas of the national monitoring network of water and soil conservation. It is located in neither the state-designated key prevention-and-protection zones of soil and water loss nor the key treatment achievement zones. It is not located in the areas where geological disasters frequently occur. Therefore, the site selection and layout of the Project are free of problems of restrictions on water and soil conservation

2) The Project covers an area of 14.17hm². The disturbed and destroyed area of earth surface resulted from the construction of the Project is estimated to be 14.17hm², and the volume of soil and water loss is estimated to be 4443t, out of which the newly-added volume of soil and water loss is estimated to be 3589t. The project will increase the soil and water loss within the project area, and cause certain impact on the ecological environment, production and living environment of the surrounding areas.

3) The water and soil conservation scheme complements the layout and design of the temporary measures of water and soil conservation during the construction period and the prevention-and-treatment measures of soil and water loss in the temporarily occupied areas. As a result, a complete system of water and soil conservation will be formed to effectively control the newly-added soil and water loss volume caused by the construction of the Project. Therefore, the Project is feasible in respect of water and soil conservation.

7. Environmental Risk Analysis7.1 Recognition of environmental risk factors

The major accident risks in the road construction period of the Project include safety accidents when constructors work near traffic slopes, electric supply and rivers, and water pollution caused by leakage of toxic raw materials that is used in the course of the construction into the nearby water body.

The project is to build roads in the industrial zone. Since the roads mainly handle cargo transportation and are built for serving the companies in the industrial zone, "traffic capability" of the roads shall be superior to “accessibility”, and the roads shall be able to handle public transportation.

Companies already entering the project area include Changhong Group (mainly producing household appliance), Jiuzhou Group (mainly producing electronic components). Investigation shows that some companies in the project area are transporting cargo through Second-Ring road, Jiuzhou Avenue, bypassing the roads to be constructed. Therefore, the possible environment-related risk accidents caused to the Project by these companies transporting cargo are already excluded.

Xinglong Area, where the Project is located, is planned to develop According to “Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City” and the project feasibility study, Xinglong Area, where the Project located, is designated mainly as that of electronic industry and scientific research. The occupants of the area are mainly companies in the industries of electronic and household

160



appliance development and production, and scientific research companies or institutions conducting military and commercial dual-use technical development. The investigated categories of cargo within the impact of the Project construction include: coal, steel, construction materials, cement, wood, electronic equipment, salt, grains and other

Most of the companies to be introduced into Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, where the Project is located, will be those engaged in the production and R&D of electronic equipment, electronic component and household appliance, and those engaged in R&D of technology competent for both military and civilian purposes. Companies involved in the use and production of dangerous chemicals will not be introduced into the Area. Therefore, after the roads are open to traffic, the transportation of hazardous chemicals, such as chemical fertilizers and pesticides, inflammable and explosive chemicals will not be high in volume, and the vehicles transporting those hazardous chemicals will be rare in number, and the environment risk caused by such vehicles will be quite low.

The most possible environmental risk during the operation of the Project will be regular traffic accidents and traffic accidents caused by vehicles transporting oil products, which usually cause leakage of oily substances. Scoured by rain water, the oily substances flow into the rainwater pipe network, and eventually flow into Fujiang River, causing hazards to the local people and the surrounding environment and leading to terrible environmental risk accidents within a certain range in a very short period of time.

7.2 Analysis of environmental risk impact7.2.1 Risk analysis during the construction period

1) The materials used in the construction of the Project, such as asphalt, lime and oil paints applied onto guardrails, etc., if leaked due to negligence, will cause direct pollution to the water environment in the vicinity of the Line, endangering agricultural irrigation.

2) Explosives and detonators will be used during excavation of earthworks, which will possibly cause injury and fatal accidents if not properly used or stored.

3) The possible collapse and landslide caused by the construction of the Project will endanger the safety of the construction stuff.

7.2.2 Risk analysis during the operation period

With regard to traffic accidents caused by vehicles transporting hazardous materials such as inflammable and explosive chemicals, the possibility is that explosion of these materials might release some toxic gas into the air and cause air pollution, or might destroy structures of river and lake bridges and cause temporary traffic jams. The most dangerous risk of the transportation of hazardous materials is vehicle rollover, which might cause the leakage of solid hazardous materials as potassium cyanide and liquid hazardous materials as fertilizer, petroleum and sulfuric acid thus polluting water, or might cause water pollution resulted from high-polluting substances flowing into water body after the accident.

However, the cargo transportation analysis of the Project shows the probability of transporting goods as petroleum, fertilizer and pesticide inflammable and explosive materials is rare, and there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals in the operation period, so the environmental risk caused by vehicles transporting hazardous chemicals is extremely low.

161



7.3 Environmental risk prevention measuresThe mitigation and emergency measures taken to control the pollution risks of traffic accidents shall cover all the links from road design stage to on-the-way and road inspection, stopping, until accident settlement. Management shall be strengthened to prevent the occurrences of traffic accidents and to control the further expansion of impact from sudden environment pollution accidents. Vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals shall be strictly prohibited from entering during the operation period.

Due to the fact that the Project does not include any bridge and that there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals on the roads of the Project, the environmental risk preventative measures are mainly composed of management measures and emergency measures.

7.3.1 Management measures

The road administration department shall strictly comply with “Planning for Transportation of Dangerous Goods by Road”, and shall strengthen management over the various links from on-the-way and road inspection to stopping until accident settlement, etc., so as to prevent and reduce the occurrences of traffic accidents and control the further expansion of impact from sudden environment pollution accidents.

1) Vehicle management and inspection shall be strengthened to ensure all on-the-way vehicles in good condition.

2) Relevant regulations shall be formulated to strictly prohibit vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals from entering into roads within the Project.

3) Vehicles carrying hazardous goods shall be prohibited from entering in foggy or snowy weather, and other vehicles shall drive within speed limits.

4) The management center shall closely watch for possible occurrences of accidents so as to take measures immediately after the accidents and to minimize the impact of accidents. At the same time, editable information board shall be adopted to warn of bad weather and dangerous road conditions at any time that might easily induce traffic accidents. Active and voluntary measures such as controlling speed limit or blocking certain road sections shall be taken in advance.

5) Drivers and supercargoes shall report the traffic accidents to the police in a timely manner and describe clearly all the important related details. In the emergency case of leakage of oily materials, hazardous chemicals, toxic and harmful substances, the road section shall be closed, and emergency plan shall be implemented to deal with the leakage

6) The traffic-management department shall report the accident to the administrative office of the local government timely after being reported, and activate the emergency plan at the same time.

7.3.2 Emergency measures

The Employer shall prepare a detailed emergency plan so as to take emergency action in union and specify clearly the obligations of the responsible personnel and departments in case of any emergency, thus to ensure that the accidents are controlled within the shortest time and the impact on the environment is reduced to the lowest possible extent. The preparation of the emergency plan shall cover the following aspects:

1) Establish an emergency accident response system.

In order to respond immediately to emergency accidents, corresponding

162



organizations, including command and coordination center, consultation center, monitoring center and post-accident work group, shall be established.

Command Center: led by the Employer and participated in by environment protection departments, water resources bureaus, aquatic products bureaus and clean-up companies, the center is equipped with a complete system of communications, and when the circumstance allows, the social interacted 110 alarm system will be activated in order to improve the efficiency in response. The center shall be responsible for establishing an emergency response system, coordinating between different departments and bureaus in case of emergency, and commanding the action of pollutant removal.

Consultation Center: the responsibilities of this center are taken by the scientific and research department. The responsibilities include proposing adequate configuration of anti-pollution equipment, types and quantities of devices and storage place based on the historical documents, documents of natural resources and research achievements, and drawing up guidelines for swiftly and scientifically making decisions on the handling of emergency accidents based on the possible type of accidents such as collision and explosion, which can be used for facilitating the decision-making of the command and coordination center, at the same time following up the development of the accidents and evaluating their own work performance for the future revision of work procedure or adjustment of research direction.

Monitoring Center: the responsibilities of the center are taken by the environmental protection or monitoring department. The responsibilities include setting up chemical laboratory and configuring the respective analyzing and detecting instruments, such as gas chromatograph, etc. The major responsibility of the center is to analyze the overall pollution status of the water body environment and to submit the relevant analysis reports.

Post-accident Work Group: the group is formed by professionals in the field of environment protection (legal adviser will be hired if necessary), who will be responsible for bearing the cost for pollutant removal and for legal research and negotiation for the claiming the compensation for pollution hazard.

2) Establish monitoring and reporting system

The most important aspect of an emergency response system is the establishment of an action plan with strong practicality and good adaptability, which is important for dealing with sudden emergency accidents. The action plan shall mainly include informing, evaluation, decision-making, transferring and post-accident arrangement, while the Employer shall be responsible for the daily monitoring and info-receiving. As soon as an accident occurs (the first source of information might come from various sources including the public), upon receiving the report, according to the reporting procedures, the command center and related units shall be immediately informed of the accident and the response system shall be activated.

3) Training and exercise

After the establishment of emergency response plan, the emergency squads (including water resources and environment protection departments) shall regularly conduct exercises and theoretical study under the presumed conditions according to the requirements of the plan, in order to verify the practicability, adaptability and rigorousness of the plan. The manual titled “Emergency Accident Response Manual”

163



shall be prepared by the human resources department, and each member shall keep one for convenient reference.

Environmental risks caused by potential traffic accidents and leakage of hazardous chemicals exist in the Project. Even though the occurrence rate of accidents will be certainly reduced with higher standards of safety measures, it cannot be reduced to zero. Once an accident occurs, emergency measures shall be adopted to control and reduce the impact of it, and public rescue measures shall also be taken. Therefore, an emergency plan is formulated as seen in Table 7-1.

Table 7-1Environmental risk emergency accident plan

Number Project Content and requirements

1 Dangerous source

Vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals shall be prohibited from entering

2 Emergency plan zone Road sections for transporting hazardous materials.

3 Emergency organization

An emergency command group shall be established within the traffic-management department, with the related cadre as the group leader, who will be in charge of the overall commanding of the accident scene. A professional rescue team will be in charge of the accident control, evacuation, rescue, and post-accident arrangement, and the nearby road maintenance department will cooperate with the traffic-management department to complete all the work.

4

Emergency status type and emergency response procedure

The levels of environmental risk accidents and their corresponding emergency response types shall be specified, so as to establish corresponding response procedures.

5

Emergency facilities, equipment and materials

Emergency facilities, equipment and materials that prevent leakage and diffusion of toxic and hazardous materials; medicines and medical instruments for the treatment of the intoxicated in the case of emergency; needed gas masks.

6

Emergency communication, announcement and transportation

The means of communication and announcement, transportation guarantee and management in the case of emergency shall be specified. Modern communication equipment, such as cell phones, fixed telephones, broadcasting and TV monitor may be utilized.

7

Emergent environmental monitoring and post-accident evaluation

Emergent monitoring of the environmental risk accident scene shall be conducted by the professionals. The nature of the accident, degree of severity and damage to the environment resulted from the accident shall be evaluated. Experience and lessons shall be drawn out to avoid the future occurrence and to provide decision-making evidence for the command department.

8 Emergency protection measure

Accident scene: further development, expansion, spread and chain reaction of the accident shall be controlled; hazardous area shall be isolated; wastes from the accident scene shall be removed to reduce impact; Corresponding equipment and instruments shall be

164



configured.

9

Control of emergency dose, organized evacuation plan, medical assistance and public health protection

Accident scene: emergency dose of toxic substances, plan of evacuation of staff on the accident scene and assembling staff nearby and emergency medical assistance plan shall be confirmed and established by the accident handling personnel. Nearby area: plan of organized evacuation and emergency medical assistance of the nearby residents affected by the accident shall be established.

10

Post-accident restoration measure

Accident scene: post-accident order shall be specified; measures for post-accident care of the accident scene shall be adopted; measures for restoring operation shall be adopted.Nearby area: accident alert shall be released. The masses shall be asked to leave and measures for post-accident care shall be adopted.

11

Personnel training and exercise

Once the emergency plan is established, personnel related to environmental risk accident shall be regularly trained about the relevant skills, and exercises of handling emergency accidents shall be regularly conducted; safety education shall also be carried out for them.

12

Publication of mass education information

Training on environmental risk accident prevention and emergency accident response shall be delivered to the nearby residents, and relevant information shall be publicized on a regular basis.

13 Recording and reporting

Emergency accident recording, filing and reporting shall be established, and a special department shall be designated to take charge of the above work.

14 Updating procedure Emergency plan shall be updated at proper time.

15 Attachment Attachments related to handling the environmental risk accident shall be prepared and formed.

7.4 Conclusion of environmental risk analysisThe analysis shows that the major risks in the construction period include safety accidents when constructors work near traffic slopes, electric supply and the pollution to the soil environment from leakage of toxic raw materials used in the course of the construction.

Investigation shows that some companies in the Project area are transporting cargo through Second-Ring road, Jiuzhou Avenue, bypassing the roads to be constructed; therefore, the possible environmental risk accidents caused to the Project by these companies transporting cargo are already excluded. Most of the companies to be introduced into the project area will mainly be those engaged in electronic equipment production. Companies engaged in the use and production of dangerous chemicals will not be introduced into the area. The analysis of accidents probability shows that the transportation of goods as petroleum, fertilizer and pesticide, inflammable and explosive materials is rare, and there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals in the operation period, so the environmental risk caused by such vehicles is low. After the corresponding preventative measures are taken, hazards caused by risk accidents can be minimized. To sum up, the construction of the Project is feasible according to the environmental risk analysis.

165



8. Public Participation As an important part of environmental impact assessment of construction project, public participation is a two-way communication between the Employer and assessment organization and the general public, through which, environmental issues of public concern may be known so as to enable relevant departments to formulate practical environmental protection measures and ensure the project to achieve good social and economic benefits.

After implementation, the project may not only improve traffic conditions in the vicinity of the Line, increase the pedestrian flow, logistics and information flow in this region and promote rapid development of local economy, but also bring about different impact on such aspects as production, lives, trips and communications of the people in the vicinity of the Line. Based on the principle of “people-oriented and harmonious society”, the Employer and assessment organization of the project, during the project design and assessment process, will collect the opinions and suggestions on the project construction from the relevant departments in the vicinity of the Line and residents in the project area in accordance with the requirements of such laws and regulations as Law of the People's Republic of China on Environmental Impact Assessment and through those ways (i.e. relevant departments’ interview, online publicity and survey questionnaires).

8.1 Purpose of public participation1) The purpose of public participation is to promote the general public’s knowledge of

such basic information as the purpose, scale and location of project construction, potential environmental impacts after completion as well as the policies and measures to be adopted in the project so as to acquire proper understanding, support and cooperation from the general public. The general public has the right to know the project construction and freely put forward the opinions and suggestions.

2) The firsthand experiences and perceived feelings of local people will contribute to analyzing environmental pollution features and current quality levels of environmental factors, improving the objectivity of environmental impact assessment and protecting the general public’s vital interests.

3) Since the general public are familiar with those concerning environmental impact assessment such as natural environment, social economy, agro-ecology, elements of production and life, the public participation may make each environmental protection measure to be proposed in this assessment more effective and feasible.

4) Besides economic benefits to be fully brought out for the project, public participation may also make project construction achieve the harmony of economic benefit, social benefit and environmental benefit.

8.2 Survey implementation of public participation8.2.1 Scope and object of survey

Public participation survey covers the towns and villages in the vicinity of the Line, mainly including government agencies, organizations and individuals while the objects of public survey are government agencies, enterprises and public institutions, residents and other peoples from all circles (i.e. workers, teachers and students, etc.) in the project area.

8.2.2 Survey content

Survey contents of this public participation survey mainly include:

166



1) General public’s satisfaction of current traffic conditions in this area;

2) General public’s attitudes towards project construction;

3) General public’s understanding of regional environmental quality status quo;

4) General public’s identification for environmental impacts arising from the project;

5) General republic’s suggestions and opinions on environmental protection measures necessary to be adopted in the project;

6) General public’s attitudes towards land acquisition and house demolition;

See attachments for survey for general public’s opinions on the project.

8.2.3 Survey method

The combination of many survey methods such as the interviews, online publicity and survey questionnaires of relevant departments (Urban Planning Department, Environmental Protection Department, Department of Land and Resource, Forestry Department, Relics Protection Department, Water Conservancy Department, Traffic Department and Civil Affairs Department, etc) has been adopted in the project. When issuing public opinion questionnaires, the survey staff shall firstly introduce detailed basic information on proposed project (including project scale, route plan and beneficial effects and adverse effects to be brought out to local area, etc) to respondents, then ask respondents to voluntarily fill in public opinion questionnaires or dictate their opinions, which are recorded by survey staff. Meanwhile, such contents as respondents’ unit or address, genders, ages, educations will be clearly indicted, and finally assessment organization shall sort out, analyze and summarize public participation questionnaires collected.

8.2.4 Performance of survey implementation

Assessment organization and the Employer carried out a public participation survey on the organizations and residents in the vicinity of the Line in March 2010, respectively interviewed relevant departments and local residents, collected relevant respondents’ opinions and opinions after introducing basic project information, and filled in questionnaires. 100 public participation questionnaires have totally been distributed and all have been returned with the rate of return of 100%.

During preparation of environmental impact assessment report, the Employer, according to Provisional Measure of Public Participation in Environmental Impact Assessment, has publicized project status to the general public twice on the website of Mianyang Science and Technology City Development and Investment (Group) Co., Ltd (http://www.mysdic.com) respectively on Dec. 2, 2009 (see below the screenshots) and Jan. 14, 2010 (completion of report preparation) so that the general public will have more comprehensive understanding on basic conditions of the project and relevant information such as production, control and emission of the pollutants, etc.

167

http://www.mysdic.com/



The 1st public disclosure：

168



The 2nd public disclosure：

169



8.3 Statistical analysis on survey results8.3.1 Composition of respondents

See Table 8-1 for statistical conditions of sex ratio, age structure, education status, vocational distribution of the respondents for general public’s opinions

Table 8-1 Composition of respondents for the general public’s opinions

S/N Classification Ratio (％)

1 Gender Male 80Female 20

2 AgeAged below 30 2

Aged 30-50 56Aged above 50 42

3 Education

Primary school 27Junior middle school 52

Senior middle school and technical secondary school 8

Above junior college 12

4 OccupationFarmer 64

Public servant 12Others 24

5Relocation households

Yes 36No 30

Not clear 34

Seen from the table above, respondents involved in public participation of the project mainly covers farmers and public servants, etc, whose ages are between 10 years old and 70 years old, education are respectively primary school, junior middle school, senior middle school, junior college and undergraduate college while the people with junior middle school diploma take up the largest proportion. Relevant government departments and affected residents along the proposed project are basically covered in this survey, so survey results, which are representative and typical, may actually reflect the willingness of the general public in project area.

8.3.2 Survey results and analysis of public participation

1) Opinions from government departments along the project

Since the project belongs to municipal infrastructure construction project in Xinglong Area of Mianyang Science & Education Pioneer Park, which is located in the combination area of city and country, project construction may promote well-coordinated development of the cities and countries in Mianyang City and thus government departments along the project shall spare no effort to support the project.

2) Publicized opinions on environmental impact assessment

Through publication of environmental impact assessment results on the website of Mianyang Science and Technology City Development and Investment (Group) Co., Ltd, the general public's opinions on the project have been collected, and no dissenting opinions come from relevant departments and individuals before the report is submitted for approval.

3) Opinions from the random survey of the general public in project area

170



See Table 8-2 for random survey results of the general public’s opinions on the project.

Table 8-2 Statistics of random survey results of the general public’s opinions

Item Option Qty.

Percentage (%)

1 Do you know that the government intends to build this road?

known 85 85%

Unknown 15 15%

2 Are you in favor of building this road?

Agree 96 96%Disagree 0 0%

No preference 4 4%

3 Do you agree with the route selection and trend of this road?

Agree 88 88%

Disagree 0 0%Unknown 12 12%

4 Do you think that building this road will benefit the development of local economy and tourism?

Favorable 95 95%Unfavorable 0 0%

Unknown 5 5%

5 What impact do you think will bring to your family income and means of livelihood after this road is built?

Positive impacts 97 97%Negative impacts but acceptable 0 0%

Rather unfavorable and unacceptable 0 0%

No impact 3 3%

6 What kind of compensation do you wish if agricultural land of your family has been requisitioned? (This is a multiple choice.)

Land redistribution 30 30%One-time monetary compensation 62 62%

Partial compensation 18 18%

Collective’s uniform utilization of remaining compensation 1 1%

Occupation change by training 0 0%Others 2 2%

7 What are your requirements for resettlement compensation?

Reasonable economic compensation 65 65%Local resettlement 30 30%Occupation change 5 5%

Others 0 0%8 What extent of impact

do you think that the road will bring to the surrounding environment?

Severely 37 37%Moderate 51 51%

Slight 12 12%

No impact 0 0%

9 As for living environment, what aspect do you think that will be heavily affected by this road? (This is a multiple choice.)

Land acquisition and house demolition 20 20%Noise 78 78%

Vehicle exhaust 60 60%Dust 16 16%

Water body pollution 1 1%Affected landscape 2 2%

Others 0 0%10 What measures do you

suggest that should be adopted to alleviate the impact of the road construction on surrounding

Road landscaping 85 85%Sound barrier 5 5%

Soundproof window 20 20%Away from villages and towns 10 10%

Others 3 3%

171



Item Option Qty.

Percentage (%)

environment?According to statistical results of random survey on the general public, summarized opinions and suggestions obtained are as follows:

1) General public’s knowledge of project construction:

Through this public participation survey, we know that most of the people in the vicinity of the Line know proposed road, which indicates government publicity is relatively in place so as to make most of the people informed. Seen from statistical results, 85% of the people know the project construction while 15% know nothing, so mass media may be adopted for publicity in next stage.

2) General public's attitudes towards the road:

Through full communications with the general public in the vicinity of the Line in the public survey, assessment organization has learned that the majority of the people are in favor of the project construction because the road to be built is essential to improve traffic status quo, promote local economic development and increase per capita income. Seen from statistical results, approval rate of the project has reached 96% with no dissenting opinions while 4% of the people withhold general attitudes neutrality or their opinions, which clearly indicates that the proposed project obtains widespread support from the general public.

3) General public’s opinions on route selection and trend of the proposed road

Seen from statistical results, 88% of the people are in favor of route selection and trend of the road while 12% know nothing of the trend of the specific route.

4) General public’s opinions on impacts of the project road on local economy and tourism development

Seen from statistical results, 95% of the people hold that the project construction will benefit local economy and tourism development while 5% withhold their opinion or know nothing.

5) General public’s opinions on family income and means of livelihood after road construction

Seen from statistical results, 97% of the people hold that the road construction will bring beneficial effects to their family income and means of livelihood while 3% believe no impact.

6) General public’s opinions on compensation modes after agricultural land acquisition

Seen from statistical results, after agricultural land acquisition, 62% of the people want one-time monetary compensation, 30% ask for land redistribution, and 18%, 1% and 2% respectively ask for partial compensation, collective’s uniform utilization and others.

7) General public’s requirements for resettlement compensation

Seen from statistical results, 65% of the people ask for reasonable economic compensation, 30% ask for local resettlement and 5% still ask for occupation changes.

8) General public’s opinions on extent of impact on the surrounding environment

Seen from statistical results, 37%, 51% and 12% of the people respectively believe

172



that it has a great impact, moderate impact and slight impact, which clearly indicates that the general public concern much about environmental impacts arising from road construction. Therefore, environmental protection management shall be specially strengthened to alleviate environmental impacts.

9) General public’s opinions on the largely-affected aspects in living environment due to road construction

Seen from statistical results, 78% of the people believe noise and 60% believe vehicle exhaust while the people in opinion of land acquisition and house demolition, dust, water body pollution and landscape impact respectively account for 20%, 16%, 1% and 2%.

10) Environmental protection measures necessary to be adopted by the general public

Seen from statistical results, 85%, 5%, 20% and 10% of the people are respectively in favor of road landscaping, sound barrier, away from villages and towns and soundproof window.

11) The general public’s opinions and suggestions on the proposed road construction are briefly as follows:

(1) The project shall be started from a high point, and well greened and rapidly constructed.

(2) The project construction shall be human-oriented, and the jerry-built project shall be eliminated.

Aiming at above problems, effective noise and dust control measures shall be adopted during project design and implementation so as to effectively control noise and atmospheric pollution and do well in land acquisition and resettlement due to house demolition. Meanwhile, effective measures shall be adopted to accelerate the restoration of agricultural production.

8.3.3 Survey opinion feedback for public participation

According to the information obtained from public participation, following opinions have been respectively fed back to relevant departments and shall be paid attention and implemented during different project implementation stages.

1) Importance shall be attached to environmental impacts arising from the project construction, and environmental protection shall be well done according to environmental protection measures proposed in environmental impact report.

2) The Employer shall also sign civilized construction contract when signing the contract. In case of the construction in the cross-section with existing road, occasional passage shall be built in advance to prevent traffic jam and cutting. At the same time, supervision and management over construction team shall be strengthened to avoid problems in construction quality. In case of the construction in the road section adjacent to the ditch, side ditch shall be dug in advance and the retaining wall shall be built if necessary to protect mud, waste slag and wastewater away from water body, which may avoid impact on water quality. Besides, a fence and warning sign shall be set up in the construction site.

3) Project construction department shall, in active coordination with local government departments, make full use of various publicity measures to vigorously publicize relevant compensation policies for house demolition and resettlement and land acquisition, protect the rights of relocation households, and obtain the general

173



public’s understanding and support for the project. Relevant national and local policies shall be strictly complied during house demolition and resettlement, and compensation shall be surely granted as per the procedure to ensure sufficient payment to the general public and solve resettlement and compensation for the project as far as possible. The emphasis shall be given to land compensation and resettlement work of the residents affected by land acquisition and house demolition so as to prevent environmental problems due to house demolition and resettlement.

9. Environmental Protection Measures and Technical & Economic Evaluation

9.1 Environmental protection measures at design stage9.1.1 Deign of main works and auxiliary works

Coordination of the line with the natural environment in the vicinity of the Line shall be fully considered according to such natural conditions as landform, climate, geology and hydrology in the vicinity of the Line of the project area, and main works and auxiliary works shall be designed in compliance with the following principles:

1) Earthwork balance work shall be done well to reduce the quantity of spoil as possible, and earthwork shall be utilized for multi-purpose to protect ecological environment and reduce soil and water loss.

2) Mixing yard shall be arranged on the leeward and away from residential resettlement. For temporary land occupation by the Project, the occupation of fertile land and cultivated land shall be minimized. The asphalt necessary for the project construction shall be outsourced to reduce impact on surrounding atmospheric environment.

3) Try to keep the harmony between the main works and natural landscape and social environment, and try to take “non-destruction is the best protection” as the principle and vegetation for subgrade slope protection as possible.

4) Treatment measures for adverse geological section shall be rationally selected to reduce impact on ecological environment.

5) According to environmental impact analysis results of the project, landscaping facilities for environmental protection and sewage treatment facilities shall be provided according to the requirements of “environment-friendly transportation” to closely coordinate the road (artificial system) and the natural system in the vicinity of the Line.

6) Demolition and relocation and occupation of cultivated land shall be minimized.

9.1.2 Landscaping design

1) Road landscaping scheme

Landscaping scheme shall be designed as per different ecological regions. Natural plant community structure will be simulated, various and rich natural landscapes will be restored, and urban artificial ecosystem construction will be built, which will endow the road with regional characteristics and ornament, so as to stimulate the anticipation and interest for traveling.

Landscaping shall follow the principle of natural coordination. Mixture sowing of flower seeds shall be performed in meadow so as to reduce traces of artificial planting and avoid ecosystem obstruction and species extinction.

174



Cooperation and coordination between protection and restoration shall be reflected in a organic integrity of landscaping works and subgrade works. Research and design of integrated system for environmental protection and landscaping works of subgrade slope shall ensure not only stable and reliable subgrade structure and effective environmental protection, but also complete road landscaping restoration and roadside amenities. The cultivated soil and vegetation removed from subgrade construction shall be effectively utilized in green works to change waste into the valuable.

9.1.3 Reduction of land occupation by the Project

1) Design principle

Design organization shall do well in ecological protection and water and soil conservation work in the project construction as well as optimal design of the subgrade in the project to reduce land occupation and save more land resources.

Design organization shall do well in the balance of subgrade height, longitudinal slope of road and earthwork in sections to maximize the utilization of excavated subgrade and earthwork, and permanent spoil yard shall not be provided.

At design stage, land occupation of temporary works (i.e. construction workshop) shall be done well to reduce the quantity of occupied temporary lands, especially the quantity of occupied cultivated lands. Existing houses and sites on both sides of the line shall be served as the constructors’ residence. In addition, land occupation for such permanent facilities as the subgrade built should be considered to be served as land occupation for temporary construction as far as possible so as to reduce land occupation.

2) Protection design of plough horizon

Before subgrade excavation and mobilization of temporary construction site, fertile topsoil in the above sites shall be protected to facilitate site landscaping, re-vegetation or forestation at the late stage of construction. The proposed road is located in the hilly area, where cultivatable soil in the surface layer is relatively thin, so surface mellow soil shall be also stripped and temporarily stored when the surface vegetation is removed during subgrade excavation and site cleaning.

In design documents, topsoil stripping, storage and protection work shall be proposed or itemized according to the above principles, and corresponding environmental protection requirements for construction shall be proposed. Fertile stripped topsoil shall fully utilized to avoid earth borrow in road side slope landscaping, temporary pass restoration & revegetation and forestation in construction workshop.

9.1.4 Soil and water conservation design

According to Law of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation, Implementation Regulations on Law of the People's Republic of China on Water and Soil Conservation, Management Methods for Water and Soil Conservation Plan of Development and Construction Projects jointly issued by the Ministry of Water Resources, the State Development Planning Commission, and the Ministry of Environmental Protection, and the specifications related to road design, potential soil and water loss must be prevented in the project. The treatment principles and objectives for soil and water loss shall be in compliance with the general national requirements for water and soil conservation, and water and soil conservation facilities shall keep space with road design, construction and acceptance. The Employer shall bear the treatment costs for soil

175



and water loss arising from road construction.

In the environmental impact assessment report, special water and soil conservation design has been given to all sites involved in the project. See water and soil conversation sections for details. Main design and the Employers shall conscientiously implement relevant design measures for water and soil conservation as well the requirements of water and soil conversation department, and do well in water and soil conversation work of the project.

9.2 Environmental protection measures at construction stage9.2.1 Mitigation measures for social environmental impacts

1) Do well in house demolition and resettlement.

Land acquisition and house demolition and resettlement in the project shall be carried out by Mianyang municipal government.

Environmental impact assessment requirements:

(1) Strengthen publicity of land acquisition and house demolition policies for the road.

(2) Compensate affected communities and individuals in strict conformity with compensation standard for land acquisition and house demolition.

(3) Strengthen supervision over compensation data to ensure that they are used to the rightful place.

(4) The emphasis shall be given to the land acquisition and house demolition in environment-sensitive section to ensure that house demolition and resettlement will not cause new environmental problems.

(5) Lives and production of affected people shall be restored in a short time with living standard no less than that before land acquisition and house demolition.

(6) Surplus labor force shall be properly handled and the secondary industry and tertiary industry shall be developed to increase incomes.

2) Basic farmland protection

Land occupation by the Project will not cover basic farmland, but mainly such non-basic farmland as forest land, cultivated land, grassland, wasteland, house site and road right-of-way.

In spite of no basic farmland occupation, the Employer shall, during the project construction, still conscientiously implement Land Administration Law of the People’s Republic of China and pay land compensation, resettlement allowance and compensation for crops in the specified time and amount. According to the provisions of local land management departments, required cost for cultivated land reclamation shall be paid as per relevant provisions to prevent quantity reduction of the farmland.

The area of temporary land occupation shall be strictly controlled with random expansion prohibited. Vegetations shall be protected as possible with random cutting prohibited. Especially, expansion of temporary land occupation such as construction site shall be prohibited, and ground vegetations shall be protected with the environmental protection measures proposed in this report.

After the construction is completed, the construction site shall be timely leveled, and partial solidified surface shall be cleared and collectively treated. After site leveling

176



or clearing, previously-reserved surface plough horizon shall be backfilled, and vegetation shall be restored.

3) Reduction of disturbance by construction

Publicity column and bulletin board shall be set up in the main villages and towns along the proposed project to ensure that the residents along the project learn more about the significance of project construction. Publicity of land acquisition and house demolition and resettlement policies shall be given to affected people so as to win more support for project construction from the general public and understanding and appreciation for temporary disturbance arising from the project construction.

Cooperation with local traffic management departments shall be enhanced, and the transportation of construction materials shall be rationally planned. Meanwhile, coordination with local government shall be performed to avoid traffic jam of existing roads. Reasonable transportation programs and transportation lines shall be jointly drawn up to minimize passage through the surrounding villages as well as the interference and pollution of construction vehicles to villagers.

9.2.2 Preventive measures for atmospheric pollution

During road construction, construction dust and fugitive dust will have an impact on ambient air quality, so the following preventative measures for atmospheric pollution are proposed in the environmental impact assessment report:

1) In excavation and drilling, dry sections shall be wetted by spraying water to keep operating interface moist. Within the construction site, the site with loose and dry topsoil for vegetation loss shall also be wetted with water. In case of backfilling, dry topsoil shall be sprayed with water to avoid raising dust in backfilling. Management over temporary stack yard for backfill topsoil shall be strengthened during construction period, and measures for surface earthwork compaction and regular spraying shall be formulated to prevent impact of dust on the environment. Refuses in the construction shall be timely removed.

2) Construction site and mortar batching plant, location of which shall be rationally selected to avoid environment-sensitive points (such as residential areas in the vicinity of the Line) as possible, are built in a spacious area with screens surrounding the site. It is required in this assessment that mortar batching plant shall be built at least 200m away from the residential areas and on the leeward of residential areas.

3) Sealed mortar batching equipment provided with smoke and dust removal devices may satisfy environmental requirements of up-to-standard emission and clean production. Mortar construction workshop shall be cleared after the construction is completed.

4) Washing facilities shall be provided at the exit of the construction site to wash tires and chassis of demobilized earth transportation trucks and wet the transported earth.

5) Earth transportation trucks shall be kept in a good condition without any earth leakage, and overloading should be avoided in loading to prevent scattering during transportation. The earth scattered during transportation shall be timely cleaned to reduce pollution.

6) The cement shall be transported in cans or bags, and the trucks shall be covered with paulin. Transportation burden of earth, sand and stones shall be controlled with overloading prohibited. Loading height shall not exceed the baffle height of truck body, and the paulin shall be covered to reduce atmospheric pollution caused by

177



dust. Meanwhile, stacked materials shall be covered with paulin. Regular spraying shall be carried out in non-rainy days according to weather and construction conditions to avoid secondary dust emission of the road.

7) The asphalt will be outsourced, so no asphalt batching plant will be built, and asphalt and concrete shall not be mixed separately in the project.

8) In order to effectively reduce dust emission of construction site, it is required in this environmental impact report that the Employer must control construction dust emission in strict accordance with following measures:

Fencing operation, road cementation, provision of washing facilities, wet operation, provision of cleaning staff, regular cleaning of construction site must be fulfilled, and prohibition shall be laid on the followings: demobilization of vehicles with mud, overloading of slag trucks, construction slag throwing from a high place, onsite concrete mixing, site ponding and onsite incineration of wastes.

The application of above measures may greatly reduce the impact of construction dust on surrounding environment.

9.2.3 Preventive measures for water pollution

1) Management measures

Education on water environmental protection in the construction site and campsite shall be conducted to make constructors understand the significance of water resources protection. Construction management and project supervision work shall be strengthened during construction period, and construction machines shall be strictly checked to prevent oil leakage, or else it will pollute water body of irrigation ditches. Construction materials (i.e. asphalt, oil and chemicals, etc.) should not be stacked near the surface water body and shall be provided with paulin for temporary coverage. Necessary measures shall be adopted to prevent obstruction of penstocks or existing irrigation ditches and water pipes by mud and loose construction materials.

2) Wastewater treatment measures during construction period

(1) Construction wastewater

Treated by the temporary sedimentation tank, industrial wastewater produced from the construction workshop (batching plant) during construction period shall be completely recycled without outward drainage.

Upon greasy segregation and sedimentation, oily wastewater from intermittent machine repair during construction period shall be served as the water sprayed for dust reduction, which will not be discharged into surface water body.

(2) Domestic wastewater

Construction campsite will not be built in the project, and houses of local residents shall be rent. Domestic wastewater will be collected by existing dry closet or septic tank, and then be used to irrigate crops or fruit bearing forests, and direct drainage is prohibited.

(3) Other measures

During project construction, waterproof cloth has been used to cover excavated and filled side slopes and temporary stripped topsoil stack yard for which protection measures are not taken. During project construction, areal source loss

178



due to rainfall will have little impact on surrounding water environment after application of those measures.

9.2.4 Preventive measures for noise pollution

1) Low-noise equipment compliant with national standards shall be used, and equipment maintenance shall be strengthened to avoid high noise pollution due to abnormal equipment operation.

2) High noise mechanical construction shall be prohibited in the night-time (22:00-6:00). Where the construction site is near the acoustical environmental protection objectives, construction time shall be adjusted according to circumstances or temporary noise reduction measures (i.e. simple acoustic screen) shall be adopted. For the construction site requiring continuous construction, the Employer shall immediately contact with environmental protection departments as per circumstances, and apply for nighttime construction permit in accordance with the provisions. Besides, announcement shall be given to obtain the general public’s support as far as possible.

3) Existing roads within the project area, during project construction, will be used to transport construction materials, and the time for construction material transportation shall be rationally arranged. When passing through above sections where the residential areas and schools are nearby, the truck shall slow down, and horn-blowing is forbidden.

4) Construction management over the section with centralized residential areas shall be strengthened, and reasonable construction plan shall be developed. Supervision organization shall do well in noise supervision during construction period, and certain quantity of simple noise measurement equipment shall be provided to monitor residential areas near the construction site so as to prevent excessive noise impact.

9.2.5 Ecological restoration and protection measures

1) Vegetation protection and restoration measures

Surface mellow soil from occupied permanent land and temporary land in construction, during construction period, shall be collected and stored as possible, and shall be immediately covered after completion of construction as well as revegetation. Especially, revegetation shall be carried out in temporarily occupied land, and temporary construction campsite shall be forested.

In selection of landscaping species on both sides of the road, besides fast-growing species, consideration shall be also given to transplant shrubs from the same area to the right place and with the right species so as to ensure survival rate and integration with the nature, avoid plant invasion as well as reproduce the natural character. Diversity of plant species in the corridor, pest resistance capacity, stability of corridor itself shall be increased. Moreover, strict quarantine inspection shall be carried out on the species selected to prevent pest and disease invasion.

2) Wildlife protection

(1) Publicize wildlife protection laws and regulations and combat against the acts of killing wildlife.

Publicity on wildlife protection laws and regulations shall be intensified to make the significance of wildlife protection known to all constructors and educate them not to kill wildlife, and once encountered, captive wildlife shall be

179



carried away from the road and set free.

(2) Reasonable selection of project construction period and techniques to reduce impacts on animals

In order to reduce interference to wildlife due to the project construction, blasting pattern, quantity and time shall be properly planned to avoid blasting construction in the dawn and dusk as well as the noontime as far as possible.

(3) Prevention of animal habitat pollution

Various health management (i.e. personal hygiene, faeces and domestic sewage) shall be strengthened to avoid direct drainage of domestic sewage and reduce water pollution. Restoration of ecological environment shall be done well after completion of construction to minimize deforestation and water and soil loss as well as adverse impacts on water quality and aquatic organism. Meanwhile, importance shall be attached to prevention & cure and epidemic prevention work for human and livestock injuries by animals in non-assessment area.

3) Preventative measures for alien species invasion

Present prevention and cure methods for alien species invasion mainly include plant quarantine, artificial control, chemical control and biological control, etc. So far, there are no mature prevention and cure methods for alien species invasion during project construction and operation. Combined with project characteristics, prevention of alien species invasion should be subject to following measures: publicity intensification and publicity of hazards and transmission of alien species to constructors. Strict detection shall be carried out on inbound fruits, seeds and flowers, etc. to identify possibility of carrying disease pest and weeds, which may enter the project area if not. For existing alien species, fruit plants shall be incinerated on the site in virtue of project construction to prevent seed proliferation. Forest felling areas, where alien species invasion prevails, as well as temporary land shall be immediately forested.

9.2.6 Water and soil conservation measures

See water and soil conservation sections for details.

9.2.7 Preventive measures for solid waste pollution

The solid waste during construction period mainly consists of two kinds: one is from earth and stone and construction waste arising from road construction and house demolition. All earth from excavation of the whole line shall be backfilled with no spoil. Stripped topsoil from construction shall be transported to the temporary stack yard so as to facilitate road landscaping and subsequent soil covering for vegetation recovery. According to the requirements of water and soil conservation, woven bags shall be used for blocking around spoil and stones to reduce the exposure of topsoil and the rain wash.

The other is from the waste in the construction site, including the abandoned building materials, packing materials, etc., and often exists in the vicinity of such structures as the construction workshop. These abandoned building materials and packing materials produced in construction can be recycled as resources, avoiding not only wasting but also environmental pollution caused by cluttering.

Without construction campsite to be built in project construction, solid wastes produced by constructors will be stacked in the small-size temporary garbage dumping places, cleaned by appointed persons regularly and transported to nearby waste disposal stations for treatment. Garbage drop shall be avoided during transportation. Meanwhile, attention

180



shall be paid to maintenance management of temporary garbage dumping places so as to avoid garbage scattering due to random garbage stacking, and dumping places shall be regularly sprayed with disinfection agent and insecticide to reduce breeding of mosquitoes and bacteria.

9.3 Environmental protection measures and technical & economic evaluation during operation period

9.3.1 Preventative measures and technical & economic evaluation for atmospheric pollution

Atmospheric pollutions during project operation mainly include vehicle exhaust. Corresponding preventative measures proposed in environmental impact assessment report include:

1) Implement vehicle inspection system and prohibit the vehicles with excessive exhaust emission to drive on the road.

2) Provincial departments related to environmental protection shall ask for installation of automobile exhaust purification device by the strong hand, and emission of each individual vehicle shall be in accordance with relevant provisions.

3) Environmental management shall be intensified, environmental management agencies shall be set up for road management departments, and environmental monitoring organization shall be delegated to monitor ambient air of monitoring points specified in the environmental impact assessment report.

Through above measures, impact of vehicle exhaust on atmospheric environment in the project area may be reduced to the maximum extent, so those measures are technically and economically feasible.

9.3.2 Preventative measures and technical & economic evaluation for water pollution

Wastewater during project operation is mainly from road surface runoff.

Under normal conditions, road runoff, basically as up to the specified national emission standard, will not pollute environment, but in case of poor maintenance, failures and accidents of vehicles, gasoline leakage and road pollution by engine oil may be caused. Scoured by rainwater, road runoff will flow into rainwater pipe network, and finally into Fujiang River, so strict preventative measures for accident risk are proposed in this report to avoid those accidents to the maximum extent. As for road runoff, from the technical perspective, strict preventative measures shall be mainly adopted to avoid or reduce traffic accidents, which has been proved to be a feasible method by practices.

Wastewater treatment measures during project operation are technically feasible.

9.3.3 Preventive measures for noise pollution

1) According to noise prediction, conditions of excessive traffic noise of sensitive points during project operation are as follows:

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during short term (2013) is 52.2-57.6dB (A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is 47.4-51.2dB (A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points.

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during medium term (2018) is 52.8-57.7dB (A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is

181



47.4-51.8dB(A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points.

Equivalent sound level in day-time at the sensitive points in the vicinity of the Line during long term (2025) is 52-57.8dB(A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points; the equivalent sound level in night-time is 49.2-52.9dB(A), and no standard-exceeding condition occurs at the sensitive points.

The noise value of monitoring point of the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village is 54.8dB for day-time during short term (2013), 55dB for day-time during medium term (2018) and 55.4dB during long term (2024), all of which are compliant with acoustic environment quality of Class II area specified by Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008). The noise value of monitoring point of the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village is 47.9dB for night-time during short term (2013), 48.4dB for night-time during medium term (2018) and 49dB during long term (2024), all of which are compliant with acoustic environment quality of Class II area specified by Environmental Quality Standard for Noise (GB3096-2008). Based on field investigation, there is no boarder and night class in the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village; therefore, traffic noise of the project operation in night-time will not affect the Primary School of Dabaoliang Village.

2) Noise reduction measures and suggestions on sensitive points

The lands on two sides of the road shall be planned reasonably, and utilization functions of the lands in the vicinity of the Line shall be controlled strictly as per regulations of Article 11 of Chapter II in Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution From Environmental Noise, “when determining the layout of buildings, urban planning departments shall, in accordance with the national standards for acoustic environmental quality and the sound insulation design standards for civil architecture, decide on the rational distance between the structures and the traffic trunk lines in order to keep the structures away form noise as well as the requirements on planning and design accordingly.”.

In principle, schools, hospitals and intensive residential areas should not be built or expanded within the noise prevention distance. Besides reasonable planning of functions of the lands on two sides of the road, the building layout and sound insulating design shall be improved to make the indoor environment of the sensitive building meet the requirements of service functions.

As per noise predication results and the detailed land planning of Xinglong Area in the Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the quadrate area surrounded by 3# Road, 4# Road, 5# Road and 6# Road of Xinglong Area where the project is located, belongs to the planned residential land with cultural and educational functions; and all the rest lands are planned as industrial land.


182



(2) Noise control measures

It is predicted that the noise will not exceed standard during short and medium operation term, and all residents along both sides of the road will move out of this area. If the residents along both sides of the road have not moved out of this area, the Employer shall, in strict compliance with Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution From Environmental Noise, take noise insulation measures for houses near the road so as to ensure that indoor environment may meet the requirements of noise standards for corresponding service functions.

9.3.4 Treatment measures for solid wastes

The solid waste during operation period, mainly from the waste produced by the associated persons and solid waste scattered by vehicles will affect the landscape, pollute the air, spread disease and endanger human health if it is not well disposed. Therefore, in order to prevent causing environmental impact, the waste shall be subject to centralized collection and then transported to Lianhua Refuse Landfill for centralized disposal with random throwing prohibited.

9.3.5 Preventative measures for environmental risk

Upon analysis, major accident risks during construction period include safety accidents in the construction near traffic slopes, electric supply, and pollution to Fujiang River due to inadvertent leakage of toxic raw materials used in the construction.

According to Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City and project feasibility study report, the analysis of accidents probability shows that the transportation of goods as petroleum, fertilizer and pesticide, flammable and explosive chemicals is rare, and there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals in the operation period, so the environmental risk caused by such vehicles is low. After the corresponding preventative measures are taken, hazard caused by risk accidents can be minimized. To sum up, the construction of the Project is feasible according to the environmental risk analysis...

See risk analysis sections of the report for details.

9.4 Investment estimate of environmental protection measures9.4.1 One-time investment for environmental protection measures

Environmental protection measures for the proposed road, including environmental protection facilities and equipment, etc. shall be incorporated into project budget. See Table 9-1 for the investments. Environmental protection funds for the project is 3.7012 million yuan, accounting for 3.2% of the total project investment.

183



Table 9-1 Investment estimate of environmental protection measures

Item Environmental protection measures Qty. Amount

(10,000 yuan) Stage Investment purpose

Water pollution control

Rent of existing domestic sewage collection and treatment facilities of the residents in the vicinity of the Line

2 1.0

Construction period

Water pollution alleviationTemporary sedimentation tank in the construction site

2 1.0

Grease sedimentation tank in the construction site 2 1.0

Noise control

Earplug and helmet 200 0.5Construction period Alleviation of Noise

pollution from constructorsMaintenance of low-noise

equipment and strengthening equipment

2Construction period

Solid waste disposal

Garbage can and solid waste transportation 5 2

Construction period


Garbage can and solid waste transportation 2 3

Operation period


Dust removal measure

Dust mask 200 0.4 Construction period

Air purificationSimple sprinkler 2 2

Preventative measures for environmental risk

Speed restriction and other corresponding warning signs

20 0.5Construction period

Probability reduction of environmental risk

Added water and soil conservation measures

Engineering measures 44.23

Construction period

Reduction of water and soil loss of the project

Plant measures 76.8Temporary protection 65.15Independent cost 48.13Other costs 16.56Compensation for water and soil conservation facilities

13.15

Staff training Training on relevant staff 5

Construction periodOperation period

Improvement of environmental protection staff’s level

Environmental Supervision

Environmental supervision in the construction period

4.5Construction period

Implementation examination of environmental protection measures

Environmental Monitoring

Environmental supervision in the construction period

2Construction period

Provision of implementation basis for environment protection measuresEnvironmental 3 Operati

184


Mianyang Science and Technology Citysupervision in the operation period

on period

Environmental protection acceptance

Completion acceptance of environmental protection engineering

10Operation period

Implementation of “three simultaneities” system

Contingencies

Temporary environmental protection measures and emergency measures

15Operation period

Temporary environmental protection measures and emergency measures (reserved)

Total 370.12

9.4.2 Annual maintenance cost for environmental protection facilities

See Table 9-2 for costs for routine environmental protection during project constructionTable 9-2 Annual operation cost for environmental protection facilities

RMB 10,000 yuan/a

S/N Item Cost Remarks

1Maintenance, service and updating

of environmental protection facilities

5.0

2 Wages and service charge of facility maintenance staff 5.0

3 Landscaping maintenance 10.0Total 20.0

185



10. Environmental Protection Management and Monitoring Plan10.1 Environmental protection management10.1.1 Objective of environmental protection management

Through development of systematic and scientific environmental management plan, the construction and operation of the project will conform to relevant national laws and regulations on environmental protection, and the requirements for “three simultaneities” (simultaneous design, simultaneous construction and simultaneous completion & acceptance) between environmental protection works and main works shall be strictly complied with.

By implementation of environmental management plan, the adverse impact of project construction and operation on environment will be minimized and economic benefit and environmental benefit of road construction will be coordinated with continuous and stable development.

10.1.2 Environment protection management system and organization

See Table 10-1 for environment protection management system and organization of the project, and Sichuan Environmental Protection Bureau, Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau shall supervise the implementation of environmental management plan.

Table 10-1 Environmental management system and responsibilities of environmental protection agencies

Project stage

Contents of environmental

protection

Implementation organization for environmental

protection measures

Environmental protection

management department

Environmental protection

supervision department

Feasibility study stage

Environmental impact assessment

Accredited organization of environmental impact assessment

Sichuan Environmental Protection Bureau


Design stage

Environmental protection engineering design Design organization The Employer


Construction stage

Implementation of environmental protection measures and project construction as well as handling of emergency environmental problems

The EmployerThe Employer The Employer

Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau

Operation period

Environmental monitoring and daily environmental management

The EmployerSichuan Environmental Protection Bureau

Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau

10.1.3 Environmental management plan

See Table 10-2 for details of environmental management plan of the project, and supervision over environmental management plan will be carried out by Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau.

Table 10-2 Environmental management plan

186



Environmental issues Contents of management

Implementing

organization

Management

organizationA Design stage

1 Soil erosion

● Trees and grass are considered to be planted at the road slope and in the vicinity of the Line, and interception ditches, mortar rubble shall be provided to prevent soil erosion.

Design organization

2 Atmospheric pollution

● The location of waste disposal sites and batching plants shall be determined by taking into account the impact of dust and other problems on residents and scenic spots.

Design organization

3 Noise ● The construction site shall be arranged reasonably and low-noise equipment shall be employed.

Design organization

4Cultural relics and historic sites

● Protection measures for cultural relics during the construction period shall be formulated to avoid potential heritage loss due to the project construction.

Heritage department

5 Social interference

● Intersections shall be arranged in the proper section to reduce impacts on residents’ life.

Design organization

6

Land acquisition, house demolition and resettlement

● Monetary compensation shall be adopted to minimize cultivated land occupation and compensation shall be carried out as per the relevant policies.

Land Acquisition and Relocation Office of the Project

7 Landscape conservation

● Landscaping shall be carried out to reduce impacts on the natural landscape in the vicinity of the Line.

Design organization

B Construction period

1Dust and atmospheric pollution

● The construction site and road for material transportation shall be regularly sprayed with water in non-rainy days to prevent dust emission.

● Material pile and storage yard shall be at least 300m away from residential areas, and must be covered and sprayed to prevent dust pollution. Covering measures such as canvas shall be employed for tucks for construction materials transportation to reduce leakage.

● Mixing equipment shall be sealed well and provided with dust collector, and operators shall pay attention to labor protection.

Contractor

The Employer

2Soil erosion and water pollution

● At the slope and in the vicinity of the Line, trees and grass shall be planted in the right place within three months after subgrade completion

● The domestic sewage during the construction period shall be collected in a centralized way for local villagers’ agricultural use and shall not be drained. Industrial wastewater shall be reused after sedimentation (oil removal).

● Construction materials such as asphalt, oils and chemicals shall be provided with canvas for temporary covering to prevent scouring of strong wind and rainstorm that will make those materials flow into water body through surface runoff.

Contractor

3 Noise ● Standard for noise of industrial enterprises shall be strictly complied to prevent noise impact on road

Contractor

187


Mianyang Science and Technology Cityconstructors, the workers near the strong sound source shall wear earplug and helmet and their working time shall be limited.

4Protection of ecological resources

● During the construction period, when the subgrade is excavated at the place where surface runoff may be caused, temporary soil sedimentation tank shall be built to intercept silt. After the road is completed and the culvert pipe is spread, soil sedimentation tank shall be leveled, and then landscaping or reclamation shall be carried out.

● Temporary land occupation shall be minimized.● Paving and landscaping, slope protection, building

flood discharge trench shall be carried out simultaneously with the construction, completion acceptance.

● For temporary construction land occupation, original surface cultivated mellow soil shall be stacked aside, and after the construction is completed, it will be leveled to restore surface course, which will benefit biological diversity.

● Strengthen environmental protection education on workers.

Contractor

5 Landscape conservation

● Buffer zone shall be arranged in the vicinity of the Line and the slope shall be landscaped.

● Control station shall carry out landscaping as per landscape design to make coordination with surrounding environment.

Contractor

6 Cultural relics protection

● Earthwork excavation shall be immediately stopped in case of cultural relics in the construction, which will be reported to heritage protection department to ask for site protection. Construction shall not be carried out before it is treated. Meanwhile, excavation shall not be carried out again until competent authorities complete verification and adopt necessary protection measures.

Contractor

7 Construction safety

● To ensure construction safety, safety signs shall be set up on the temporary road during the construction period.

● The staff shall be on duty in the construction section to dredge traffic and ensure pedestrains’ safety.

● To reduce accident rate, effective safety and warning measures shall be adopted during the construction period. When blasting, the signal shall be specified and safeguard shall be strengthened. Thorough examination shall be carried out before blasting. The blasting shall not be carried out during the busy period to avoid traffic jamming and casualties.

● Do well in health protection work of the constructors, such as disease prevention during the construction period.

Contractor

8 Transportation management

● The delivery route of construction materials shall be selected carefully to avoid long-distance transportation and the impact on existing transportation facilities as well as reduce dust and noise pollution.

● Consult traffic departments and departments of public securities, guide the traffic operation and

Contractor

188


Mianyang Science and Technology Cityprevent traffic jamming and reduction of transportation rate during the construction period.

● A proper transportation plan for construction materials shall be formulated to avoid traffic peak of the existing road.

9 Construction supervision

● Environment supervision work during the construction period shall be arranged according to the reviewed and approved environmental impact report and environmental engineering drawing.

Consulting firm

C Operation period

1 Noise

● Road landscaping shall be intensified and Class 4a planning area shall be built with speed restriction and soundproof windows.

Road management office and environmental protection department

2 Atmospheric pollution

● Vehicle exhaust inspection system shall be strictly complied with and the vehicle with excessive exhaust emission shall not be allowed for running on the road.

Road management office

3 Vehicle management

● Vehicle maintenance and management shall be strengthened to make it in the good technical condition.

● Vehicle noise and emission inspection shall be strengthened. If vehicle noise and exhaust is inconformity with the specified standard, the vehicle license will not be granted. The used cars with low speed, high noise and large gasoline consumption shall be prohibited from running on the road.

● Education on the general public shall be intensified to make them aware of the atmospheric pollution and noise pollution by vehicles and understand relevant regulations.

road management office and department of public security and traffic management department

4

Management on leakage of hazardous goods

● The vehicle loading hazardous chemicals shall be prohibited from running on the project road.

Road management office and department of public security and Traffic management department, environmental protection department and fire department

Notes for environmental management:

1) At design stage, the Employer shall, according to relevant national provisions and environmental protection measures proposed in environmental impact report, carry out environmental protection engineering design, and experts from management departments, the Employers and environmental protection departments shall review environmental protection engineering design plan, which shall be submitted for

189



approval as per basic construction procedures for traffic.

2) At the tender stage, the Employer shall incorporate the contents related to environmental protection into bidding document and contract, the Contractor shall state contents related to environmental protection in bidding, successful bidding contract shall have clauses concerning the implementation of environmental protection measures.

3) Management department of the Employer for operation period shall be provided with 2-3 full-time staff to take charge of environmental management in the construction period, and shall focus on protection objectives in the construction and operation period.

10.2 Environmental monitoring programme10.2.1 Monitoring objective

Environmental status, during the construction and operation periods of the Project, shall be fully and timely known through the implementation of necessary environmental monitoring programme to provide the basis for establishing necessary pollution control measures.

10.2.2 Monitoring organization

The environmental monitoring of the construction and operation periods of the road shall be carried out by an organization with national environmental quality monitoring qualification certification, and Mianyang Municipal Environmental Monitoring Management Station is recommended in view of the geographic location of the Project.

10.2.3 Monitoring programme

The environmental monitoring programme of the Project (see Table 10-3 and Table 10-4) is prepared according to the characteristics of road project and the environmental characteristics in the vicinity of the Line.Table 10-3 Environmental monitoring programme during construction period

Environmental factor Monitoring sites Monitoring

items

Monitoring frequency and

period, sampling time

Implementing organization

Management organization

Atmosphere

Mortar batching plant and construction site of every bid section, and residential areas nearby the above sites

TSP

Twice/year during

construction period with each

monitoring period of 3 days; twice

of sampling during

construction period with one in the morning

and the other in the afternoon.

Entrusted environmental protection monitoring station

Mianyang Municipal Highway Administration Bureau and Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau

Water The rainwater of the Project flows into the Fujiang River.

SS, PH, CODcr and Petroleum

Once/month with monitoring period of 1 day, twice of sampling with one in the morning and the

190


Mianyang Science and Technology Cityother in the afternoon.

Acoustical environment

Residential areas in Group 3, Group 5, Group 6 and Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village and Hejiagou; the school and village committee of Dabaoliang Village, and the administrative area of Mianyang Armed Police Detachment

LAeq

Twice/month with each monitoring period of 1 day, twice of sampling with one in the daytime and the other in the night.

191



Table 10-4Environmental monitoring programme during operation period

Environmental factor Monitoring sites Monitorin

g items

Monitoring frequency and

period, sampling time

Implementing

organization

Management organization

Atmosphere

Residential areas in Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village; School of Dabaoliang Village

NO2, TSP, CO

Twice/year with one in spring and the other in winter with each monitoring period of 5 days. Entrusted

environmental protection monitoring station

Mianyang Municipal Highway Administration Bureau, Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau and local monitoring stations

Acoustical environment

Residential areas in Group 3, Group 5, Group 6 and Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village and Hejiagou; the school and village committee of Dabaoliang Village, and the administrative area of Mianyang Armed Police Detachment

LAeq

Twice/year with each monitoring period of 3 day, twice of sampling with one in the daytime and the other in the night.

10.2.4 Monitoring equipment, costs and monitoring reports

Because no monitoring instruments and equipment are purchased in the Project, they shall be provided by the monitoring unit. The construction period is 12 months and the noise monitoring cost is 20,000.00 yuan. The noise monitoring cost of operation period is 20,000.00 yuan. After each time of monitoring, the monitoring unit shall provide monitoring reports which shall be submitted level-by-level by the Employer.

10.2.5 Personnel training

Relevant environmental protection personnel will be trained (3 person-times for environmental management and 2 person-times for accident emergency) and the total cost is 50,000.00 yuan. See Table 10-5 for the training programme.

Table 10-5 Training programme

Stage Category Department Total number

Cost (10,000.00

yuan)

Construction period

Environmental management

personnel

Mianyang Municipal Environmental Protection Bureau 2 2

Operation Period

Environmental management

personnel


Accident emergency personnel


Total 5 5

10.3 Environmental supervision10.3.1 Objectives of environmental supervision

According to the national laws, regulations and the approved environmental protection

192



design documents, supervision scheme and the supervision& construction contract agreements signed in accordance with the law, the environmental supervision shall be performed within the scope and contents of it to serve the Project independently, justly, scientifically and efficiently and to implement full environmental supervision of the Project, so that the design, construction and operation of the Project can meet the requirements of environmental protection, and the effective control of quality& construction period and the effective utilization of funds can be guaranteed, and the environment impacts of construction and operation periods can be minimized.

10.3.2 Principles to be complied with when implementing environmental supervision

The activities of environmental supervision of project construction shall comply with the principles of law-abiding, honesty and integrity, justice and science. According to the principle that the environmental supervision is carried out by the "third party", the environmental supervision shall be distinguished strictly from the environmental management of the Employer and the environmental supervision of government departments, and shall be used to serve the environmental management of the Employer and the government departments.

1) The environmental supervision shall be integrated into the management system of project supervision and becomes a crucial part of the project supervision, which shows that the status of environmental supervision must not be weakened. In the supervision work, the relationships between the Employer, the construction unit, the project supervision unit, the environmental supervision unit, the environmental monitoring unit and the competent department of government environmental administration shall be well coordinated to create favorable conditions for the environmental supervision.

2) The environmental supervision scheme shall be prepared in accordance with the documents of the Project, i.e. the environmental impact report and its official approval reply, project design documents, project construction contract& bidding documents, project supervision contract& bidding documents and strictly implemented by the project supervision unit.

3) The objects of environmental supervision are all the environmental pollution behaviors which may occur due to construction activities; the key points of environmental supervision shall be the environmental protection of construction period, the ecological restoration at the later stage of construction and the implementation conditions of pollution prevention measures.

4) The environmental supervision unit or the project supervision unit shall have special branch organization engaged in environmental supervision and corresponding technical personnel of environmental protection; a standard supervision system according with the actual Project conditions shall be prepared in accordance with the Project characteristics so as to orderly carry out the supervision work.

10.3.3 Scope and stages of environmental supervision

Scope of environmental supervision: location and influence areas of the Project.

Work scope: construction sites, ancillary facilities, land requisition and demolishing and so on, and the nearby areas with environmental pollution and ecological damage caused by the production and construction within above-mentioned scopes; the quality control of environmental protection measures.

Work stages:

193



1) Environmental supervision in construction preparation stage;

2) Environmental supervision in construction stage; and

3) Environmental supervision in Project warranty stage (handing-over and defects liability period).

10.3.4 General procedures of environmental supervision

1) Preparing the project environmental supervision scheme of construction period;

2) Preparing the detailed environmental supervision rules according to the project construction progress and all environmental protection measures;

3) Implementing the environmental supervision during the construction period according to the environmental supervision scheme;

4) Participating the environmental protection acceptance of the Project and signing environmental supervision opinions; and

5) Submitting supervision profiles, environmental protection supervision acceptance reports to the legal person of the Project after the supervision work is completed.

10.3.5 Work system of environmental supervision

The work systems of environmental supervision include the systems of work records, personnel training, reports, correspondences and regular meetings etc.

10.3.6 Environmental supervision organization

The environmental supervision in construction period shall be carried out by the unit subject to environmental protection training according to the implementation status of environmental protection measures in the design documents. In order to guarantee the implementation of supervision programme, a contract of environmental supervision in the construction period shall be signed by and between the Employer and the supervision unit prior to the construction.

10.3.7 Work contents and methods of environmental supervision

10.3.7.1 Work contents of environmental supervision

The work contents of environmental protection supervision are set for the technical supervision on the environmental protection measures in the construction period and the implementation status of "Three Simultaneous" work of pollution treatment facilities supporting the production and operation of the Project; the main supervision contents are as follows:

1) Environmental supervision at the early stage of construction

● Verification of pollution prevention scheme: according to the actual construction process design of the Project, the discharge link of "three wastes" in the construction process, the main discharged pollutants, the technical advancement of the treatment process adopted in the design and the practicability of the treatment measures shall be verified. The final treatment methods and destinations of the pollutants shall be planed suitably at the early stage of the Project according to the specifications and treatment requirements in relevant documents, and shall be implemented after submitting to the competent department of environmental protection; the whole process shall be verified about the characteristics of cleaning production and reasonable suggestions shall be proposed.

194



● Verification of the particular conditions of environmental protection in the construction contract agreement: the construction unit must comply with the relevant requirements of environmental protection which shall be embodied in the form of particular conditions in the contract agreement, and be the basis for strengthening the supervision management, inspection and monitoring to reduce the environmental pollution influences in the construction period; meanwhile the civilized construction quality and construction environmental management level of construction unit shall be verified.

2) Environmental supervision in the construction period

(1) The construction activities of the Contractor of the Project and the links which may produce pollutions shall be subject to patrol inspection in all aspects; the construction processes which may produce main pollutions shall be subject to on-site supervision, monitoring and inspection in the whole progress.

(2) The construction shall be inspected and monitored on the site to check whether it is carried out according to the environmental protection terms and whether there is change without authorization; the requirements of environmental protection are met or not in the construction progress which can be known through the method of monitoring; the construction operation complies or not with the environmental protection specifications and is carried out or not according to the design requirements of environmental protection; all the environmental protection measures guaranteeing the environmental protection requirements are implemented or not in the construction progress.

(3) Participation in the investigations and handling of environmental pollution accidents and the disputes arising from environmental pollution accidents.

● Treatment measures for industrial wastewater and domestic sewage

The source, discharge amount, water-quality index of industrial wastewater and domestic sewage, the construction progress and treatment effects of treatment facilities shall be supervised so as to check whether the approved discharge standards are met.

● Treatment measures for solid waste

The treatment measures for solid waste shall cover the treatments of production& domestic garbage and production residue, and shall meet the requirements of maintaining cleanliness and tidiness of the project site.

● Preventive measures for atmospheric pollution

The up-to-standard discharge control requirements of atmospheric pollution sources (waste gas and dust) in the construction area shall be proposed so that the construction area and its affected areas can meet the specified environmental quality standards. The key point is the setting of facilities in the surrounding construction workshops etc.

● Noise control measures

The pollution resources producing strong noise or vibration are required to be controlled according to the design. Measures shall be carried out so that the noise environment quality of the construction area and its affected areas are up to corresponding standards. The key point is the supervision on construction activities.

195



● Water and soil conservation measures

Including the implementation of the project measures and vegetation measures for water and soil conservation.

● Ecological protection and restoration measures

Including the protection measures affecting the animals and plants, and other ecological protection and restoration measures such as greening measures; the key point shall be the ecological protection and restoration in construction period.

● The implementation status of "Three Simultaneous" work of pollution treatment facilities supporting the production and operation period shall be supervised.

The process, equipment, capacity, scale, progress of each pollution treatment works in the production and operation period, which are proposed in the environmental supervision assessment report and its official approval reply, shall be implemented effectively according to the requirements in the design documents so that all the environmental protection works are implemented effectively and the "Three Simultaneousness" of the Project is implemented at every stage.

3) Environmental supervision at the later stage of construction

The implementation conditions of ecological restoration and pollution prevention measures shall be regularly inspected and monitored; the final acceptance of environment works shall be participated in.

10.3.7.2 Work methods of supervision

The methods of patrol inspection and on-site supervision shall be adopted in the site supervision.

1) The regular site monitoring on the water, atmosphere and acoustical environment of the construction site shall be prompted.

2) When the environmental supervision personnel inspect and find that there is environmental protection problem, he shall notify immediately the on-site personnel in-charge of the Contractor for correction. Meanwhile copies of the notice letter shall be sent to the Supervision Department and the Employer's Representative. Upon the receipt of the notice of the environmental supervision engineer, the Contractor shall rectify the existing problem.

It is predicted that 2 full-time environmental supervision persons are needed to fulfill the supervision work of the Project; if the annual working cost of each is 25,000.00 yuan and the construction period is 12 months, the environmental supervision cost in the construction period of the road to be built is about 30,000.00 yuan.

196



11. Analysis on Economic Benefit and Loss of the Project11.1 Environmental loss caused by the Project

The environmental loss caused by the Project is mainly reflected in the decrease of cultivated land, the changes of utilization forms of land resources, and the biomass loss, the social and ecological environment changes, all of which are caused by the permanent and temporary land occupation of the Project.

1) Decrease of cultivated land

The area of permanently occupied land of the Project is 10.95hm2 (6.57hm2

cultivated land), meanwhile the area of temporarily occupied land is 3.22hm2

(1.85hm2 cultivated land). The permanently and temporarily occupied cultivated land of the Project will permanently lose the function of agricultural production which will cause certain loss. Because the proportion of the occupied cultivated land in the whole cultivated land in the vicinity of the Line is extremely small, the construction of the Project to be built will not cause great loss to the local agricultural production and great impact on the local agro-ecology system. However, in some road sections, there is great impact on the land contractors. The partial disequilibrium will be solved gradually by the people's governments at various levels in the Project area taking the measures, i.e. prompt adjustment or development of new industries by using land-occupation compensation funds or improvement of the biological yield of unit area. Furthermore, the occupation of cultivated land caused by the Project construction will influence the agricultural production of the villages and groups in the vicinity of the Line to various extents and cause economic loss to the farmers in the vicinity of the Line to various extents and greater impacts on some villages and groups.

2) Changes of utilization forms of land resources

After the completion of the Project, the land types will be changed that the cultivated land and forestland will be decreased and the construction area (mainly the land occupation by roads and flood discharge trenches) will be increased. From the perspective of environmental protection, the changes of utilization forms of land resources will cause some isolation and damages of ecological environment within small area. From the perspective of changes of economic value of land utilization, the economic development in the vicinity of the Line will be promoted after the completion of the Project, and the value of land resources occupied by the Project construction is increased, but the increasement of the land utilization value is at the cost of partial or temporary environmental loss.

The Project location has been planned as industrial land according to the Master Planning of Mianyang City (2007 - 2020) and Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang City.

3) Biomass loss

Some cultivated land will be occupied permanently by the Project which will cause loss of a certain number of crops such as paddy rice, wheat, corn and loss of various vegetation.

The permanently occupied forest land of the Project to be built is small and the proportion of it in the whole forestland in the vicinity of the Line is small. The reconnaissance along the Project Line and the data results of current status show that the line that the Project to be built is cultivated mostly and the main vegetation in the

197



vicinity of the Line is mainly cultivated land and some forestland. After the completion of the Project construction, the revegetation by planting a large number of trees and shrub-grass shall be carried out in the temporarily occupied areas such as construction workshops, so the Project will have small overall impact on forest industry of the areas in the vicinity of the Line. At the later stage, the loss of vegetation and biomass caused by the Project may be compensated mostly through greening on the two sides of the road and the revegetation or afforesting in the temporarily occupied land by the construction.

From the perspective of changes of economic value of land utilization, the value of land resources occupied by the Project construction is increased, which is at the cost of partial or temporary environmental loss.

4) House demolition loss

In the Project, the area of the buildings to be demolished is 24145.585m2, the number of households involved in house demolition is 85 (total 178 persons). The demolished houses are mainly of brick-wall storied buildings, brick-wall tile-roofed houses and earth-wall tile-roofed houses. The house demolition will have some influences on the normal life and productive activities of the people involved.

5) Loss of ambient air, acoustical environment and water environment

Small loss of ambient air and acoustical environment of the Project location will be caused in the construction and operation periods of the Project.

6) Environmental risk accident

During the operation period of the Project, leakage accident of dangerous articles may influence the water bodies and environment along the line, and cause indirect loss to various extents, but the probability is extremely low.

11.2 Environmental benefits of the Project11.2.1 Analysis on social benefits

The Project, as a major road, will serve the Xinglong Area of Science& Education Pioneer Park in the Road Network Planning of Mianyang City and will form the trunk road network system of Mianyang City with the planed roads such as second ring road. The construction of the Project will promote the development and construction of the Xinglong Area of Mianyang and even the whole City.

It is propitious to ease the current traffic congestion of Mianyang City, strengthen the communication between this area and other surrounding areas and fulfill the traffic strategy of Mianyang City. The Project is in line with the Master Planning of Mianyang City, is favorable for the improvement of investment environment of Mianyang City, and the investment attraction of the cities and towns in the vicinity of the Line so as to promote the economic construction and continuous development of the cities and towns in the vicinity of the Line .

The house demolition will cause direct economic loss to the local residents, produce some influences on the income for life of some residents and the local economic income, and lead to population migration and influences on the life qualities of the residents; from another prospective, the original houses of the residents in the vicinity of the Line are older with poor house structures; though the living space of some residents will be reduced to some extent as a result of old house demolition and new house construction, the living environment and the house structures will be improved.

198



Large numbers of workers will be employed and huge amounts of constructional materials will be purchased during the construction period of the Project, which provides good opportunities to solve problems of rural surplus labor and activate the local material exploitation and manufacturing markets. After the completion of the Project, the traffic conditions in the vicinity of the Line will be improved greatly, which, on the one hand, will accelerate the business communication between urban and rural areas, promote the fast and timely market access of the farm and sideline products so as to increase the income and improve the living standards of residents in the vicinity of the Line, and on the other hand, will promote the emergence of tertiary-industries in the vicinity of the Line and the further exploitation and utilization of resources so as to provide a large number of employment opportunities and promote the tremendous development of local economy. Further more, the improvement of traffic infrastructure will strengthen the increasing and frequent communications of businesses between urban and rural areas, such as science and technology, culture, education, sports, health, communication and entertainment; it is more convenient for the residents to see doctors, and the cultural and educational business will be better improved.

11.2.2 Analysis on environmental economic benefits

The Project construction will bring complex impacts on the environment in various aspects. The noise, dust and water pollutions caused by the Project construction will produce impacts on the environmental qualities of the area, and have negative impact on the crops and vegetation in the vicinity of the Line, and even soil and water loss to a certain extent. Necessary measures shall be taken in the Project construction to reduce those negative effects and the environmental problems caused by soil and water loss. The environmental measures mainly include the reasonable sewage treatment, configuration of accident emergency facilities and recovery of vegetation in the temporarily occupied land. Meanwhile, drainage facilities are set in the main works of the Project, and the protection slopes are deemed as indirect investment for environmental protection.

1) Prevention and treatment measures for atmospheric, water and acoustical environmental pollution in the vicinity of the Line in the construction period: lightening the harmful impact on the environment in the Project location, reducing the soil and water loss and vegetation damages.

2) Road greening: conserving the water and soil, stabilizing roadbed, beatifying road landscape, improving regional ecological environment and visual environment of driving personnel.

3) Prevention and treatment of water environment in the operation period: protecting the surface water and maintaining its original functions.

4) Environmental management supervision: mastering the environmental conditions of the areas in the vicinity of the Line, keeping the stable environmental quality in this region and the sustainable and coordinated development of society, economy and environment.

5) Asphalt pavement shall be adopted in the Project construction to reduce noise, dust and wear of tires.

Obvious social and economic benefits are brought by the Project construction to the development of national economy of this region; meanwhile the short-period damaged ecological environment will be recovered and improved to the utmost with the implementation of the environmental protection measures in the construction and operation periods of the Project.

199



12. Conclusion of Environmental Impact Assessment12.1 Project overview

The total length of Class II urban secondary trunk road of the Project is 4607.192m; the designed vehicle speed is 30km/h and the designed road width is 16 - 26m; the road surface is asphalt concrete pavement; there are 12 grade crossings of the whole line and no bridge works; and 4 inlet unsubmerged culverts (totally 211m in length, slab culverts) shall be built on the west side of 5# Road. The main works include road works, drainage works, traffic works, urban pipe networks and auxiliary road works; the total area of roads constructed in the Project is 109494m2.

The types of occupied land by the Project include cultivated land, forest land, house site, wasteland and road right-of-way; and the total area is 14.17hm2 (10.95hm2 permanently occupied land; 3.22hm2 temporarily occupied land). In the Project, the volume of excavation is 218,000m3(including 98,000m3 stripped topsoil), that of filling is 376,000m3

and that of borrowed earths is 256,000m3; and there is no spoil.

262 households (750 persons) are involved in the land acquisition of the Project, among which 85 households (178 persons) are involved in the building demolition at the same time; furthermore, 4 small grocery stores, 2 non-staple food processing stores and 1 car wash (a shop business with 20 persons) are involved in the demolition too; in total, 770 residents are involved and affected. The total area of demolished buildings is 24145.585m2.

The total investment of the Project is 113,523,300.00 yuan, and the construction period is planed to be 2 years starting from May, 2010 and ended in April, 2012.

12.2 Social environment1) The implementation of the Project is propitious to promote the rapid development of

industries of Mianyang City, to cut the costs of local enterprises, to stabilize the regional development basis and to push forward the implementation of the Master Planning of Mianyang City.

2) Temporary or permanent relocation of some local residents due to the temporary and permanent land occupation of the Project will cause adverse impact to a certain extent, so the Employer shall strictly comply with the national polices and adopt reasonable resettlement compensation measures with the help of the local government, and then continue production so that the adverse impact can be minimized.

3) The occupation of cultivated land resources may be reduced, and no basic cultivated land is occupied in the implementation of the Project.

4) The road to be built is unenclosed road. The implementation of the Project has little impact on the residential areas, the interpersonal interaction of the residents and the separation of cultivation as well as the original electric power and telecommunication facilities.

5) The route scheme of the Project shall comply with the local planning.

12.3 Ecological environment1) The excavation or filling within the land acquisition in the construction period,

which causes the damage to trees, flowers and grasses, produces main impact on the plants. The forest land and biomass of agro-ecology shall be recovered by greening and beautifying the road after the completion of the Project. The impact of the

200



Project to be built on the wild animals in the vicinity of the Line is little and short, and the wild animals found in the construction period shall be taken care and protected.

2) The land occupation of the road to be built has little impact on the agro-ecology of the areas in the vicinity of the Line, but has some certain impact on the towns and villages passed by; with the urbanization of the rural areas, the policy of structural adjustment of agriculture, and the development of industrial economic zone, the rural economy of the areas in the vicinity of the Line will be improved greatly, and the agricultural production and the living standards of farms will be improved correspondingly.

12.4 Acoustical environment1) In the construction period, the road construction both in day-time and night-time will

interfere with above-mentioned sensitive points, especially in the night-time. The prevention measures proposed in the Reports shall be strictly implemented so as to prevent interference to the residents.

2) Though the traffic volume will increase in the operation period, it is predicted that the noise will not exceed standard during short and medium operation term, and all residents along both sides of the road will move out of this area. If the residents along both sides of the road have not moved out of this area, the Employer shall, in strict compliance with Law of the People's Republic of China on Prevention and Control of Pollution from Environmental Noise, take noise insulation measures for houses near the road so as to ensure that indoor environment may meet the requirements of noise standards for corresponding service functions.

As per noise predication results and the detailed land planning of Xinglong Area in the Regulatory Plan of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City, the quadrate area surrounded by 3# Road, 4# Road, 5# Road and 6# Road of Xinglong Area where the project is located, belongs to the planned residential land with cultural and educational functions; and all the rest lands are planned as industrial land.


Therefore, the traffic noise has little impact on the residents after the completion of the Project.

12.5 Water environment1) The monitoring data of Mianyang Municipal Environmental Monitoring Station

shows that the main functions of waters of Fujiang River and Anchang River are agricultural irrigation and flood discharge; the water quality of them meet the Category III water quality standard in the Environmental Quality Standard for Surface Water(GB3838-2002).

201



2) The industrial wastewater produced in the construction period shall be recycled after sedimentation (oil separation), and the domestic sewage shall be used as manure after the treatment by using existing septic tank or waterless toilet of rent house, so the impact on water is little. There is no bridge construction in the whole line of the road of the Project.

3) The waste water in the operation period of the Project comes mainly from the road runoff. Under non-accident status, the road runoff can basically meet the national discharge standards and there will be no pollution to the environment; while the gasoline and engine oil that may be leaked from cars due to poor maintenance status, fault and accident etc will pollute the pavement, and flow into the rainwater pipe networks through road runoff after washing of rainwater and the Fujiang River finally. Strict accident risk prevention measures are proposed in the Report to minimize the occurrence of the above accidents.

12.6 Ambient air1) The monitoring results show that TSP and NO2 of all monitoring points meet the

standards, and the current situation meets the Level II standard of Ambient Air Quality Standard (GB3095-1996), which indicates that the local ambient air quality is good.

2) The main ambient air pollution in the construction period is TSP pollution with a short time. The influence degree of it can be minimized through some measures, i.e. regular water spraying on construction site, covering tarpaulins on the vehicles for transporting road materials and covering material stock yard far away from residential areas.

3) Seen from analogy analysis, automobile exhaust in the road operation periods of 2013, 2018 and 2024 will basically have no impact on the areas in the vicinity of the Line.

12.7 Solid wasteThe filling amount of works of the Project is greater than that of excavation, so no spoil will be produced.

In the construction period, small temporary designated dumping places are set on the low-lying land surrounding the construction site; the management of domestic refuse mainly relies on the refuse disposal facilities of the farmers nearby, thus, the amount of refuse in the construction site and the environmental impact will be reduced. In the operation period, the solid waste comprising mainly the garbage produced by the associated persons and the waste residues scattered by vehicles shall be collected and then transported to the local refuse landfill for centralized disposal, so there will be no impact on the local environment.

12.8 Water and soil conservation1) Soil and water loss is frequently occurred in the project construction period; the

additional amount of soil and water loss in the project construction period is 3589t due to the disturbance of the Project to the original earth's surface, and the construction of subgrade works is the main cause for soil and water loss.

2) The control system of soil and water loss of the Project covers the main works (including tree-planting for slop protection, drainage works, tree-planting measures, temporary measures of water and soil conservation by soil stacking etc) and other single items such as direct impact areas and complete subitems of water and soil

202



conservation; the control responsibility zone of water and soil conservation covers the permanent areas and the direct impacted areas; The scope of water and soil conservation is defined comprehensively and accurately.

3) The water conservation measures adopted in the water conservation scheme are the embodiment of temporary and permanent control measures which can effectively ease the water erosion to the Project and reduce the amount of soil and water loss produced in the construction of the Project; from the prospective of environmental protection, the mechanical control measures& biological control measures adopted in the water conservation scheme of the Project are practical.

4) The total investment of the project for water and soil conservation is 2,640,200.00 yuan.

5) The soil and water loss can be controlled effectively because that the water and soil conservation measures such as mechanical control measures and biological control measure are adopted in the Project in the operation period.

12.9 Environment riskThe analysis shows that the major risks in the construction period include safety accidents when constructors work near traffic slopes, electric supply and the pollution to the environment from leakage of toxic raw materials used in the course of the construction.

The analysis of accidents probability shows that the transportation of such goods as petroleum, fertilizer and pesticide, flammable and explosive chemicals is rare, and there are few vehicles carrying hazardous chemicals in the operation period, so the environmental risk caused by such vehicles is low. After the corresponding preventative measures are taken, hazard caused by risk accidents can be minimized. To sum up, the construction of the Project is feasible according to the environmental risk analysis.

12.10 Public participationThe investigation of the Project to be built participated by the public in the vicinity of the Line shows that the construction of the Project is supported by local government organizations, enterprise and public institutions, nongovernmental organizations, general public and residents to be affected.

12.11 Analysis on economic benefit and lossThe environmental loss caused by the Project construction is mainly reflected in the decrease of cultivated land, the changes of utilization forms of land resources, and the biomass loss, the social and ecological environment changes, all of which are caused by the permanent and temporary land occupation of the Project; however, it will produce good economic and social benefits after the completion of the Project.

12.12 Comprehensive assessment conclusionThe construction of the Project of Roads & Supporting Infrastructure Construction in the Cluster Zone of Relocated Industries through Post-disaster Reconstruction in Xinglong Area of Science & Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang Science and Technology City will promote the development and construction of Xinglong Area on the west of Mianyang City and complete the road network system of it. The Project conforms to the Master Planning and Urban Road Planning of Mianyang City, and the planning of Science& Education Pioneer Park of Mianyang City

The Project located in the west of Mianyang City starts from the second ring road in the east and covers a road network of 6 urban secondary trunk roads in the shape of Chinese

203



character "Yong" (用). The Project with east side intersected with the planned second ring road starts from Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village of Chengjiao Township and passes through Group 3, Group 5, Group 6 and Group 8 of Dabaoliang Village and Liujiagou. The total length of Grade II urban secondary trunk road of the Project is 4607.192m; the designed vehicle speed is 30km/h; the road surface is asphalt concrete pavement and the subgrade width is 16 - 26m; there are 4 culverts along the whole line with total length of 211m, and 12 grade crossings along the whole line. The total area of occupied land is 14.17hm2 (10.95hm2 permanent occupied land; 3.22hm2 temporary occupied land).The total area of demolished buildings is 24145.585m2. 85 households (in total 178 persons) are involved in the building demolition. The construction period of the Project with total investment of 113,523,300.00 yuan is planed to be 2 years starting from May, 2010 and ended in April, 2012.

The Project belongs to the urban transportation infrastructure and conforms to the national industrial policy according to the contents of Article 19 "Urban Infrastructure and Real Estate" and Article 3 "Construction of Urban Road and Intellectual Transportation System" of Class I "Encouraged Class" of Catalog for Adjustment of Industrial Structure (2005 Edition).

There is no need to carry out a comparison and selection for the route because that the Project namely an urban secondary trunk road is limited by the local plan and the rout of it is clear. It is known that the vast majority of the people support the construction of the Project through extensive consultation on the people of all walks of life in the vicinity of the Line of the Project.

The environmental protection measures and requirements proposed in the Report and the report of water and soil conservation shall be strictly implemented in the construction and operation periods of the Project so as to gain the mutual benefits of economy, society and environment; on this basis, the construction of the Project is feasible in respect of environment protection.

12.13 Suggestions1) The relevant departments shall give priority to the road management and timely

maintain the pavement and subgrade after the road being put into operation.

2) After the completion of the road, the relevant departments shall coordinate the environmental protection department for the environment monitoring and environment management so as to fully play the positive role of the road.

3) It is recommended that the responsibility of environmental protection of each construction unit shall be specified, and the pollution prevention measures in the course of project construction shall be designed, constructed and put into operation simultaneously with the construction project.

4) The environment protection measures and water& soil conservation measures proposed in the Report shall be implemented as soon as possible so as to prevent impact on ecologic environment and soil and water loss.

5) In the course of actual construction, the publicity of environmental legislation to the construction units and field staff shall be strengthen so as to improve their sense of environmental protection and to make the environment protection become the conscious activity in the construction project and the internal demand of realizing the coordinated development of human and environment.

6) A sound construction management system shall be established; a responsibility

204



system for environmental protection shall be incorporated into the construction bidding contracts, and full-time staff special for construction supervision shall be arranged to ensure the implementation of environmental protection measures in the construction period.

205

1€¦ · web view1.4 basis of assessment 11. 1.4.1 environmental protection laws and regulations...

Documents